I ke kamaʻilio ʻana i kēia kaʻao, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma Lāʻie, Koʻolau kona wahi i hānau ai, a he mau māhoe lāua: ʻo Kahauokapaka ka makua kāne, ʻo Mālaekahana ka makuahine.
This tale was told at Laie, Koolau; here they were born, and they were twins; Kahauokapaka was the father, Malaekahana the mother.
Ch.1 p.1 para.1 sent.3
Aia iā ia ka mana nui ma luna o kēlā mau ʻokana.
and he had great authority over these districts.
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.1
I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe.
At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow:
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.2
I noho aku auaneʻi kāua a i loaʻa kā kāua keiki, a he keiki kāne, a laila, pōmaikaʻi kāua, ola nā iwi i loko o ko kāua mau lā ʻelemakule a hāʻule aku i ka make, nalo nō hoʻi nā wahi huna.
If we two live hereafter and bear a child and it is a son, then it shall be well with us. Our children shall live in the days of our old age, and when we die they will cover our nakedness.
Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.1
I ka ʻewalu paha o nā makahiki o ko lāua noho ʻana he kāne a he wahine, hāpai aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana a hānau maila he kaikamahine.
About the eighth year of their living as man and wife, Malaekahana conceived and bore a daughter,
Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.2
Ua maikaʻi nā helehelena i ka nānā aku, a no ka maikaʻi o nā helehelena o ua kaikamahine nei, manaʻo ihola ka makuahine, ʻo ke kumu lā hoʻi ia e lilo ai ka ʻōlelo paʻa a Kahauokapaka i mea ʻole; ola lā hoʻi ua kaikamahine nei.
who was so beautiful to look upon, the mother thought that Kahauokapaka would disregard his vow; this child he would save.
“I hoʻokahi nō hoʻi hōʻole ʻana, ʻo ka pono,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻo ka hele kā ia he kāuna wale aʻe nō koe o ka hōʻole, mākena nō hoʻi ua hilahila iā ʻoe, e ke hoa.”
"One refusal is enough," said Aiwohikupua, "without getting four more! You have brought this shame upon us both, my comrade."
Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.18
A no kuʻu lohe ʻana aʻe nei he wahine kā ia ala, ʻo ia koʻu hiki mai nei iā Kauaʻi nei a komo maila i ko ʻaha leʻaleʻa, e ke Aliʻi.
And When I heard that he had a wife, 1 came to Kauai and entered the festal gathering. O chief,
Ch.30 p.161 para.2 sent.1
ʻĪ akula nā kaikamāhine, “ʻO ia hoʻi kā mākou i hamumu iho nei, no ka mea, ua lohe mua nō mākou i kēia mea iā ʻoe, ʻoiai, ʻaʻole kēia (Kahalaomāpuana) i hiki mai, a ma kā ia nei hoʻi ʻana mai nei, lohe hope mākou iā ia nei.”
The daughters answered, ''This is what we have been whispering about, for first you told us these things while Kahalaomapuana had not yet returned, and since her return she has told us the same thing again."
Ch.33 p.178 para.7 sent.4
Kamaʻilio aku paha auaneʻi wau, ʻo ka make mai kā ia ala, no laila, ma kahi a ka haku o kāua e manaʻo ai, pono nō ke hoʻokō aku.
if I should object, he would kill me; therefore, whatever our lord wishes it is best for us to obey;
Haʻi akula ke kauā e like me kā kākou heluhelu ʻana ma nā mokuna mua.
The servant, told him all that we have read about in former chapters.
Ch.14 p.71 para.4 sent.2
A hala ʻelima nalu, ʻaʻole i loaʻa ka hea mai a Lāʻieikawai iā ia nei, no laila, he mea kaumaha loa ia iā Hauaʻiliki ka maliu ʻole mai o Lāʻieikawai iā ia nei, a he mea hilahila nui loa hoʻi nona, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo kaena mua kēlā iā ʻAiwohikupua e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma nā mokuna ma mua aʻe, a no kēia mea, lana mālie ihola ʻo ia ma kūlana nalu.
until five breakers had come in; no summons came to him from Laieikawai. Then Hauailiki was heavy-hearted because Laieikawai took no notice of him, and he felt ashamed because of his boast to Aiwohikupua, as we have seen in the last chapter. So he floated gently on the waves,
Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.8
(E like me kā kākou kamaʻilio ʻana ma mua ma ko ʻAiwohikupua moʻolelo.)
(as in the narrative before of Aiwohikupua's story).
Ch.20 p.103 para.6 sent.3
Ua kūkā aʻe nei au me ke kupuna wahine o kākou, e hoʻāo wau i kāne naʻu, no laila wau i hoʻouna aku nei i ko kākou kahu e kiʻi aku iā ʻoukou e like me kā kākou hoʻohiki ʻana ma hope iho o ko kākou hui ʻana ma ʻaneʻi.
I have taken counsel with our grandmother about my marriage, so I sent my nurse to bring you, as we agreed when we met here.
Ch.20 p.103 para.6 sent.5
A pehea? Aia i kā kākou hoʻoholo like ʻana.
What do you say? What you all agree, will do.
Ch.20 p.104 para.1 sent.3
Eia naʻe, a i hoʻāo ʻoe i ke kāne, mai haʻalele ʻoe iā mākou e like me kā kākou hoʻohiki ʻana.
Only when you marry a husband do not forsake us, as we have agreed;
I noho aku auaneʻi kāua a i loaʻa kā kāua keiki, a he keiki kāne, a laila, pōmaikaʻi kāua, ola nā iwi i loko o ko kāua mau lā ʻelemakule a hāʻule aku i ka make, nalo nō hoʻi nā wahi huna.
If we two live hereafter and bear a child and it is a son, then it shall be well with us. Our children shall live in the days of our old age, and when we die they will cover our nakedness.
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.4
Akā hoʻi, inā he kaikamahine ke hānau mua mai, a laila, e make, a inā he mau kaikamāhine wale nō kā kāua ke hānau mai, e make nō.
but if the first born is a daughter, then let her die;
however many daughters are born to us, let them die;
Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.3
Aia nō a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi, a laila, hana wau e like me kuʻu makemake, e like me kā kāua e kamaʻilio nei, a ʻo ia hoʻi ka hoʻokō ʻia ʻana o kou makemake.
until I had made the circuit of Hawaii; after that I will do what you please as we have agreed.
Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.5
ʻAʻole e lilo i kekahi mea ʻē aʻe, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hana iki i kekahi mea pono ʻole e keʻakeʻa ai i kā kāua hoʻohiki.
not to consent to any others, not to do the least thing to disturb our compact;
Ch.5 p.31 para.8 sent.1
ʻŌlelo akula kona kuhina, “Ua oki ia manaʻo ou, no ka mea, ʻaʻole he huakaʻi mokomoko kā kāua i hele mai nei.
His counsellor answered, "Break off that notion, for we are not taking this journey for boxing contests,
Holo akula kā lākou nei a kau i Honokaʻope ma Waipiʻo, ma laila aku a waho o Pāʻauhau, nānā aʻela lākou, e kū ana ka ʻeʻa o ka lepo o uka.
They sailed and touched at Honokaape at Waipio, then came off Paauhau and saw a cloud of dust rising landward.
Ch.7 p.37 para.3 sent.2
A no kēia, hikilele aʻela ka hiamoe o ʻAiwohikupua, nīnau aʻela i kā lākou mea e walaʻau nei, haʻi ʻia akula, “He wahine maikaʻi aia ke noho maila i ka pali.”
At this Aiwohikupua started up and asked what they were shouting about. They said, "There is a beautiful woman sitting on the sea cliff."
Ch.9 p.47 para.2 sent.2
Kainoa ua ʻōlelo ʻoe iaʻu ma mua o ko kākou lā i haʻalele ai iā Kauaʻi ʻo nā kaikuahine wale nō ou ka mea nāna e kiʻi kou makemake, a ua ʻike nō hoʻi ʻoe i ke kō ʻana o kā lākou mau hana.
I thought before we left Kauai you told me that your sisters were the only ones to get
your wish, and you have seen now what one of them can do;
Ch.9 p.48 para.11 sent.4
Aia lā, loaʻa kā lākou mea e kamaʻilio ai.
so, then, they get something to talk about;
Ch.10 p.52 para.5 sent.3
Hoʻokahi mea nāna i hoʻopuka kā lākou ʻōlelo, ʻo Kahalaomāpuana ko lākou muli loa.
then one of them, Kahalaomapuana, the youngest, began to speak.
Ch.10 p.53 para.7 sent.4
A liʻuliʻu kā lākou lā hoʻolana ʻana i nā waʻa, ʻo ka huli akula nō ia o ʻAiwohikupua mā e holo; ʻaʻole wahi mea a maliu iki mai.
After letting the canoe float a little while, the whole party turned and made off, and had not the least compassion.
A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana no kēia mau mea, hoʻi akula ʻo Mālaekahana a hiki i ka hale.
At the end of this talk, Malaekahana went back to the house,
Ch.2 p.12 para.6 sent.2
A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana, lawe aʻela ʻo ia i nā mea āna i hoʻomākaukau ai i mōhai no ka manawa e hālāwai aku ai, a hele akula.
After the talk, he took everything that he had prepared for sacrifice when they should meet and departed.
Ch.4 p.21 para.1 sent.2
Eia kā, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō kā lāua kūkā mau a he ʻuʻuku ke kūkā ma nā mea ʻē aʻe.
but it was about Laieikawai that the two talked and very seldom about anything else.
Ch.5 p.31 para.3 sent.1
A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana, nīnau hou akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Ihuanu, “Ua mākaukau anei ʻoe e kuʻi mai iaʻu?
After this, Aiwohikupua again asked Cold-nose, "Are you ready yet to strike me?
Ch.6 p.35 para.7 sent.4
Noho malihini ihola lākou iā Keaʻau a ahiahi, kauoha mua ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoʻokele a me nā hoe waʻa e noho mālie a hoʻi mai lāua mai kā lāua huakaʻi ʻimi wahine mai, ʻoiai, ʻo lākou wale nō.
The strangers remained at Keaau until evening, then Aiwohikupua ordered the steersmen and rowers to stay quietly until the two of them returned from their search for a wife, only they two alone.
Ch.7 p.39 para.4 sent.3
A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana i ka wanaʻao, hoʻokaʻawale lākou i ka wahine noho mauna, a holo akula a hiki i Hāna a hālāwai me Hinaikamalama.
When their talk was ended, at the approach of day, they parted from the woman of the mountain and sailed and came to Hana and met Hinaikamalama.
Hoʻokahi malama ke kali ʻana o Poliʻahu no ko lāua hoʻāo e like me kā lāua hoʻohiki ʻana, akā, ua hala ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma Hilo no ke kiʻi nō iā Lāʻieikawai.
one month she waited for the promised meeting, but Aiwohikupua was at Hilo after Laieikawai.
Ke hōʻole aʻe nei ʻoe i kā mākou maikaʻi e ʻike nei, no ka mea, ʻo ko Molokaʻi ʻoi nō kēia.”
that you scorn our beauty here, who is the handsomest girl in Molokai."
Ch.5 p.30 para.1 sent.2
Ua pau kā mākou ʻōlelo; ʻaʻohe hana i koe.
We say no more; there is nothing left to do;
Ch.8 p.44 para.6 sent.1
Ma mua o ko lākou piʻi ʻana i Paliuli, kauoha ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoʻokele a me nā hoe waʻa, “Eia mākou ke hele nei i kā mākou huakaʻi hele, ka mea hoʻi a kuʻu manaʻo i kau nui ai a hālāwai maka.
Before going up to Paliuli. Aiwohikupua told the steersmen and the paddlers, ''While we go on our way to seek her whom I have so longed to see face to face,
Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.5
No laila, ke noi aku nei au e ʻae mai ke aliʻi i like me kā mākou hoʻoholo ʻana.”
Therefore I pray the princess to consent to what we have agreed."
Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.5
ʻO ia kā mākou ʻōlelo i hoʻoholo mai nei.”
this is what we have agreed."
Ch.23 p.121 para.1 sent.3
ʻĪ akula ʻo Mailelauliʻi, “ʻO kā mākou nō hoʻi ia e kamaʻilio nei, he moe no Mailehaʻiwale.”
Said Mailelaulii, "We are just talking of Mailehaiwale's dream."
He mau māhoe kā māua , a no ka pepehi o ko māua makua kāne i nā keiki mua a ko māua makuahine i hānau ai no ka hānau kaikamahine wale nō, a iā māua hoʻi, hānau kaikamahine nō, no laila, ʻāhaʻi ʻia ai au i loko o ka luawai.
we were twins, and because our father had killed the first children our mother bore, because they were girls, when we also were born girls, then I was hidden within a pool of water;
Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.2
ʻO kā māua mahina ʻai, aia ma kapa alanui ponoʻī.
Our garden patch is right on the edge of the road;
I ua mau ʻelele lā i hala aku ai, ʻaʻole i liʻuliʻu, hālāwai maila me lāua kekahi kanaka kia manu mai uka mai o ʻOlaʻa, nīnau maila, “Ma hea kā ʻolua hele?”
Not long after they had left they met another man, a bird catcher from the uplands of Olaa; he asked. "Where are you two going?"
Ch.17 p.88 para.4 sent.2
ʻŌlelo akula nā ʻelele i ke aliʻi wahine, “I hoʻouna ʻia mai nei māua e haʻi aku iā ʻoe ma ke kauoha a ko kāne hoʻopalau ʻekolu malama ou e hoʻomākaukau ai no ka hoʻāo o ʻolua, a ma ka hā o ka malama, i ka pō i o Kulu e hiki mai ai ʻo ia a hālāwai ʻolua e like me kā ʻolua hoʻohiki ʻana.”
The messengers said to the princess, "We have been sent hither to tell you the command of your betrothed husband. You have three months to prepare for the marriage, and in February, on the night of the seventeenth, the night of Kulu, he will come to meet you, according to the oath between you."
Ch.17 p.88 para.8 sent.2
A laila, hoʻomaopopo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Pehea kā ʻolua lele ʻana aku nei?”
then Aiwohikupua asked to make sure, "How did you two fly?"
Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.6
Aia a pau kā ʻolua heʻe nalu ʻana, a laila, e hoʻouna aku wau i nā manu a me ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina, ʻo kou manawa ia e hoʻi mai ai me ko kāne a loko o ko ʻolua hale, a laila, e hoʻolaʻa ʻia ko kino e like me koʻu makemake.
After the surf riding, then I will send the birds and a mist over the land; that is the time for you to return with your husband to your house, become one flesh according to jour wish.''
Ma kā ʻoukou mea e ʻōlelo mai ai, ma laila wau e hoʻolohe ai, no ka mea, he kanaka wau i hana pono ʻole ʻia e nā mea waʻa i koʻu holo ʻana mai Oʻahu mai, no laila wau e haʻi mua aku nei iā ʻoukou, e nā mea waʻa, malia o like ʻoukou me lāua.”
whatever you demand, I will accede to; for I was not well treated by the men who brought me here from Oahu, so I will first make a bargain with you men, lest you should be like them."
Ch.5 p.29 para.2 sent.4
A he aha kā ʻoukou i makaʻu ai?
Then what are you afraid of?
Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.1
A laila, kukuli ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a pule akula i kona mau akua penei, “E Lanipipili, Laniʻoaka, Lanikahuliomealani, e Lono, e Hekilikaʻakaʻa a me Nākolowailani, i kēia lā, e ʻike mai ʻoukou iaʻu i kā ʻoukou kama, kā ʻoukou pua i koe ma ke ao nei.
Then Aiwohikupua knelt down and prayed to his gods as follows: "O you Heavens, Lightning, and Rain, O Air, O Thunder and Earthquake! Look upon me this day, the only child of yours left upon this earth.
Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.2
Mai kēia lā, e hāʻawi mai ʻoukou i ka ikaika a pau ma luna o kā ʻoukou kama nei.
Give this day all your strength into your child;
Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.3
E hiki nō iā ʻoukou ke hoʻohala i kāna puʻupuʻu ma kona kuʻi ʻana mai i kā ʻoukou kama, a ke noi aku nei wau e hāʻawi mai i ke poʻo o Ihuanu i kuʻu lima i mea pāʻani na koʻu mau hoe waʻa i ʻike ai kēia ʻaha a pau, ʻo wau ke lanakila ma luna o kēia kanaka i ʻoki poepoe ʻole ʻia.
by your might turn aside his fists from smiting your child, and I beseech you to give me the head of Ihuanu into my hand to be a plaything for my paddlers, that all this assembly may see that I have power over this uncircumcised one.
Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.4
Eia ka puaʻa, ka moa lawa, ka ʻawa, he makana, he mōhai, he kānaenae i ke aliʻi na kā ʻoukou kauā nei.
Here is a pig, a black cock, awa, a priest, a sacrifice, an offering to the chief from your servant here;
I kekahi manawa, iā Hulumāniani e kaʻahele ana iā Kauaʻi a puni ma kona ʻano makāula nui no Kauaʻi, a iā ia i hiki ai i luna pono o Kalalea, ʻike maila ʻo ia i ka piʻo a kēia ānuenue i Oʻahu nei.
Just at this time Hulumaniani was making a tour of Kauai in
his character as the great seer of Kauai, and when he reached the summit of Kalalea he beheld the rainbow arching over Oahu;
Ch.3 p.17 para.6 sent.2
Kaʻahele akula ʻo ia iā Hawaiʻi, ma Hāmākua kona hiki mua ʻana.
and traversed Hawaii, starting from Hamakua,
Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.4
Kaʻahele au ma Kona, Kaʻū, a hiki au i Keaʻau a ma Puna, a ma laila wau i noho ai, a ma laila wau i hālāwai ai me kekahi wahine maikaʻi i ʻoi aku ma mua o ia nei (Kaʻiliokalauokekoa), a ʻo ka ʻoi nō hoʻi i ia manawa o nā wāhine maikaʻi o kēia mau mokupuni a pau.”
went on to Kona, Kau, and came to Keaau, in Puna, and there I tarried, and there I met another woman surpassingly beautiful, more so than this woman here (Kailiokalauokekoa), more than all the beauties of this whole group of islands."
Ch.26 p.136 para.3 sent.2
I ua makāula nei me kāna mau kaikamāhine ma uka o Honopūwaiakua, a he mau lā ko lākou ma laila, he mea mau i ua makāula nei ke kaʻahele i kekahi manawa.
Many days the seer lived here with his daughter above Honopuwaiakua. At one time the seer made one of his customary journeys.
No laila, kaʻakaʻa aʻela nā maka o ka makāula, aia hoʻi, e hoʻi hou ana ka waʻa i Oʻahu nei.
Then the seer opened his eyes and the canoe was going back to Oahu.
Kaʻala (2)
Ch.2 p.7 para.1 sent.1
A nele ka makāula i ka ʻike i kāna mea e ukali nei, haʻalele kēia iā Kamaoha, hiki kēia i luna pono o Kaʻala, a ma laila ʻo ia i ʻike ai, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i Molokaʻi.
When the seer failed to see the sign which he was following he left Kamaoha, climbed clear to the top of Kaala, and there saw the rainbow arching over Molokai.
Ch.2 p.7 para.2 sent.1
I ka lā a ua makāula nei i haʻalele ai iā Kaʻala, hiki mua aku ʻo ia i luna o Kuamoʻokāne, aia hoʻi, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue o Molokaʻi, e kū ana ka pūnohu i uhi paʻa ʻia e nā ao hekili.
On the day when the seer left Kaala and climbed to the top of
Kuamooakane the rainbow bent again over Molokai, and there rested the end of the rainbow, covered out of sight with thunderclouds.
ʻO ka iʻa ponoʻī nō e loaʻa ana ma kona lima, ʻo ia kāu iʻa e ʻono ai, no ka mea, he kanaka puni kaʻalau ʻōhua hoʻi ko kāne i lilo ai kēlā i ka lawaiʻa, ʻike ʻole ia i kou hānau ʻana.
get the fish you desire with his own hand, for your husband is very fond of the young manini afloat in the membrane, and while he is out fishing he will not know about the birth;
Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.2
Ke kau mai nei i koʻu mau maka ka ʻōhua palemo, no laila, e holo aku ʻoe i ke kaʻalau ʻōhua, me he mea ala, a loaʻa mai ka ʻōhua palemo, a laila, hemo kuʻu keiki.
the spawn of the manini come before my eyes; go after them, therefore, while they are yet afloat in the membrane; possibly when you bring the manini spawn, I shall be eased of the child;
A pau ka hoʻoponopono ʻana no kēia mau mea, a pono ka noho ʻana, kāʻili pū ʻia akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai e kāna kāne ma ke ānuenue i loko o nā ao kaʻalelewa, a noho ma kahi mau o kāna kāne.
After all these things were put in order and well established, Laieikawai and her husband were taken on the rainbow to the land within the clouds and dwelt in the husband's home.
Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.10
A laila, lālau aʻela ʻo ia i kona ʻaʻahu, a pālulu aʻela i kona mau maka i mua o ke anaina i mea e hūnā ai i kona mānaʻonaʻo i nā makaʻāinana a me ka ʻāina, a lawe ʻia akula ʻo ia ma ke ānuenue i loko o nā ao kaʻalelewa ma ka lani kua kaʻa.
Then she caught hold of her garment and held it up to her eyes before the assembly to hide her feeling for the people and the land. And she was borne by the rainbow to the land above the clouds, to Lanikuakaa, the heavens higher up.
Kaʻamola (3)
Ch.3 p.13 para.2 sent.1
A hiki kēia i Kaʻamola, ka ʻāina e pili pū lā me Keawanui, kahi hoʻi a Lāʻieikawai mā e kali nei i ka mea waʻa, i ia manawa, ua pōʻeleʻele loa ihola.
He went to Kaamola, the district adjoining Keawanui, where Laieikawai and her companion were awaiting the paddler
Ch.3 p.13 para.3 sent.1
I kēlā pō a ka makāula e moe ai i Kaʻamola, aia hoʻi, ua hiki ka ʻōlelo kauoha a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane e like me ke kuhikuhi iā lāua i loko o ko lāua mau lā ma Malelewaʻa.
That night, while the seer was sleeping at Kaamola, then came
the command of Kapukaihaoa to Laieikawai in a dream, just as he had directed them at Malelewaa.
Ch.3 p.13 para.4 sent.2
ʻEkolu mau lā o ka uhi paʻapū ʻana o kēia noe i ka moana, a i ka ʻehā o ko ka makāula mau lā ma Kaʻamola i ke kakahiaka nui, ʻike akula ʻo ia, e kū ana ka ʻōnohi i luna pono o Maunalei, akā, ua nui loa ka minamina o ka makāula no ka hālāwai ʻole me kāna mea e ʻimi nei.
Three days the veil of mist hid the sea, and on the fourth day of the seer's stay at Kaamola, in the very early morning, he saw an end of the rainbow standing right above Maunalei. Now the seer regretted deeply not finding the person he was seeking;
I ke kamaʻilio ʻana i kēia kaʻao, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma Lāʻie, Koʻolau kona wahi i hānau ai, a he mau māhoe lāua: ʻo Kahauokapaka ka makua kāne, ʻo Mālaekahana ka makuahine.
This tale was told at Laie, Koolau; here they were born, and they were twins; Kahauokapaka was the father, Malaekahana the mother.
Ch.3 p.18 para.1 sent.1
Ma nā helu mua o kēia kaʻao, ua ʻike kākou na Kapūkaʻihaoa i kauoha iā Waka ma ka moeʻuhane e hoʻihoʻi iā Lāʻieikawai i Paliuli ma muli o ka ʻike a ka makāula.
In the first part of the story we saw that Kapukaihaoa commanded Waka in a dream to take Laieikawai to Paliuli, as the seer saw.
Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.3
I ua pō nei, e kaʻao ana nō ʻo ia nei iā mākou, i ke kihi o ke ahiahi, kani ana ka leo o ka ʻaʻo.
and she was recounting her adventures, when just at the edge of the evening rang the note of the oo;
Ch.6 p.33 para.1 sent.1
(Ma ka mokuna ʻelima o keia kaʻao, ua ʻike kākou ua hiki aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma Laupāhoehoe.
In Chapter V of this story we have seen how Aiwohikupua got to Laupahoehoe.
Ch.6 p.33 para.1 sent.2
Ma ʻaneʻi, e kamaʻilio iki kākou no Hulumāniani, ka makāula nāna i ukali mai ʻo Lāʻieikawai mai Kauaʻi mai, ka mea i ʻōlelo mua ʻia ma ka helu mua o keia kaʻao.)
Here we shall say a word about Hulumaniani, the seer, who followed Laieikawai hither from Kauai, as described in the first chapter of this story.
Ch.12 p.66 para.6 sent.1
(Ma ʻaneʻi, e ka mea heluhelu, e waiho i ke kamaʻilio ʻana no nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, a ma ka mokuna ʻumikumamākolu o kēia kaʻao, e kamaʻilio hou no ʻAiwohikupua no kona hoʻi ʻana i Kauaʻi).
(Here, O reader, we leave speaking of the sisters of Aiwohikupua, and in Chapter XIII of this tale will speak again of Aiwohikupua and his coming to Kauai.)
A loaʻa kona hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia i mua o kona akua me ke kala ʻia o kona hala hoʻohiki, “ʻAʻole e lawe i kekahi o nā wāhine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine hoʻāo,” e like me nā mea i hōʻike
And he obtained favor in the presence of his god, and was released from his sinful vow "not to take any woman of these islands to wife," as has been shown in the former chapters of this story. After the ceremonies at Kauai, he sent his messengers, the Snipe
and the Turnstone, to go and announce before Poliahu the demands
of the chief.
Kaʻaona (1)
Ch.3 p.15 para.5 sent.1
I kekahi lā i ka malama ʻo Kaʻaona i nā Kū i ka manawa kakahiaka nui, ʻike ʻāweʻaweʻa akula ʻo ia he wahi ʻōnohi ma Koʻolau o Hawaiʻi.
One day in June, during the first days of the month, very early in the morning, he caught a glimpse of something like a rainbow at Koolau on Hawaii;
Kaʻapuni hou ka makāula iā Kauaʻi a puni, piʻi hou ʻo ia i luna o Kalalea a ʻike hou nō ʻo ia i kāna mea i ʻike mua ai, aia nō e mau ana e like nō me ma mua, a laila, hoʻi hou kēia a hiki i Anahola.
Again the seer made a tour of Kauai; again he ascended Kalalea and saw again the same sign as before, just the same as at first; then he came back to Anahola.
Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.1
I ia lā o lākou i hiki ai ma Waiʻanae, kauoha ka makāula i nā kānaka e noho ma laila a hoʻi mai ʻo ia mai ka huakaʻi kaʻapuni ʻana.
On the day when they reached Waianae the seer ordered the
rowers to wait there until he returned from making the circuit of the island.
Ch.1 p.6 para.4 sent.3
Haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, kaʻapuni kēia iā Oʻahu nei, ma Koʻolau Poko kona hele mua ʻana a ma Kona nei, a mai ʻaneʻi aku, hiki ma ʻEwa.
forsook this place, journeyed about Oahu, first through Koolaupoko; from there to Ewa
Ch.2 p.7 para.1 sent.2
No laila, haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, kaʻapuni hou iā Oʻahu nei, ʻo ka lua ia o kāna huakaʻi kaʻapuni ʻana i mea e hiki ai iā ia ke ʻike maopopo i kāna mea e ukali nei, no ka mea, ua ʻano ʻē ka hana a ke ānuenue no ka holoholokē ʻana i kēlā wahi kēia wahi.
Then the seer left the place and journeyed around Oahu; a second time he journeyed around in order to be sure of the sign he was following, for the rainbow acted strangely, resting now in that place, now in this.
Ch.3 p.15 para.2 sent.3
I ua makāula nei e kaʻapuni ana ma nā wahi a pau āna i kipa aku ai, ua kauoha mua aku ka makāula inā e loaʻa kāna mea e ʻimi nei, a laila, e huli aku iā ia ma kahi e loaʻa ai.
Wherever the seer stopped in his journeying he directed the people, if they found the person he was following, to search him out wherever he might be.
No laila, haʻi aku ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o Kauakahialiʻi, “Ke haʻohaʻo nei wau i kēia wahine, no ka mea, ʻo wau ka mea nāna i kaʻapuni kēia mau mokupuni, ʻaʻole wau i ʻike i kekahi wahine e kau mai i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, me he mea lā, no Kūkulu o Tahiti mai ia wahine, no loko o Moaʻulanuiākea.”
Then he said to Kauakahialii: "I marvel what this woman may be, for I am a man who has made the whole circuit of the islands, but I never saw any woman resting on the wings of birds. It may be she is come hither from the borders of Tahiti, from within Moaulanuiakea."
I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe.
At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow:
Ch.1 p.3 para.5 sent.1
A lilo nā kaikamāhine ma ka lima o Waka a me Kapūkaʻihaoa ma ke kaʻawale, hoʻi maila ʻo Kahauokapaka mai ka lawaiʻa mai, nīnau ihola i ka wahine, “Pehea ʻoe?”
After the girls had been carried away in the arms of Waka and Kapukaihaoa, Kahauokapaka came back from the fishing, and asked his wife, "How are you?"
Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.1
Iā Waka me Kapūkaʻihaoa ma ke kaʻawale me nā hānai a lāua, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, “Pehea lā auaneʻi e nalo ai nā hānai a kāua iā Kahauokapaka?”
When Waka and Kapukaihaoa had taken their foster children away, Waka said to Kapukaihaoa, "How shall we hide our foster children from Kahauokapaka?"
Ch.2 p.12 para.4 sent.3
Iā lāua ma kahi kaʻawale, nīnau pono akula ka makāula i ua wahi kanaka nei, “Ua ʻike nō anei ʻoe i kēlā kaikamahine ma mua āu e kamaʻilio nei i ke aliʻi?”
When they were alone, the seer asked the man directly, "Did you know that girl before about whom you were telling the chief?"
Ch.5 p.32 para.2 sent.2
Aia naʻe lākou ma kahi kaʻawale mai e nānā ana i ka ʻaha.
there they stood at a distance watching the people.
Ch.10 p.54 para.4 sent.4
Noho maila lākou nei ma kahi kaʻawale, a pēlā nō hoʻi ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā ma kahi kaʻawale.
Here they camped at some distance from Aiwohikupua's party, and Aiwohikupua's party from them.
A pau ko Waka manawa ma kahi o Lāʻieikawai, hoʻi maila ʻo ia, akā, ʻike aʻela kēia ma loko o ka wai i kēia mea e noho ana ma luna iho, emi hope hou akula ʻo Waka, no ka mea, ua manaʻo ʻo ia ʻo Kahauokapaka kēia mea ma kaʻe o ka luawai.
After Waka had been with Laieikawai she returned, but while yet in the water she saw someone sitting above on the bank, so she retreated, for she thought it was Kahauokapaka, this person on the brink of the water hole.
Ch.1 p.6 para.4 sent.1
Ua noho ua makāula nei ma ke kaʻe o kēlā luawai a moe ʻo ia ma laila a ao ia pō.
The seer remained at the edge of the pool, and slept there until morning.
A pau kā lākou pihe uē, ʻōlelo maila ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “He mea kupanaha, iā kākou e uē nei, ʻo ka hāmama wale iho nō kā koʻu waha, ʻaʻole a kahe mai o ka waimaka, ʻo ke kaea pū wale aʻela nō ia, me he mea lā, i pania mai ka waimaka.”
After their lament, said Kahalaomapuana, "This is a strange way to cry; you open your mouth wide, but no tears run; you seem to be dried up, as if the tears were shut off."
Ma nā waʻa ukali o ke aliʻi, he ʻumi kaulua e hoʻopuni ana i ko ke aliʻi waʻa, a ma luna o nā waʻa ukali o ke aliʻi, he poʻe akamai i ke kāʻeke.
Following the chief and surrounding his canoe came ten double canoes filled with expert dancers.
Ch.18 p.91 para.4 sent.1
I ia pō iho, he pō leʻaleʻa ia no nā aliʻi, he kilu a he kāʻeke nā leʻaleʻa i ia pō.
That night was a festival night, the game of kilu and the dance kaeke being the sports of the night.
Ch.18 p.91 para.4 sent.3
I ia manawa a ia nei i komo aku ai i loko o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ʻike maopopo mai i ia manawa, no ka mea, ua lilo i ka hula kāʻeke.
When she came into their midst Aiwohikupua did not see her, for his attention was taken by the dance.
Ch.18 p.91 para.5 sent.2
I ia manawa, hele akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki a i ka mea ʻume, ʻī akula, “E hele ʻoe a ʻōlelo aku iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻopau ka hula kāʻeke.
Then Hauailiki went and said to the master of ceremonies, "Go and tell Aiwohikupua to stop the dance
Ch.18 p.91 para.5 sent.5
Ma ke kauoha a ka mea nona ka pō leʻaleʻa e kilu, ua hoʻopau ʻia ke kāʻeke.
At the request of the one for whom the sports were given the dance was ended.
Kaʻelehuluhulu (3)
Ch.8 p.44 para.1 sent.5
I ia manawa ko lākou haʻalele ʻana iā Honuaʻula a holo akula a hiki ma Kaʻelehuluhulu ma Kona, Hawaiʻi.
Then they left Honuaula and sailed and came to Kaelehuluhulu, at Kona, Hawaii.
Ch.8 p.44 para.2 sent.1
Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i holo aku ai mai Maui aku a hiki i kēlā wahi, ua ʻike mua mai ʻo Poliʻahu i ko lākou holo ʻana a me ka hiki ʻana i Kaʻelehuluhulu, no laila, hoʻomākaukau mua ʻo Poliʻahu iā ia iho no ka hiki aku o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila hoʻāo.
As Aiwohikupua 's party were on the way from Maui thither, Poliahu knew of their setting sail and coming to Kaelehuluhulu. Then Poliahu made herself ready to come to wed Aiwohikupua;
Ch.8 p.44 para.4 sent.1
Ma kēia holo ʻana a ʻAiwohikupua mai Kaʻelehuluhulu aku, hiki mua lākou ma Keaʻau, akā, ua nui nō nā lā a me nā pō o kēia hele ʻana.
From Kaelehuluhulu, Aiwohikupua went direct to Keaau. but many days and nights the voyage lasted.
Kāʻeloikamalama (22)
Ch.27 p.141 para.5 sent.2
I laila ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, ke kupua nui nāna e pani ka puka o ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti, kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā.
there was Kaeloikamalama, the magician, who closes the door of the taboo house on the borders of Tahiti, where Kaonohiokala was hidden.
Ch.27 p.143 para.1 sent.1
Haʻi akula ʻo Mokukelekahiki iā Kāʻeloikamalama i kona ʻike ʻana i ka moʻo.
Mokukelekahiki told Kaeloikamalama how he had seen the lizard.
Ch.27 p.143 para.1 sent.2
I ia manawa, lele akula ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama me Mokukelekahiki mai luna mai o Nuʻumealani, he ʻāina aia i ka lewa.
Then Kaeloikamalama flew down with Mokukelekahiki from the heights of Nuumealani, the land in the air.
Ch.27 p.143 para.2 sent.2
I ia manawa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku (ka moʻo) iā Kahalaomāpuana, “I hiki mai auaneʻi kēia mau kānaka e lele mai nei i o kāua nei, a laila, e luaʻi aku wau iā ʻoe, a kau ma ka āʻī o Kāʻeloikamalama.
then said Kihanuilulumoku to Kahalaomapuana, "When those men get here who are flying toward us, then I will throw you out and land you on Kaeloikamalama's neck,
Ch.27 p.143 para.3 sent.1
ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu iho ma hope iho o kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana, halulu ana ʻo Mokukelekahiki lāua me Kāʻeloikamalama ma ka puka o ka hale.
Not long after, Mokukelekahiki and Kaeloikamalama thundered at the door of the house.
Ch.27 p.143 para.3 sent.2
I nānā aku ka hana o ua moʻo nei, e kū mai ana ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama me ka lāʻau pālau, ʻo Kapahiʻelihonua ka inoa, he iwakālua anana ka loa, ʻehā kanaka nāna e apo puni.
When the lizard looked, there stood Kaeloikamalama with the digging spade called Kapahaelihonua, [The Knife-that-cuts-the- earth,] twenty fathoms its length, four men to span it.
A lohe ʻo Ihuanu i kēia kaena a ʻAiwohikupua e kuʻi, a laila, leha aʻela nā maka o Ihuanu a puni ka ʻaha, ʻike akula ʻo ia e hiʻi ʻia mai ana kekahi keiki ʻōpiopio loa, a laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Ihuanu iā ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole naʻu ʻoe e kuʻi, na kēlā wahi keiki e hiʻi ʻia maila, nāna ʻoe e kuʻi, a ʻo ia kou hoa hakakā.”
When Cold-nose heard Aiwohikupua's boasting challenge to strike, then he glanced around the crowd and saw someone holding a very little child; then said Cold-nose to Aiwohikupua, "I am not the man to strike you; that little youngster there, let him strike you and let him be your opponent."
When Aiwohikupua and his companion started to go, Kahalaomapuana, the youngest sister, called out. "O you two there! Wait!
Ch.14 p.71 para.1 sent.1
A ʻike maopopo aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki ʻaʻole i komo i loko o Lāʻieikawai ka makemake iā Hauaʻiliki ma ia mea, hoʻopau aʻela ʻo ia i ka heʻe nalu ma ka papa; manaʻo aʻela ʻo ia e kaha. Haʻalele ihola ʻo ia i kona papa a ʻau akula i kūlana heʻe nalu.
When Hauailiki saw that Laieikawai still paid no attention to him he made up his mind to come in on the surf without the board.
Ch.14 p.71 para.3 sent.1
Iā Hauaʻiliki ma kūlana nalu i ka nalu i ea mai ai a kākala ma kona kua, i ia manawa, kaha maila ʻo ia i ka nalu.
When Hauailiki got to the breakers, just as the crest rose and broke at his back, he stood on its edge,
Ch.16 p.81 para.3 sent.1
Iā lāua i kaha aku e hoʻi a hiki i ka pahu kapu o Kahalaomāpuana, aia hoʻi i laila, ua hoʻopiʻi ʻia ka huelo o ua moʻo nui nei i luna o ka pahu kapu.
When they turned back and came to Kahalaomapuana's taboo sign, behold! the tail of the great lizard protruded above the taboo sign,
ʻĪ akula kona mau hoa, “Malia paha e kaha nalu ana.”
Her companions said, "Perhaps he will ride in on the surf without a board."
Ch.14 p.71 para.4 sent.1
A ʻike akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki i ko Lāʻieikawai ʻakaʻaka ʻana iho, manaʻo ihola ʻo ia ua komo ka makemake iā Lāʻieikawai ma kēia hana a Hauaʻiliki, a laila, hoʻomau akula ʻo ia ma ke kaha nalu .
When Hauailiki saw Laieikawai smiling to herself he thought she had taken a liking to him because of this feat, so he kept on repeating it
Iā ʻAiwohikupua e nānā ana i ka hale o ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli, he mea ʻē ke kāhāhā a me ka hilahila.
When Aiwohikupua saw the house of the princess of Paliuli, he felt strangely perplexed and abashed,
Ch.12 p.63 para.1 sent.2
He mea mau ia, ma ka pō wale nō e kani ai nei mea kani, ʻaʻole e pono ma ke ao,” a no kēia ʻōlelo a ke kaikamahine, kāhāhā loa ihola ʻo Lāʻieikawai me ka manaʻo he wahaheʻe na ke kaikamahine.
and this instrument is a kind that sounds only by night; it will never sound by day."
Ch.31 p.170 para.1 sent.1
Akā, i ka hoʻohālike ʻana, kiola akula ka mua i kāna i mua o ko lākou kaikunāne, ʻike akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i ka mua, he mea kāhāhā loa iā ia, no laila, momoku malū aʻela ʻo ia i kāna i loko o kona ʻaʻahu, akā, ua ʻike akula kona kaikunāne i kāna hana, ʻī akula, “E Kahalaomāpuana, mai hana malū ʻoe!
But in comparing them, the oldest laid hers down before her brother. Kahalaomapuana saw it and was much surprised, so she secretly broke hers inside her clothing; but her brother saw her doing it and said, "Kahalaomapuana, no fooling!
Kahakaekaea (13)
Ch.27 p.145 para.5 sent.2
ʻO Kahakaekaea ia ʻāina.
the country is Kahakaekaea.
Ch.27 p.146 para.2 sent.6
ʻO ko komo nō ia i loko o Kahakaekaea.”
you have entered Kahakaekaea."
Ch.27 p.146 para.3 sent.5
I ia manawa, ake akula kēia e komo i ka malu o ka mahina, a ma ke ahiahi, hiki akula ʻo ia i ka malu o ka mahina, manaʻo aʻela kēia, ua komo i ka ʻāina i kapa ʻia ʻo Kahakaekaea.
Then she longed to reach the shadow of the moon, and at evening she came into the shadow of the moon; she knew then that she had entered the land called Kahakaekaea.
Ch.28 p.152 para.5 sent.4
Nāueue Kahakaekaea,
Kahakaekaea trembles,
Ch.28 p.154 para.4 sent.5
Inā e pā ka makani a hoʻokahi anahulu, mālie, i kuʻi pāloʻo ka hekili, aia wau i Kahakaekaea.
when the wind whips the air and for ten days lies calm, when thunder peals without rain, then I am at Kahakaekaea.
Ch.30 p.163 para.2 sent.1
I kēlā wā nō, lohe ʻia akula ka pihe ʻuā a puni ʻo Kauaʻi i ka ʻike ʻana aku i ka hiwahiwa kama kahi a Moanalihaikawaokele lāua ʻo Laukieleʻula, ke aliʻi nui o Kahakaekaea a me Nuʻumealani.
Then the sound of shouting was heard all over Kauai at the sight of the beloved child of Moanalihaikawaokele and Laukieleula, the great high chief of Kahakaekaea and Nuumealani.
Ma hope o ko Lāʻieikawai hoʻāo ʻana me Kaʻōnohiokala me ka hoʻoponopono i ka noho ʻana o kona mau kaikuahine, ka makāula a me Kekalukaluokēwā ma, a pau kēia mau mea i ka hoʻoponopono ʻia, hoʻi akula lāua i luna o ka ʻaina i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo Kahakaekaea, a noho ma ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti.
After the marriage of Laieikawai and Kaonohiokala, when his sisters and the seer and Kekalukaluokewa and his wife were well established, after all this had been set in order, they returned to the country in the heavens called Kahakaekaea and dwelt in the taboo house on the borders of Tahiti.
ʻĪ mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kuhina, “Kāhea ʻia aku nā hoʻokele e hoʻoponopono aʻe nā waʻa a holo pololei aku i ke awa i lohe aku kākou i kēlā lehulehu,” a hoʻokō ʻia ko ke aliʻi makemake, a holo aku lākou a ma lalo o ka pali kahakai, nīnau akula i nā wāhine e kuʻi ʻopihi ana, “He aha kēlā lehulehu o uka?”
Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor, "Call to the steersman to turn the canoe straight ashore to hear what the crowd is for." The chief's wish was obeyed, they went alongside the cliff and asked the women gathering shellfish, "What is that crowd inland for?"
Ch.7 p.37 para.2 sent.3
A hala hope ʻo Humuʻula iā lākou, hiki lākou ma waho pono o Kealakaha, ʻike maila lākou nei i kēia wahine e noho ana i ka pali kahakai; e hiamoe ana naʻe ke aliʻi i ia manawa.
After passing Humuula they stopped right off Kealakaha, and while the chief slept they saw a woman sitting on the sea cliff by the shore.
Ch.25 p.132 para.4 sent.2
I ia manawa, iho akula ka makāula a hiki i kahi āna e ʻike nei i ke ānuenue, a i ka hoʻokokoke ʻana aku o ua makāula nei, ʻike maopopo akula ʻo ia iā Lāʻieikawai e kono mau ana i ka lae kahakai.
Then the seer went away to the place where he had seen the rainbow, and. approaching, he saw Laieikawai plainly, strolling, along the sea beach.
Ch.26 p.138 para.6 sent.5
I ia manawa, naholo maila nā kānaka a kū ma uka o kahakai, hehi kekahi ma luna o kekahi i ʻike leʻa aku lākou.
Then the men ran in flocks from the land down to the sea beach; one trampled on another in order to see.
Kahalaʻoaka (1)
Ch.33 p.179 para.3 sent.2
Huli akula ke alo i Kaʻuiki, nānā akula iā Kahalaʻoaka, a ʻo ke kau mai a ke ao i luna pono o Honokalani, i ia manawa, he mea ʻē ka māʻeʻele o ke aliʻi wahine i ke aloha no kāna ipo, a laila, oli aʻela ʻo ia he wahi mele penei:
with her face turned toward Kauwiki, facing Kahalaoaka, and as the clouds rested there right above Honokalani then the heart of the princess was benumbed with love for her lover; then she chanted a little song, as follows:
Kahalaomāpuana (135)
Ch.8 p.43 para.3 sent.2
A mākaukau ka holo ʻana, i ia pō iho, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi he ʻumikumamāhā hoe waʻa, ʻelua hoʻokele, ʻo nā kaikuahine ʻelima, ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, ʻo Mailekaluhea, ʻo Mailelauliʻi, ʻo Mailepākaha a me ko lākou muli loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ʻo ke aliʻi a me kona kuhina, he iwakāluakumamākolu ko lākou nui.
When all was ready for sailing, that very night the chief took on board 14 paddlers, 2 steers-
men, the 5 sisters, Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, and the youngest, Kahalaomapuana, the chief himself, and his counsellor, 23 in all.
Iaʻu e hiamoe ana, hālāwai pū ihola kāua ma ka moeʻuhane a kahaʻula ihola kāua, a ua nui nā lā a me na pō o ka hoʻomau ʻana iaʻu o kēia mea, no laila wau i piʻi mai nei e hoʻokō i ka hana i ka moeʻuhane.”
while I slept we two met together in a dream and we were united, and many days and nights the same dream came; therefore I have come up here again to fulfill what was done in the dream."
Kahauokapaka (17)
Ch.1 p.1 para.1 sent.1
I ke kamaʻilio ʻana i kēia kaʻao, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma Lāʻie, Koʻolau kona wahi i hānau ai, a he mau māhoe lāua: ʻo Kahauokapaka ka makua kāne, ʻo Mālaekahana ka makuahine.
This tale was told at Laie, Koolau; here they were born, and they were twins; Kahauokapaka was the father, Malaekahana the mother.
Ch.1 p.1 para.1 sent.2
ʻO Kahauokapaka naʻe, ʻo ia ke aliʻi nona nā ʻokana ʻelua ʻo Koʻolau Loa a me Koʻolau Poko.
Now Kahauokapaka was chief over two districts, Koolauloa and Koolaupoko,
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.1
I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe.
At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow:
Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.2
Ua maikaʻi nā helehelena i ka nānā aku, a no ka maikaʻi o nā helehelena o ua kaikamahine nei, manaʻo ihola ka makuahine, ʻo ke kumu lā hoʻi ia e lilo ai ka ʻōlelo paʻa a Kahauokapaka i mea ʻole; ola lā hoʻi ua kaikamahine nei.
who was so beautiful to look upon, the mother thought that Kahauokapaka would disregard his vow; this child he would save.
Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.4
I ia manawa i hānau ai, aia naʻe ʻo Kahauokapaka i ka lawaiʻa me nā kānaka.
At the time when she was born, Kahauokapaka was away at the fishing with the men.
Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.5
A hoʻi mai ʻo Kahauokapaka mai ka lawaiʻa mai, haʻi ʻia akula, ua hānau ʻo Mālaekahana he kaikamahine.
When Kahauokapaka returned from the fishing he was told that Malaekahana had borne a daughter.
I ia wā lākou e kū ana me Lāʻieikawai, lulu ka makani, malu ka lā, kaikoʻo ke kai, pualena ka moana, hoʻi ka waikahe o nā kahawai a paʻa i nā kumu wai, ʻaʻole he puka wai i kai.
As they stood there with Laieikawai, the wind blew, the sun was darkened, the sea grew rough, the ocean was reddened, the streams went back and stopped at their sources, no water flowed into the sea.
Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.8
Iā māua e hele ana, a hiki i ke ʻalu kahawai, nānā akula māua, e hōʻea mai ana kēia mea ma luna o ke ʻāhua i hala hope iā māua.
as we came to the edge of the gulch, we saw some one appear above the rise we had just left;
A pau kā lākou pihe uē, ʻōlelo maila ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “He mea kupanaha, iā kākou e uē nei, ʻo ka hāmama wale iho nō kā koʻu waha, ʻaʻole a kahe mai o ka waimaka, ʻo ke kaea pū wale aʻela nō ia, me he mea lā, i pania mai ka waimaka.”
After their lament, said Kahalaomapuana, "This is a strange way to cry; you open your mouth wide, but no tears run; you seem to be dried up, as if the tears were shut off."
Kū akula ʻo ia ma waho o ka ʻaha a kāhea akula me ka leo nui, “E ka hū, e nā makaʻāinana, e ka lōpā kuakea, lōpā hoʻopili wale, e nā aliʻi, nā kāhuna, nā kilo, nā ʻaialo, ua ʻike au i nā mea a pau ma kēia hele ʻana mai nei aʻu.
he stood outside the crowd and cried with a loud voice: "O ye men of the people, husbandmen, laborers, tillers of the soil; O ye chiefs, priests, soothsayers, all men of rank in the household of the chief! All manner of men have I beheld on my way hither;
Ch.2 p.11 para.3 sent.1
I ia manawa naʻe a ia nei e kāhea nei, ʻaʻole i lohe pono mai ka ʻaha, no ka mea, ua uhi ʻia kona leo e ka haukamumu leo o ka ʻaha a me ka nēnē no ka hoʻouka kaua.
Now when he shouted, he could not be heard, for his voice was smothered in the clamor of the crowd and the noise of the onset.
Ch.2 p.11 para.3 sent.4
Kāhea ʻia akula ua wahi kanaka nei ma muli o ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, a hele maila i mua o ke aliʻi, a nīnau akula, “He aha kou mea e nui nei kou leo i mua o ka ʻaha me ka maka ʻoliʻoli?”
At the chief's command the man was summoned before the chief and he asked, "What news do you proclaim aloud with glad face before the assembly?"
Ch.2 p.11 para.4 sent.1
A laila haʻi maila kēlā i ke kumu o kona kāhea ʻana a me kona ʻoliʻoli i mua o ke aliʻi, “Ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka lā i nehinei, e lawelawe ana wau i ka waʻa no ka manaʻo e holo i Lānaʻi, hōʻea mai ana kēia wahine me ke kaikamahine.
Then the man told why he shouted and why his face was glad in the presence of the chief: ''In the early morning yesterday, while I was working over the canoe, intending to sail to Lanai, a certain woman came with her daughter,
Ch.4 p.25 para.5 sent.1
A pau ka ʻauʻau ʻana a lāua, hoʻi akula lāua me ka manaʻo e kau ma luna o nā waʻa a holo aku, akā, ʻike akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke aliʻi wahine e kōnane mai ana a manaʻo ihola ke aliʻi kāne malihini e hele i ke kōnane, akā, ua lilo mua na ke aliʻi wahine ke kāhea e kōnane lāua.
After the bath, they returned to the canoe thinking to go aboard and set out, but Aiwohikupua saw the princess playing konane and the stranger chief thought he would play a game with her; now, the princess had first called them to come and play.
Ch.4 p.26 para.5 sent.1
Iā ʻAiwohikupua naʻe e kū ana ma kona wahi, puka maila ʻo Ihuanu a kū i waena o ke kahua mokomoko e hōʻike ana iā ia iho i mua o ke anaina, a kāhea maila me ka leo nui, “ʻO wai ka mea ma kēlā aoʻao mai e hele mai e mokomoko?”
As Aiwohikupua stood there, Cold-nose entered the open space and stood in the midst to show himself off to the crowd, and he called out in a loud voice: "What man on that side will come and box?"
”lawe akula ʻo Waka iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi a Kapūkaʻihaoa i kuhikuhi ai, a ma laila ʻo ia i mālama malū ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai a hiki i kona manawa i hoʻomāhuahua iki aʻe ai.
Waka took Laieikawai where Kapukaihaoa had directed, and there she kept Laieikawai hidden until she was come to maturity.
Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.4
Ma hope iho o kēia mau lā, lawe aʻela ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Lāʻielohelohe i uka o Wahiawā ma kahi i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo Kūkaniloko.
Now, Kapukaihaoa took Laielohelohe to the uplands of Wahiawa, to the place called Kukaniloko.
Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.1
A hiki kēia i Waiʻāpuka, kahi i mālama ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻike ihola ʻo ia, ʻaʻole he kuleana kūpono o kēlā wahi e noho ʻia ai e nā aliʻi.
He went to Waiapuka, where Laieikawai was being guarded, and saw no place there set off for chiefs to dwell in.
Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.2
I kēlā manawa naʻe a ka makāula i hiki ai i laila, ua nalo mua aku ʻo Waka ma kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai.
Now, just as the seer arrived, Waka had vanished into that place where Laieikawai was concealed.
Ch.1 p.6 para.3 sent.1
A pau ko Waka manawa ma kahi o Lāʻieikawai, hoʻi maila ʻo ia, akā, ʻike aʻela kēia ma loko o ka wai i kēia mea e noho ana ma luna iho, emi hope hou akula ʻo Waka, no ka mea, ua manaʻo ʻo ia ʻo Kahauokapaka kēia mea ma kaʻe o ka luawai.
After Waka had been with Laieikawai she returned, but while yet in the water she saw someone sitting above on the bank, so she retreated, for she thought it was Kahauokapaka, this person on the brink of the water hole.
Ch.2 p.7 para.3 sent.2
Kau akula ʻo ia ma luna o ka waʻa a holo akula a like a like o ka moana, loaʻa ka manaʻo ʻino i nā mea waʻa, no ka mea, ua uluhua lāua i ua makāula nei no ka hiamoe a me ka ʻalalā mau ʻana o kahi puaʻa a ʻoʻoʻō mau nō hoʻi o kahi moa.
He went on board the canoe and had sailed half the distance, when the paddlers grew vexed because the prophet did nothing but sleep, while the pig squealed and the cock crowed.
I ia manawa a ka waʻa e hoʻi hope nei, hoʻohuoi ihola ka makāula i ka pā ʻana a ka makani ma kona pāpālina, no ka mea, ua maopopo iā ia kahi a ka makani i pā ai i ka holo ʻana mai Oʻahu aku nei; manaʻo ihola ʻo ia ma kai mai ka makani e pā nei.
When the canoe turned back, the seer distrusted this, because the wind blew in his face; for he knew the direction of the wind when he left Oahu, and now, thought he. the wind is blowing from the seaward.
I ka ʻīlio i hiki aku ai i uka ma kahi kokoke i Paliuli, ua hiamoe naʻe ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku i ia manawa.
When the dog had come close to Paliuli, Kihanuilulumoku was asleep at the time;
Ch.20 p.102 para.5 sent.1
Iā lāua i hiki aku ai ma kahi kokoke iki e nānā aku ai i kauhale, aia hoʻi, ua hiki mua aku ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā ma kūlana heʻe nalu ma mua o ko lāua hiki ʻana aku.
When she arrived close to the village, lo! Kekalukaluokewa was already out surf riding;
Ch.28 p.151 para.2 sent.2
Iā ia i hiki aku ai, peʻe ihola ma kahi kokoke i ke kiʻowai, ʻaʻole i ʻupuʻupu iho, hiki ana ka makuahine, a wehe i ke kapa i hoʻohaumia ʻia, a lele akula i loko o ka wai.
When she arrived, she hid close to the water hole; not long after, the mother came, took off her polluted clothes and sprang into the water.
He heiau kahiko kēlā mai ka pō mai a hiki i kēia manawa.
an ancient temple belonging to olden times and preserved until to-day.
Ch.18 p.89 para.2 sent.1
Noho ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a i na la hope o ke kolu o ka malama, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi i kona mau kaukaualiʻi a me na punahele, i na haia wahine hoʻi, na hoa kūpono ke hele pū ma ke kahiko ʻana i ka hanohano aliʻi ke hele ma kana huakaʻi no ka hoʻāo o na aliʻi.
Aiwohikupua waited until the end of the third month; the chief took his underchiefs and his favorites and the women of his household and other companions suitable to go with their renowned lord in all his royal splendor on an expedition for the marriage of chiefs.
Kāhiko akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona mau kaukaualiʻi kāne, a me nā kaukaualiʻi wahine a me nā punahele i ka ʻahuʻula, a ʻo nā haiā wāhine kekahi i kāhiko ʻia i ka ʻahu ʻoʻeno, a kāhiko ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kapa hau a Poliʻahu i hāʻawi aku ai; kau ihola i ka mahiole ʻie i haku ʻia i ka hulu o nā ʻiʻiwi.
Aiwohikupua clothed the chiefs and chiefesses and his two favorites in feather capes and the women of his household in braided mats of Kauai. Aiwohikupua clothed himself in his snow mantle that Poliahu had given him, put on the helmet of ie vine wrought with feathers of the red iiwi bird.
Ch.18 p.90 para.1 sent.2
Kāhiko akula ʻo ia i kona mau hoe waʻa a me nā hoʻokele i nā kīhei paʻiʻula.
He clothed his oarsmen and steersmen in red and white tapa as attendants of a chief;
Ch.18 p.90 para.1 sent.3
E like me ke kāhiko ʻana i nā hoe waʻa o ke aliʻi, pēlā nō nā hoe waʻa o kona pūʻali aliʻi a pau.
so were all his bodyguard arrayed.
Ch.18 p.90 para.3 sent.2
Pēlā i kāhiko ʻia ai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ko lāua lā i hoʻāo ai me Poliʻahu.
So was Aiwohikupua arrayed to meet Poliahu.
Ch.24 p.128 para.6 sent.3
Koe nō naʻe kekahi mau kāhiko ʻē aʻe, a me kekahi mau hōʻailona aliʻi iā ia ma muli o ka mana i loaʻa i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua maiā Kihanuilūlūmoku aʻe.
nevertheless some of her former power remained and the signs of her chiefly rank, according to the authority the sisters of Aiwohikupua had over the lizard.
Iā ia e pule ana a i ka waenakonu o ka manawa, kū maila i mua o ua makāula nei ke kāhoaka o Lāʻieikawai a me kona kupuna wahine, a no kēia mea, hoʻoniau akula ʻo ia i ka pule ʻana; ʻaʻole naʻe i haʻalele kēlā kāhoaka iā ia a hiki i ka māʻamaʻama ʻana.
As he prayed, in the midst of the place appeared to the seer the spirit forms of Laieikawai and her grandmother; so he left off praying, nor did those spirits leave him as long as it was light.
Kahoʻolawe (1)
Ch.28 p.155 para.3 sent.4
Hanu akula iā Kahoʻolawe, Lānaʻi a me Molokaʻi, ʻo ia ʻole like nō.
He sniffed about Kahoolawe, Lanai, Molokai. Just the same.
Kahoupokāne (2)
Ch.18 p.90 para.4 sent.2
I kēlā manawa, ua hiki ʻo Poliʻahu, Lilinoe, Waiʻale a me Kahoupokāne i kahi e hoʻāo ai nā aliʻi.
Already had Poliahu, Lilinoe, Waiale, and Kahoupokane arrived for the chief's marriage.
Ch.19 p.98 para.3 sent.1
I ke kolu o ka pō leʻaleʻa o Hauaʻiliki, i nā aliʻi e ʻākoakoa ana, a me nā mea ʻē aʻe, ʻo ia ka pō i hui ai ʻo Lilinoe me Poliʻahu, ʻo Waiʻale a me Kahoupokāne, no ka mea, ua ʻimi mai lākou iā Poliʻahu me ka manaʻo, ke pono nei ko ʻAiwohikupua mā noho ʻana me Poliʻahu.
On the third night of Hauailiki's festivities, when the chiefs and others were assembled, that night Lilinoe and Poliahu, Waiale and Kahoupokane met, for the three had come to find Poliahu, thinking that Aiwohikupua was living with her.
A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi, “I ka pō mua ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me kuʻu wahi kahu nei, haʻi maila ʻo ia i kona manawa e hiki mai ai i kahi o ko mākou wahi e noho ana, a haʻi maila nō hoʻi ʻo ia i nā hōʻailona o kona hiki ʻana mai, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo aku kuʻu wahi kahu nei i kāne au na ua wahine nei me ke koi aku nō hoʻi e iho pū mai lāua me ua wahi kahu nei oʻu, akā, ua haʻi mai kēlā i kāna ʻōlelo, 'E hoʻi ʻoe a ko hānai, kuʻu kāne hoʻi āu e ʻōlelo mai nei, ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā ia, a kēia pō wau hiki aku.
Then said Kauakahialii: "On the first night that she met my man she told him at what time she would reach the place where we were staying and the signs of her coming, for my man told her I was to be her husband and entreated her to come down with him; but she said: 'Go back to this ward of yours who is to be my husband and tell him this night I will come.
Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.6
ʻImi aʻe ʻolua a loaʻa wau ma waho, ʻo ia kuʻu manawa e launa ai me ko hānai.' Pēlā mai ka ʻōlelo o ua wahi kahu nei oʻu.
seek me, you two, and find me without; that is your ward's chance to meet me.' So my man told me.
Ch.3 p.19 para.1 sent.3
Manaʻo ihola wau he wahaheʻe na kuʻu wahi kahu.
I thought my man had lied.
Ch.3 p.19 para.1 sent.5
No kuʻu manaʻo he wahaheʻe na kuʻu wahi kahu, no laila, kauoha aʻe ana wau i ka ilāmuku e hoʻopaʻa i ke kaula, akā, ua hala ʻē ua wahi kahu nei oʻu i uka o Paliuli e nīnau aku i ua wahine nei i ke kumu o kona hiki ʻole ʻana i kai i ia pō me ka haʻi aku nō hoʻi e make ana ia.
Thinking my man had lied, I ordered the executioner to bind ropes about him; but he had left me for the uplands of Paliuli to ask the woman why she had not come down that night and to tell her he was to die.
Ch.3 p.19 para.2 sent.1
“A pau kāna ʻōlelo ʻana iā Lāʻieikawai i kēia mau mea, ʻī maila ka wahine i ua wahine kahu nei oʻu, 'E hoʻi ʻoe, a ma kēia pō hiki aku au.
"When he had told Laieikawai all these things the woman said to him, ' You return, and to-night I will come
Ch.8 p.45 para.1 sent.3
Aia naʻe ʻo Lāʻieikawai me kona kahu ua paʻuhia ʻia e ka hiamoe nui.
and within was Laieikawai with her nurse fast asleep;
A hiki lākou i Hinakahua i ke kahua mokomoko, i ia manawa, ʻike maila ka ʻaha mokomoko i ke keiki Kauaʻi no ka ʻoi o kona kanaka maikaʻi ma mua o nā keiki kamaʻāina, a lilo ihola ka ʻaha i mea haunaele.
When they came to Hinakahua, where the field was cleared for boxing, the crowd saw that the youth from Kauai surpassed in beauty all the natives of the place, and they raised a tumult.
Ch.4 p.26 para.4 sent.2
Ma hope iho o kēia haunaele ʻana, hoʻomaka hou ka hoʻonoho o ke kahua mokomoko.
After the excitement the boxing field again settled into order;
Ch.4 p.26 para.5 sent.1
Iā ʻAiwohikupua naʻe e kū ana ma kona wahi, puka maila ʻo Ihuanu a kū i waena o ke kahua mokomoko e hōʻike ana iā ia iho i mua o ke anaina, a kāhea maila me ka leo nui, “ʻO wai ka mea ma kēlā aoʻao mai e hele mai e mokomoko?”
As Aiwohikupua stood there, Cold-nose entered the open space and stood in the midst to show himself off to the crowd, and he called out in a loud voice: "What man on that side will come and box?"
Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.1
A ʻike maila ka ʻaha kanaka a pau o ke kahua mokomoko i ka ʻoi ʻana o ka ikaika o ʻAiwohikupua no ka make loa ʻana o ke kanaka ma ke pale wale ʻana nō, i ia manawa, hele maila kekahi mau pūʻali o Ihuanu a ʻōlelo maila iā Ihuanu penei, “E Ihuanu ē!
When all the players on the boxing field saw how strong Aiwohikupua was to kill the man with just a push; Then Cold-nose's backers went to him and said: "Here, Cold-nose,
Kahuā (1)
Ch.25 p.132 para.1 sent.2
Hoʻi akula a ma uka o Kahuā, ma Moʻolau ko lākou wahi i noho ai.
A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia leo kāhea a Ihuanu, hele akula a kū i mua o ke kahua kaua e hāwele ana me kona ʻaʻahu pūkohukohu i like me ke ʻano mau o nā pūʻali o ke aliʻi.
When Aiwohikupua heard the voice of Cold-nose calling him, he came forward and stood in front of the boxing field while he bound his red loin cloth about him in the fashion of a chief's bodyguard,
A ma ia hope koke iho o ia manawa, e lohe auaneʻi ʻoe i ka leo o nā kāhuli e ʻikuā ana, i ia manawa e hui ai ʻolua ma ke kaʻawale.
Soon after this, you will hear the land snails singing, then do you two meet apart from the assembly.
Ch.24 p.127 para.2 sent.3
Ma hope iho o ia manawa, lohe aʻela kēia i ka leo o ka ʻewaʻewa iki a me ke kāhuli, i ia manawa, puka akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā mai kona hale aku a kū ma waho o ka ʻaha ma kahi kaʻawale.
After hearing the voices of the ewaewaiki and the land shells, then Kekalukaluokewa came out of his house and stood apart from the assembly.
A i ka hāpai hou ʻana o Mālaekahana i ke keiki, ʻo ka lima ia, a kokoke i nā lā hānau, hele akula kēlā a i mua o ke kahuna a ʻōlelo akula, “ʻĒ, ʻauhea ʻoe.
When for the fifth time Malaekahana conceived a child, near the time of its birth, she went to the priest and said, "Here! Where are you?
Ch.1 p.2 para.4 sent.1
A laila, ʻōlelo mai ke kahuna iā Mālaekahana, “O hoʻi a kokoke i ko lā hānau, a laila, hele mai ʻoe i oʻu nei i nānā aku au i kēia hāpai ʻana.”
The the priest said to Malaekahana, "Go home; just before the child is to be born come back to me that I may know what you are carrying."
Ch.1 p.2 para.5 sent.1
A kokoke i nā lā hānau i ka malama ʻo ʻIkuā i nā lā kapu heiau, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana i ke kauoha a ke kahuna.
At the time when the child was to be born, in the month of October, during the taboo season at the temple, Malaekahana remembered the priest's command.
Ch.1 p.2 para.5 sent.2
Iā ia nei e nahunahu ana, hele akula kēia i mua o ke kahuna me ka ʻōlelo aku, “I hele mai nei au ma ke kauoha a ke kahuna, no ka mea, ke hoʻomaka mai nei ka nahunahu hānau keiki ʻana.
When the pains of childbirth were upon her, she came to the priest and said, "I come at the command of the priest, for the pains of childbirth are upon me;
Ch.1 p.2 para.6 sent.1
Iā Mālaekahana me ke kahuna e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, a laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i kāna ʻōlelo iā Mālaekahana, “E hailona aku au iā ʻoe.
As Malaekahana talked with the priest, he said: "I will show you a sign;
Ch.1 p.2 para.6 sent.3
”I ia manawa, nonoi akula ke kahuna iā Mālaekahana e hāʻawi mai i kekahi lima i mua o ke alo o ke kahuna e like nō me ka hailona mau o kēia lāhui, ma ka lima nō naʻe āna e makemake ai e hāʻawi aku i mua o ke kahuna.
The the priest asked Malaekahana to give him one of her hands, according to the sign used by this people, whichever hand she wished to give to the priest.
Kū akula ʻo ia ma waho o ka ʻaha a kāhea akula me ka leo nui, “E ka hū, e nā makaʻāinana, e ka lōpā kuakea, lōpā hoʻopili wale, e nā aliʻi, nā kāhuna, nā kilo, nā ʻaialo, ua ʻike au i nā mea a pau ma kēia hele ʻana mai nei aʻu.
he stood outside the crowd and cried with a loud voice: "O ye men of the people, husbandmen, laborers, tillers of the soil; O ye chiefs, priests, soothsayers, all men of rank in the household of the chief! All manner of men have I beheld on my way hither;
I ia manawa a ka waʻa e hoʻi hope nei, hoʻohuoi ihola ka makāula i ka pā ʻana a ka makani ma kona pāpālina, no ka mea, ua maopopo iā ia kahi a ka makani i pā ai i ka holo ʻana mai Oʻahu aku nei; manaʻo ihola ʻo ia ma kai mai ka makani e pā nei.
When the canoe turned back, the seer distrusted this, because the wind blew in his face; for he knew the direction of the wind when he left Oahu, and now, thought he. the wind is blowing from the seaward.
Ch.3 p.19 para.1 sent.2
Oi kali aku mākou a ao ia pō, ʻaʻole i hiki aʻe; ʻo nā manu wale nō kai kani mai.
we waited until morning; she did not come; only the birds sang.
Ch.4 p.25 para.6 sent.1
ʻĪ aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “He mau waʻa kaulua koʻu kumu pili, aia ke lana maila i loko o ke kai.
Said Aiwohikupua, "I will stake my double canoe afloat here on the sea,
Ch.6 p.35 para.4 sent.1
A ma kēia ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi, hekau ihola nā waʻa o lākou i ke kai.
At the chief's proposal they anchored their canoes in the sea,
Ch.8 p.41 para.2 sent.2
He aha iho nei hoʻi kēia o ka lana ʻana o nā waʻa i loko o ke kai?
What is all this that the canoe is kept afloat?
Ch.9 p.48 para.9 sent.2
He aha lā auaneʻi ko ia ala hōʻole ʻana aʻela, ʻo ko lāua ʻaʻala nō kai makemake ʻole ʻia aʻela.
what of her refusing! it is only their scent she does not like;
I ia manawa, kaʻikaʻi aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kanaka me kona lima, a koali aʻela iā Ihuanu i mua o ke anaina, a kiola akula i waho o ka ʻaha a lanakila ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma luna o Ihuanu.
then Aiwohikupua lifted the man on his arm and swung him to and fro before the crowd, and threw him outside the field, and Aiwohikupua overcame Cold-nose,
Ch.32 p.174 para.3 sent.3
A na kēia kuko, kaʻikaʻi kino hou ʻia lā ʻo ia mai luna mai e hālāwai hou me Lāʻielohelohe.
To ease this passion he was again forced down below to meet Laielohelohe.
ʻAʻohe ou kumu ʻē aʻe e pili mai ai, a inā naʻe he kaikaina kou, a laila, ʻae aku au e pili hou kāua.”
you have nothing more to put up, unless it be your younger brother; in that case I will bet with you again."
Ch.10 p.54 para.5 sent.2
Hoʻomaka ko lākou waki e like me ko lākou hānau ʻana, a i ko lākou kaikaina ka waki wanaʻao o ke kū ʻana.
They kept watch according to age and gave the morning watch to the youngest.
Ch.11 p.57 para.3 sent.1
I ia manawa a ʻAiwohikupua mā i haʻalele aku ai i nā kaikuahine ma Honoliʻi a lawe pū aku iā Kahalaomāpuana, nui loa ihola ke aloha a me ka uē ʻana no ko lākou kaikaina.
When Aiwohikupua's party forsook his sisters at Honolii and took Kahalaomapuana with them, the girls mourned for love of their younger sister,
Ch.11 p.57 para.5 sent.2
A hui aʻela lākou me ko lākou kaikaina, a haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna hana a me ke kumu o kona hoʻi ʻana mai e like me ka mea i ʻōlelo mua ʻia aʻe nei ma kēia mokuna.
They crowded about their younger sister, and she told them what had happened to her and why she had returned, as has been told in the chapter before.
Ch.11 p.58 para.2 sent.1
I loko o kēlā mau lā kūkā o lākou, ʻaʻole i pane iki ko lākou kaikaina, a no ia mea, ʻōlelo aku kekahi o kona mau kaikuaʻana, “E Kahalaomāpuana, ʻo mākou wale nō ia e noʻonoʻo nei i mea no kākou e ʻike aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai, ʻaʻole naʻe he loaʻa.
During this debate their younger sister did not speak, so one of her older sisters said, "Kahalaomapuana, all of us have tried to devise a way to see Laieikawai, but we have not found one;
Ch.11 p.58 para.3 sent.1
“ʻAe,” wahi a ko lākou kaikaina, “e hoʻā kākou i ahi ma kēlā pō kēia pō a e oli aku ka hānau mua, a laila, i ka muli iho, pēlā a pau kākou i hoʻokahi nō olioli ʻana a ka mea hoʻokahi ma ka pō, a laila, iaʻu ka pō hope loa.
"yes," said their younger sister, "let us burn a fire every night, and let the oldest sing, then the next, and so on until the last of us, only one of us sing each night, then I will come the last night;
Akā hoʻi, inā he kaikamahine ke hānau mua mai, a laila, e make, a inā he mau kaikamāhine wale nō kā kāua ke hānau mai, e make nō.
but if the first born is a daughter, then let her die;
however many daughters are born to us, let them die;
Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.1
I ka ʻewalu paha o nā makahiki o ko lāua noho ʻana he kāne a he wahine, hāpai aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana a hānau maila he kaikamahine.
About the eighth year of their living as man and wife, Malaekahana conceived and bore a daughter,
Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.2
Ua maikaʻi nā helehelena i ka nānā aku, a no ka maikaʻi o nā helehelena o ua kaikamahine nei, manaʻo ihola ka makuahine, ʻo ke kumu lā hoʻi ia e lilo ai ka ʻōlelo paʻa a Kahauokapaka i mea ʻole; ola lā hoʻi ua kaikamahine nei.
who was so beautiful to look upon, the mother thought that Kahauokapaka would disregard his vow; this child he would save.
Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.5
A hoʻi mai ʻo Kahauokapaka mai ka lawaiʻa mai, haʻi ʻia akula, ua hānau ʻo Mālaekahana he kaikamahine.
When Kahauokapaka returned from the fishing he was told that Malaekahana had borne a daughter.
Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.6
A hiki ke aliʻi i ka hale, ua wahī ʻia ke kaikamahine i ke kapa keiki; kēnā koke aʻela ʻo Kahauokapaka i ka ilāmuku e pepehi.
The chief went to the house; the baby girl had been wrapped in swaddling clothes; Kahauokapaka at once ordered the executioner to kill it.
Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.1
Ma ia hope iho, hāpai hou ʻo Mālaekahana a hānau hou maila he kaikamahine.
After a time Malaekahana conceived again and bore a second
daughter,
Akā hoʻi, inā he kaikamahine ke hānau mua mai, a laila, e make, a inā he mau kaikamāhine wale nō kā kāua ke hānau mai, e make nō.
but if the first born is a daughter, then let her die;
however many daughters are born to us, let them die;
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.5
Aia nō ke ola a hānau mai a he keiki kāne, ola nā hānau muli inā he mau kaikamāhine.”
only one thing shall save them, the birth of a son shall save those daughters who come after."
Ch.1 p.2 para.2 sent.1
Ma hope mai, ua hāpai wale nō ʻo Mālaekahana he mau kaikamāhine wale nō.
Afterwards Malaekahana bore more daughters,
Ch.1 p.3 para.5 sent.1
A lilo nā kaikamāhine ma ka lima o Waka a me Kapūkaʻihaoa ma ke kaʻawale, hoʻi maila ʻo Kahauokapaka mai ka lawaiʻa mai, nīnau ihola i ka wahine, “Pehea ʻoe?”
After the girls had been carried away in the arms of Waka and Kapukaihaoa, Kahauokapaka came back from the fishing, and asked his wife, "How are you?"
Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.2
I ka manawa naʻe a Lāʻieikawai i wehe aʻe ai i kona mau maka, ʻike akula ka mea waʻa i ka ʻoi kelakela o ko Lāʻieikawai helehelena ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi a puni a me Lānaʻi.
Now, as Laieikawai uncovered her face, the canoe man saw that Laieikawai rivaled in beauty all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai.
Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.3
Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokuʻi ʻia mai ka mea waʻa e kona ʻiʻini nui no kāna mea e ʻike nei, a no kēia mea, noi akula ka mea waʻa i ke kupuna wahine me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E kuʻu loa aʻe ʻoe i nā maka o ko moʻopuna mai kona hoʻopūloʻu ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ua ʻoi aku ka maikaʻi o kāu milimili ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a me Lānaʻi.”
And lo! the man was pierced through with longing for the person he had seen. Therefore, the man entreated the grandmother and said: "Unloosen the veil from your grandchild's face, for I see that she is more beautiful than all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai."
ʻAʻole wau i ʻike i kekahi ʻoi o lākou e like me kaʻu mea i ʻike ai, a ke ʻōlelo nei au, ʻo ia ka ʻoi ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a puni a me kēia ʻaha nō hoʻi.”
but never have I beheld anyone to compare with this one whom I have seen; and I declare to you that she is more beautiful than any of the daughters of the chiefs on Molokai or even in this assembly."
A no kēia ʻōlelo a kona kaikauhine ʻōpiopio, a laila, ʻī aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “O noho ma muli ou mau kaikuaʻana a nāu nō e huli aʻe me ko mau kaikuaʻana i kā ʻoukou wahi e hele ai.
At these words of his youngest sister Aiwohikupua said, "Stay here, then, with your sisters and go with them wherever you wish,
Eia i ʻaneʻi ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ko ʻoukou kaikoʻeke, no laila, ʻimi ʻia kā ʻoukou pono.”
where Laieikawai is, your sister-in-law. See what you are worth."
Ch.22 p.118 para.4 sent.2
E piʻi aʻe au e ʻike i ko kaikoʻeke (Maliʻo), a hoʻi mai wau.
and I will go up and see your sister-in-law, Malio, and return.
Ch.23 p.120 para.5 sent.1
ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ua make, no ka mea, iā māua nō i iho mai ai a ma uka aʻe nei lā, ʻo ka hiki mai nō hoʻi ia i kai nei, ʻōlelo mai nō kēlā iaʻu, 'E iho ʻē ʻoe ma mua, e piʻi aʻe au e ʻike i ko kaikoʻeke.
Said Laieikawai, "He is dead, for on the way down, just above here, he said, 'You go ahead and I will go up and see your sister-in-law,
“Inā e hele mai ua kaikamahine nei aʻu, a kū i loko o ke kai, he kaikoʻo ma ka moana.
"Should my daughter come hither and stand upon the sea, the ocean would be in tumult;
Ch.26 p.138 para.5 sent.1
I ia wā lākou e kū ana me Lāʻieikawai, lulu ka makani, malu ka lā, kaikoʻo ke kai, pualena ka moana, hoʻi ka waikahe o nā kahawai a paʻa i nā kumu wai, ʻaʻole he puka wai i kai.
As they stood there with Laieikawai, the wind blew, the sun was darkened, the sea grew rough, the ocean was reddened, the streams went back and stopped at their sources, no water flowed into the sea.
Ch.28 p.154 para.4 sent.4
I kaikoʻo auaneʻi ka moana, a i kū ka puna kea i uka, eia nō wau i ʻaneʻi.
"When the ocean billows swell and the surf throws white sand
on the shore, I am still here;
Ch.28 p.154 para.5 sent.1
“Ma ia hope iho, hoʻolohe mai ʻoukou, a i kuʻi ka hekili, ua ka ua, kaikoʻo ka moana, he waikahe ma ka ʻāina, ʻōlapa ka uila, uhi ka noe, piʻo ke ānuenue, kū ka pūnohu i ka moana, hoʻokahi malama e poʻi ai ka ʻino a mao aʻe, aia wau ma ke kua o nā mauna i ka wā mōlehulehu o ke kakahiaka.
"After this, hearken, and when the thunder rolls, the rain pours down, the ocean swells, the land is flooded, the lightning flashes, a mist overhangs, a rainbow arches, a colored cloud rises on the ocean, for one month bad weather closes down, when the storm clears, there I am behind the mountain in the shadow of the dawn.
Ch.29 p.157 para.3 sent.3
Aia a lohe aku kākou i ka hekili kuʻi pāmaloʻo a me ka hekili i loko o ke kuāua, i ia manawa e ʻike ai ko ka ʻāina nei, he ua me ka uila, he kaikoʻo ma ka moana, he waikahe ma ka ʻāina, uhi paʻa ʻia ka ʻāina a me ka moana a puni e ka noe, ke ʻawa, ka ʻohu a me ke kualau.
"When we hear the thunder peal in dry weather and in wet, then we shall see over the earth rain and lightning, billows swell on the ocean, freshets on the land, land and sea covered thick with fog, fine mist and rain, and the beating of the ocean rain.
Ch.30 p.161 para.1 sent.2
Pēlā i hoʻāʻo liʻiliʻi ai nā hōʻailona i loko o nā lā ʻelima, a ʻo ke ono o ka lā, kuʻi ka hekili, ua ka ua, kaikoʻo ka moana, waikahe ka ʻāina, ʻōlapa ka uila, uhi ka noe, piʻo ke ānuenue, ku ka pūnohu i ka moana.
So the signs began little by little during five days, and on the sixth day the thunder cracked, the rain poured down, the ocean billows swelled, the land was flooded, the lightning flashed, the mist closed down, the rainbow arched, the colored cloud rose over the ocean.
Kāhea maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kaikuahine ʻōpiopio, “Iho mai kāua, ou mau kaikuaʻana ke noho aku.”
Aiwohikupua called to his sister, "You shall come with me; you older sisters must stay here."
Ch.10 p.51 para.1 sent.1
A no kēia ʻōlelo a kona kaikauhine ʻōpiopio, a laila, ʻī aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “O noho ma muli ou mau kaikuaʻana a nāu nō e huli aʻe me ko mau kaikuaʻana i kā ʻoukou wahi e hele ai.
At these words of his youngest sister Aiwohikupua said, "Stay here, then, with your sisters and go with them wherever you wish,
Ch.10 p.54 para.1 sent.2
ʻO Kahalaomāpuana nō ko lākou mea manaʻo, ʻī maila i kona mau kaikuaʻana, “ʻElua māua i koe, ʻo wau a me Mailepākaha.”
Kahalaomapuana gave her advice. She said to her sisters, "There are two of us left. I and Mailepakaha."
Ch.10 p.54 para.2 sent.1
ʻŌlelo mai hoʻi ʻo Mailepākaha, “ʻAʻole nō e maliu mai iaʻu, no ka mea, he maliu ʻole aʻela kā hoʻi i ko kāua mau kaikuaʻana, oki loa aku paha wau.
Answered Mailepakaha, "He will have no compassion for me, for he had none on any of our sisters; it may be worse with me.
Ch.10 p.55 para.3 sent.3
Iā lākou e holo ana, a laila, ua pono ʻole ka manaʻo o Kahalaomāpuana i kona mau kaikuaʻana.
As they went, Kahalaomapuana was troubled in mind for her sisters.
Ch.10 p.56 para.1 sent.1
Iā Kahalaomāpuana e uē ana no kona mau kaikuaʻana, i ia manawa kona noi ʻana aku iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻihoʻi iā ia me kona mau kaikuaʻana, akā, ʻaʻole nō he maliu mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua.
Then Kahalaomapuana wept for her sisters and besought Aiwohikupua to restore her to her sisters; but Aiwohikupua would not take pity on her.
“E ʻAiwohikupua,” wahi a kona kaikuahine, “ʻaʻole wau e ʻae e lawe ʻoe iaʻu ʻo wau wale ke ʻole ʻoe e lawe pū me koʻu mau kaikuaʻana, no ka mea, ua kāhea mua aʻe nō ʻoe iaʻu i ko kākou wā i Paliuli, akā, ʻaʻole wau i ʻae mai no kou lawe iaʻu ʻo wau wale.”
"O Aiwohikupua," said his sister, "I will not let you take me by myself without taking my sisters with me, for you called me to you before when we were at Paliuli, but I would not consent to your taking me alone."
Ma mua aku naʻe o ko ʻAiwohikupua lohe ʻana iā Kauakahialiʻi no Lāʻieikawai, ua hōʻike ʻē ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kona mau kaukaualiʻi a me nā kaikuahine ona a me kona poʻe ʻaialo a pau, a eia kāna ʻōlelo paʻa, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou e koʻu mau kaukaualiʻi a me nā kaikuahine oʻu, koʻu mau ʻaialo a pau.
Even before Aiwohikupua heard from Kauakahialii about Laieikawai he had made a vow before his food companions, his sisters, and before all the men of rank in his household: "Where are you, O chiefs, O my sisters, all my food companions!
Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.1
A hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā a hālāwai me nā kaikuahine, i ia manawa ka hoʻopuka ʻana i ʻōlelo i kona mau kaikuahine penei, “Iaʻu i hele aku nei i kaʻu huakaʻi hele, ua haʻohaʻo paha ʻoukou, no ka mea, ʻaʻole wau i haʻi aku iā ʻoukou i ke kumu o ia hele ʻana.
Aiwohikupua reached Kauai at sunset and met his sisters. Then he spoke thus to his sisters: "Perhaps you wondered when I went on my journey, because I did not tell you my reason,
Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.2
ʻAʻole nō hoʻi wau i haʻi aku i kaʻu wahi e hele ai, a no laila, ke haʻi malū aku nei wau iā ʻoukou, e oʻu mau kaikuahine, ʻo kākou wale, i Hawaiʻi aku nei mākou i nalo iho nei.
not even the place where I was to go; and now I tell it to you in secret, my sisters, to you alone. To Hawaii I disappeared
Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.6
A no ia manaʻo oʻu ʻaʻole e loaʻa iaʻu, manaʻo aʻe au iā ʻoukou, e nā kaikuahine, ka poʻe nō e loaʻa ai koʻu makemake i nā lā i hala, no laila, kiʻi mai nei au iā ʻoukou e holo i Hawaiʻi.
And as I thought of my failure, then I thought of you sisters, "who have won
my wishes for me in the days gone by; therefore I came for you to go to Hawaii,
Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.9
I loko o kēia manawa a ʻAiwohikupua e ʻōlelo ana me nā kaikuahine, ʻakahi nō a maopopo i kona kuhina ʻo ia ke kumu o ka hoʻi wikiwiki ʻana iā Kauaʻi.
As Aiwohikupua talked with his sisters, his counsellor for the
first time understood the reason for their return to Kauai.
Ch.8 p.43 para.3 sent.2
A mākaukau ka holo ʻana, i ia pō iho, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi he ʻumikumamāhā hoe waʻa, ʻelua hoʻokele, ʻo nā kaikuahine ʻelima, ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, ʻo Mailekaluhea, ʻo Mailelauliʻi, ʻo Mailepākaha a me ko lākou muli loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ʻo ke aliʻi a me kona kuhina, he iwakāluakumamākolu ko lākou nui.
When all was ready for sailing, that very night the chief took on board 14 paddlers, 2 steers-
men, the 5 sisters, Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, and the youngest, Kahalaomapuana, the chief himself, and his counsellor, 23 in all.
A pau nā waʻa i ka hoʻoponopono a me nā ukana a lākou, i ia wā nō, hoʻolale koke aʻe ana ke aliʻi i nā kaikuahine a me kona kuhina e piʻi i uka o Paliuli, a ua hoʻoholo koke lākou i ia manaʻo o ke aliʻi.
and after putting to rights the canoe and the baggage, the chief at once began urging his sisters
and his counsellor to go up to Paliuli; and they readily assented to the chief's wish.
A laila, he mea maikaʻi kēia ʻōlelo a ko lākou kaikunāne iā lākou.
Then they were pleased with their brother's words to them.
Ch.10 p.51 para.2 sent.2
“Kuʻu kaikunāne kapu,
My divine brother,
Ch.10 p.52 para.1 sent.1
A hala akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā, kūkā ihola nā kaikuahine i ko lākou manaʻo a hoʻoholo ihola lākou e ukali ma hope o ke kaikunāne me ka manaʻo e maliu mai.
When Aiwohikupua and his companion had departed, the sisters conferred together and agreed to follow him, thinking he could be pacified.
Ch.10 p.52 para.2 sent.1
“Kuʻu kaikunāne kapu,
My divine brother.
Ch.10 p.52 para.5 sent.1
I loko o kēia oli ʻana a Mailekaluhea, ʻaʻole naʻe i maliu iki mai ko lākou kaikunāne.
While Mailekaluhea was singing not once did their brother compassionately look toward them,
Ch.10 p.52 para.5 sent.4
Eia kāna ʻōlelo, “He nani ia ua maliu ʻole maila ko kākou kaikunāne aliʻi i kā Mailehaʻiwale a me Mailekaluhea i kā lāua ualo aku, e aho e hele nō kākou ma uka a kahi e pae aʻe ai lākou, a laila, na Mailelauliʻi e kaukau aku i ko kākou kaikunāne.
These were her words: "It is clear that our brother chief is not pacified by the entreaties of Mailehaiwale and Mailekaluhea. Let us, better, go by land to their landing place, then it will be Mailelaulii's turn to sing.
I ia manawa, kāʻili maila ka mea ʻume i ka maile a kau akula ma luna o Hinaikamalama a kū maila.
Then the master of ceremonies took the wand back and touched Hinaikamalama's head and she arose.
Ch.19 p.97 para.6 sent.1
I ia manawa, kū maila ka mea ʻume a waenakonu o ka ʻaha, iā Hauaʻiliki me Poliʻahu e kilu ana, i ia manawa, kani akula ke oli a ka mea ʻume e hoʻokolili ana i ka wēlau o ka maile i luna o Hauaʻiliki, a kāʻili maila ka mea ʻume i ka maile, a laila, kū maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki.
Then the sport master stood up in the midst of the assembly, while Hauailiki and Poliahu were playing, then he sang a song while fluttering the end of the wand over Hauailiki and took away the want and Hauailiki stood up.
Ch.19 p.97 para.6 sent.2
Hele akula ua mea ʻume nei a loaʻa ʻo Hinaikamalama, kau akula i ka maile, a kāʻili maila.
The sport master went over to Hinaikamalama, touched her with the wand and withdrew it.
Ch.22 p.117 para.1 sent.1
I ia manawa, kāʻili ʻia akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe me Waka ma loko o ka ʻohu, ma luna o nā manu a hiki i Paliuli, a hoʻonoho iā Lāʻielohelohe ma ka hale i hoʻomākaukau ʻia nona.
Then Laielohelohe and Waka were borne under cover of the mist on the birds to Paliuli, and Laielohelohe was placed in the house prepared for her
Ch.29 p.158 para.1 sent.2
E ʻike auaneʻi ka ʻāina i ka luku nui ma ia hope iho, a nāna e kāʻili aku i ka poʻe hoʻokiʻekiʻe mai ka ʻāina aku, a laila, no kākou ka pōmaikaʻi a me kā kākou pua aku.”
Afterwards the earth shall behold a great destruction and shall see all the haughty snatched away out of the land; then we shall be blessed, and our seed."
Ch.29 p.158 para.4 sent.2
I ia manawa e moe ai nā mea kiʻekiʻe o ka ʻāina nei i mua ona, a e kāʻili ʻia aku ka hanohano maiā ʻoe aku.
then the high ones of earth shall lie down before him and your pride shall be taken from you.
I ia manawa, kāhea ihola ʻo ia i kona mau kaikuahine, “Ke lawe nei wau i kuʻu wahine, a ma kēia pō e hiki hou mai māua,” a laila, kāʻili ʻia akula kāna wahine me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia e kona mau hoa.
Then he called to his sisters, "I take my wife and at this time of the night will come again hither." Then his wife was caught away out of sight of her companions,
Kaʻiliokalauokekoa (15)
Ch.3 p.17 para.8 sent.2
Pono e kamaʻilio no ka hoʻi ʻana o Kauakahialiʻi i Kauaʻi me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa i ʻike ai kākou aia ʻo Lāʻieikawai i Paliuli.)
It will be well to tell of the return of Kauakahialii to Kauai with Kailiokalauokekoa. As we know, Laieikawai is at Paliuli.)
Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.1
Iā Kauakahialiʻi lāua ʻo Kaʻiliokalauokekoa i hoʻi ai i Kauaʻi ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me ka ʻOlali o Paliuli (Lāʻieikawai), a hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma uka o Pihanakalani, kuʻi akula ka lono iā Kauaʻi a puni.
When Kauakahialii and Kailiokalauokekoa returned to Kauai after their meeting with the "beauty of Paliuli"
Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.2
ʻĀkoakoa maila nā aliʻi, nā kaukaualiʻi a me nā makaʻāinana a pau e ʻike i ka puka malihini ʻana aku o Kaʻiliokalauokekoa mā e like me ka mea mau.
there were gathered together the high chiefs, the low chiefs, and the country aristocracy as well, to see the strangers who came with Kailiokalauokekoa's party.
Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.4
A pau ka uē ʻana a lākou, nīnau akula nā aliʻi iā Kauakahialiʻi, “Pehea kāu hele ʻana aku nei ma muli o kou hoʻāo ʻia ʻana iā ia nei (Kaʻiliokalauokekoa)?”
After the wailing the chiefs asked Kauakahialii, "How did your journey go after your marriage with Kailiokalauokekoa?"
Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.1
A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi i kona hele ʻana penei, “I koʻu hele ʻana mai ʻaneʻi aku, ma muli o ke aloha o ka wahine, a puni Oʻahu a me Maui, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iaʻu kekahi wahine e like me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa nei.
Then Kauakahialii told of his journey as follows: "Seeking hence after the love of woman, I traversed Oahu and Maui, but found no other woman to compare with this Kailiokalauokekoa here.
Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.4
Kaʻahele au ma Kona, Kaʻū, a hiki au i Keaʻau a ma Puna, a ma laila wau i noho ai, a ma laila wau i hālāwai ai me kekahi wahine maikaʻi i ʻoi aku ma mua o ia nei (Kaʻiliokalauokekoa), a ʻo ka ʻoi nō hoʻi i ia manawa o nā wāhine maikaʻi o kēia mau mokupuni a pau.”
went on to Kona, Kau, and came to Keaau, in Puna, and there I tarried, and there I met another woman surpassingly beautiful, more so than this woman here (Kailiokalauokekoa), more than all the beauties of this whole group of islands."
Kainoa paha he pono kāu i kau mai ai ma luna o ko māua waʻa, ʻaʻole kā!
We thought perhaps your coming on board would be a good thing for us. Not so!
Ch.4 p.23 para.4 sent.2
Kainoa ʻo ka ʻona nō kona waiwai, ʻo ka māhuna ʻāluʻa.”
I thought the good of drinking was that admirable scaley look of the skin?"
Ch.4 p.24 para.6 sent.3
Kainoa hoʻi he wehe ko ke kapa, lele iho hoʻi he wai, hoʻokahi hoʻi ka ʻauʻau ʻana o kākou, hoʻi aku he hale a moe, he ʻai nō, he iʻa nō hoʻi a he wahi moe nō hoʻi.
Why not throw off your garment, jump in, and join us, then go to the house and sleep? There is fish and a place to sleep.
Ch.8 p.41 para.2 sent.3
Mahamaha mai nei kēia i ka ʻike ʻana mai nei iā ʻoukou, kainoa lā hoʻi he holo mai a pae aʻe, ʻaʻole kā!
Joyous was I at the sight of you, believing you were coming to land. Not so!
Ch.9 p.47 para.2 sent.2
Kainoa ua ʻōlelo ʻoe iaʻu ma mua o ko kākou lā i haʻalele ai iā Kauaʻi ʻo nā kaikuahine wale nō ou ka mea nāna e kiʻi kou makemake, a ua ʻike nō hoʻi ʻoe i ke kō ʻana o kā lākou mau hana.
I thought before we left Kauai you told me that your sisters were the only ones to get
your wish, and you have seen now what one of them can do;
Ch.9 p.48 para.10 sent.1
“Hoʻopaʻa nō hoʻi ʻoe,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “Kainoa ua haʻi mua iho nei wau iā ʻoe i koʻu manaʻo e hoʻi kākou.
"You are persistent.'" said Aiwohikupua. "Did I not tell you I
wanted to go back,
Ma kēia huakaʻi kaʻapuni a ke aliʻi, ma Kaʻū mua, ma Kona, a hiki lākou ma Kaiʻōpae i Kohala, ma ka ʻaoʻao ʻākau mai Kawaihae mai, ʻaneʻane ʻelima mile ka lōʻihi mai Kawaihae aʻe, ma laila lākou i noho ai i kekahi mau lā, no ka mea, ua makemake ihola ke aliʻi wahine e hōʻoluʻolu ma laila.
On the princess's journey around Hawaii they went first to Kau, then Kona, until they reached Kaiopae in Kohala, on the right-hand side of Kawaihae, about five miles distant; there they stayed several days for the princess to rest.
Ch.25 p.132 para.1 sent.1
Ma kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, ʻo ia lā nō hoʻi ka lā a Lāʻieikawai mā i haʻalele ai iā Kaiʻōpae.
Next day the seer left the place, the very day when Laieikawai's party left Kaiopae,
Ch.25 p.132 para.4 sent.1
Ma ke kakahiaka ʻana aʻe, aia hoʻi, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kai o Kaiʻōpae, no ka mea, ua iho aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai i laila.
In the early morning, lo! the rainbow arched over the sea at Kaiopae, for Laieikawai had gone back there.
Ch.25 p.133 para.1 sent.3
Iho akula ua makāula nei a hiki i laila, ʻike akula ʻo ia i ke kaikamahine nō āna i ʻike mua ai i kaiʻōpae.
and he went away thither, and saw the same girl whom he had seen before at Kaiopae.
Kaipuokaʻike (1)
Ch.34 p.187 para.4 sent.1
A hiki kēia ma kahi o ka ipu, ka mea i kapa ʻia, “Kaipuokaʻike,” wehe aʻela kēia i ke poʻi o ka ipu, a kūpou ihola kona poʻo ma ka waha o ua ipu nei, a kāhea ihola ma ka inoa o ua ipu nei.
When she came to the gourd, the one called "the gourd of wisdom," she lifted the cover from the gourd and bent her head to the mouth of the gourd, and she called the name of the gourd,
Kaiwilahilahi (3)
Ch.3 p.17 para.7 sent.2
Haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, hiki aku ʻo ia i Laupāhoehoe, a ma laila aku a hiki i Kaiwilahilahi, a ma laila ʻo ia i noho ai he mau makahiki.
The seer left that place, went to Laupahoehoe, and thence to Kaiwilahilahi, and there remained some years.
Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.2
Mai luna mai o Kaiwilahilahi, hahau ihola ka makāula i ka puaʻa i mua o ke aliʻi, a pule akula ʻo ia ma ka inoa o nā akua o ʻAiwohikupua, a eia kāna pule, “E Lanipipili, e Laniʻoaka, e Lanikahuliomealani, e Lono, e Hekilikaʻakaʻa, e Nākolowailani.
he advanced from Kaiwilahilahi, threw the pig before the chief, and prayed in the name of the gods of Aiwohikupua. and this was his prayer: "O Heavens, Lightning, and Rain; O Air, Thunder, and Earthquake;
Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.2
I uka naʻe o ʻOuli ma Waimea kahi a ka makāula i ʻike mai ai, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma nā mokuna mua aʻe nei, ua hiki ka makāula ma Hilo i kaiwilahilahi, a ua lōʻihi nō nā makahiki ma laila o ke kali ʻana i kāna mea i ʻimi ai.
The uplands of Ouli at Waimea was the place the seer looked from. For in former chapters it has been told how the seer came to Hilo, to Kaiwilahilahi, and lived there some years waiting for the sign he was seeking.
Kaiwiopele (2)
Ch.33 p.179 para.3 sent.1
I kekahi lā, i ke aliʻi wahine e hoʻonānā ana i kona aloha iā Kekalukaluokēwā, piʻi aʻela ʻo ia a me kona mau kahu i luna o Kaiwiopele a noho ihola ma laila.
One day, as the princess sought to ease the love she bore to Kekalukaluokewa, she climbed Kaiwiopele with her attendants, and sat there
Ch.33 p.180 para.5 sent.1
A ma kēlā lā, iā Hinaikamalama i piʻi ai i luna o Kaiwiopele, a ma ia pō iho, hiki ʻo ia i o Hinaikamalama lā me ka ʻike ʻole o Lāʻielohelohe, no ka mea, ua hiamoe ʻo ia.
And on the day when Hinaikamalama went up on Kaiwiopele, that same night, he went to Hinaikamalama without Laielohelohe's knowledge, for she was asleep.
I ia kakahiaka ʻana aʻe, i ka manawa mōlehulehu, ala aʻela ʻo ia, ʻike akula kēlā i ka piʻo a ke ānuenue i uka o Kūkaniloko.
At daybreak, when it was dawn, he arose, saw the sign of the rainbow above Kukaniloko,
Ch.2 p.11 para.1 sent.1
A ma kekahi lā aʻe, i ke kakahiaka nui, loaʻa iā ia ka waʻa e holo ana i Kalaupapa.
The next day, in the morning, he found a canoe sailing to Kalaupapa,
Ch.2 p.11 para.4 sent.1
A laila haʻi maila kēlā i ke kumu o kona kāhea ʻana a me kona ʻoliʻoli i mua o ke aliʻi, “Ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka lā i nehinei, e lawelawe ana wau i ka waʻa no ka manaʻo e holo i Lānaʻi, hōʻea mai ana kēia wahine me ke kaikamahine.
Then the man told why he shouted and why his face was glad in the presence of the chief: ''In the early morning yesterday, while I was working over the canoe, intending to sail to Lanai, a certain woman came with her daughter,
Ch.3 p.13 para.2 sent.2
Ua hiki ʻole iā ia ke ʻike aku i ka mea āna i ʻike ai i luna o Kawela, akā, ua moe ka makāula ma laila i ia pō me ka manaʻo i ke kakahiaka e ʻike ai i kāna mea e ʻimi nei.
By this time it was very dark; he could not see the sign he saw from Kawela; but the seer slept there that night, thinking that at daybreak he would see the person he was seeking.
Ch.3 p.13 para.4 sent.1
Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i haʻalele ai iā Kalaeloa i ia kakahiaka, ala aʻela ka makāula, e kū ana ka pūnohu i ka moana a me ka uakoko, aia naʻe, ua uhi paʻapū ʻia ka moana e ka noe a me ke ʻawa ma waena o Molokaʻi a me Lānaʻi.
After Laieikawai and her companion had left Kalaeloa, at daybreak, the seer arose and saw that clouds and falling rain obscured the sea between Molokai and Lanai with a thick veil of fog and mist.
Ch.3 p.13 para.4 sent.2
ʻEkolu mau lā o ka uhi paʻapū ʻana o kēia noe i ka moana, a i ka ʻehā o ko ka makāula mau lā ma Kaʻamola i ke kakahiaka nui, ʻike akula ʻo ia, e kū ana ka ʻōnohi i luna pono o Maunalei, akā, ua nui loa ka minamina o ka makāula no ka hālāwai ʻole me kāna mea e ʻimi nei.
Three days the veil of mist hid the sea, and on the fourth day of the seer's stay at Kaamola, in the very early morning, he saw an end of the rainbow standing right above Maunalei. Now the seer regretted deeply not finding the person he was seeking;
Inā e ʻike aku kakou ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka la ʻo Kūlua e haliʻi ana ka hau mai ka piko o Mauna Kea, Mauna Loa a me Hualālai a hiki i Waiʻulaʻula, a laila, ua hiki lākou i kahi o ʻolua e hoʻāo ai, a laila, hele aku kākou.
When you look out early in the morning of the seventeenth, the day of Kulu, and the snow clothes the summit of Maunakea, Maunaloa, and Hualalai, clear to Waiulaula, then they have reached the place where you are to wed; then set out, so she says."
Ch.31 p.167 para.2 sent.1
Ma mua naʻe o ko lāua haʻalele ʻana ia Kauaʻi a hoʻi aku i luna, ua hana ʻia kekahi ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i loko o ko lākou ʻakoakoa ʻana ma ka ʻahaʻōlelo hoʻoponopono aupuni ʻana, ʻo ia hoʻi, i ka la i kuʻu ʻia mai ai ke alanui anuenue mai Nuʻumealani mai, a kau akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokala a me āʻieikawai ma luna o ke ala anuenue i ʻōlelo ʻia, a waiho maila i kona kauoha hope i kona mau hoa, ka makāula a me Lāʻielohelohe, eia kana ʻōlelo, “E oʻu mau hoa a me ko kakou makua kane makāula, kuʻu kaikaina i ka aʻa hoʻokahi a me ka kaua kane, ke hoʻi nei au ma muli o ka mea a kakou i kūka ai, a ke haʻalele nei wau ia ʻoukou, a hoʻi aku i kahi hiki ʻole ia ʻoukou ke ʻike koke aʻe.
Before they left Kauai to return to the heavens, a certain agreement was made in their assembly at the government council. Lo! on that day, the rainbow pathway was let down from
Nuumealani and Kaonohiokala and Laieikawai mounted upon that way, and she laid her last commands upon her sisters, the seer, and Laielohelohe; these were her words: "My companions and our father the prophet, my sister born with me in the womb and your husband, I return according to our agreement; I leave you and return to that place where you will not soon come to see me;
Inā ʻo kuʻu noho wale ke kumu o ka hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa o kākou i Oʻahu, a laila, ke ʻōlelo nei au ua hewa ka mea i luna o kua ʻiako, no ka mea, he noho wale iho no kāna, ʻaʻole āna hana.”
if you say the reason for your returning to Oahu was my idleness; for I tell you the trouble was with the man above on the seat, for he sat still and did nothing."
Ch.3 p.17 para.2 sent.1
I ia manawa a ia nei i hiki ai i ka waʻa, haʻi mua akula ʻo ia i kona manaʻo i nā mea waʻa, “E nā mea waʻa, e haʻi mai ʻoukou i kaʻu hana ma kēia holo ʻana o kākou.
When he reached the shore he first made a bargain with them. "You paddlers, tell me what you expect of me on this trip;
Ch.3 p.17 para.8 sent.1
(Ma ʻaneʻi, e waiho kākou i ka moʻolelo no ka ʻimi ʻana o ka makāula.
(Here we will leave the story of the seer's search.
Ch.3 p.17 para.8 sent.2
Pono e kamaʻilio no ka hoʻi ʻana o Kauakahialiʻi i Kauaʻi me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa i ʻike ai kākou aia ʻo Lāʻieikawai i Paliuli.)
It will be well to tell of the return of Kauakahialii to Kauai with Kailiokalauokekoa. As we know, Laieikawai is at Paliuli.)
Ch.3 p.18 para.1 sent.1
Ma nā helu mua o kēia kaʻao, ua ʻike kākou na Kapūkaʻihaoa i kauoha iā Waka ma ka moeʻuhane e hoʻihoʻi iā Lāʻieikawai i Paliuli ma muli o ka ʻike a ka makāula.
In the first part of the story we saw that Kapukaihaoa commanded Waka in a dream to take Laieikawai to Paliuli, as the seer saw.
Ch.4 p.24 para.6 sent.3
Kainoa hoʻi he wehe ko ke kapa, lele iho hoʻi he wai, hoʻokahi hoʻi ka ʻauʻau ʻana o kākou, hoʻi aku he hale a moe, he ʻai nō, he iʻa nō hoʻi a he wahi moe nō hoʻi.
Why not throw off your garment, jump in, and join us, then go to the house and sleep? There is fish and a place to sleep.
Ke ʻike maopopo leʻa aku nei wau ʻānō i kēia manawa ʻaʻole e lanakila ana ko kākou aoʻao, a ma kuʻu manaʻopaʻa hoʻi, e lanakila ana ka malihini ma luna o kākou, no ka mea, ke ʻike maopopo akula nō ʻoe ua make loa ko kākou kanaka i ka wēlau wale nō o ko ia ala lima.
I see pretty plainly now our side will never get the best of it; I am sure that the stranger will beat us, for you see how our man was killed by just a push from his hand;
ʻĪ ihola ʻo Hauaʻiliki, ʻo ia wale nō, “ʻAʻole nō kā hoʻi ʻoe e kala i makemake ai, hoʻolohi wale iho nō,” a no ka peʻahi a ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli, hoʻomoe ihola kēia i ka nalu a pae pono akula ma kahi a Lāʻieikawai mā e noho mai ana.
Hauailiki boasted to himself, "You wanted me all the time; you just delayed." And at the signal of the princess of Paliuli he lay upon the breaker and landed right where Laieikawai and her companions were sitting;
Ch.17 p.88 para.1 sent.1
A loaʻa kona hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia i mua o kona akua me ke kala ʻia o kona hala hoʻohiki, “ʻAʻole e lawe i kekahi o nā wāhine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine hoʻāo,” e like me nā mea i hōʻike
And he obtained favor in the presence of his god, and was released from his sinful vow "not to take any woman of these islands to wife," as has been shown in the former chapters of this story. After the ceremonies at Kauai, he sent his messengers, the Snipe
and the Turnstone, to go and announce before Poliahu the demands
of the chief.
Ch.30 p.165 para.1 sent.2
I ia manawa, iho maila nā aliʻi o ka lewa me ko lāua ʻihiʻihi nui, a kū maila i mua o ka makāula, me ka ʻōlelo iho, “E hele aʻe ʻoe e kala aku i nā mea a pau, i hoʻokahi anahulu, e hoʻohui ʻia ma kahi hoʻokahi.
then the chiefs appeared above in the sky in their majesty and stood before the prophet, saying: "Go and summon all the people for ten days to gather together in one place;
A pau ke kapu heiau a ua makāula nei ma Kaʻuiki i nā pō ʻo Kāne a me Lono paha, a laila, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula ke kālaʻe ʻana o ka ʻāina a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi, a ua waiho pono mai nā kuahiwi.
At the end of the days of consecration of the temple, while the seer was at Kauwiki, near the night of the gods Kane and Lono, the land of Hawaii cleared and he saw to the summit of the mountains.
Ch.6 p.35 para.4 sent.3
A hala nā lā ʻehā ma laila, haʻalele loa ka mālie o Hilo, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula ke kālaʻe ʻana mai o ka ʻāina a waiho wale mai ʻo Panaʻewa.
After four days it cleared over Hilo: the whole country was plainly visible, and Panaewa lay bare.
Kalaeloa (2)
Ch.2 p.9 para.4 sent.1
Haʻalele lāua i ia wahi, hiki aku lāua ma Keawanui, kahi i kapa ʻia ʻo Kalaeloa, a ma laila lāua i hālāwai ai me ke kanaka e hoʻomākaukau ana i ka waʻa e holo ai i Lānaʻi.
They left the place, went to Keawanui, to the place called Kaleloa, and there they met a man who was getting his canoe ready to sail for Lanai.
Ch.3 p.13 para.4 sent.1
Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i haʻalele ai iā Kalaeloa i ia kakahiaka, ala aʻela ka makāula, e kū ana ka pūnohu i ka moana a me ka uakoko, aia naʻe, ua uhi paʻapū ʻia ka moana e ka noe a me ke ʻawa ma waena o Molokaʻi a me Lānaʻi.
After Laieikawai and her companion had left Kalaeloa, at daybreak, the seer arose and saw that clouds and falling rain obscured the sea between Molokai and Lanai with a thick veil of fog and mist.
Kalāhūmoku (7)
Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.5
E ao naʻe ʻoe iā Kalāhūmoku i ka ʻīlio nui ikaika a ʻAiwohikupua.
and beware of Kalahumoku, Aiwohikupua's great strong dog;
Ch.17 p.85 para.2 sent.1
I ia manawa, kiʻi ʻia akula ʻo Kalāhūmoku ka ʻīlio nui ʻai kanaka a ʻAiwohikupua e hele e pepehi i ka moʻo a make, a laila, luku aku i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua.
Then Kalahumoku, Aiwohikupua's great man-eating dog, was fetched to go and kill the lizard, then to destroy the sisters of Aiwohikupua.
Ch.17 p.85 para.2 sent.2
I ka hiki ʻana o Kalāhūmoku, ua ʻīlio ʻai kanaka o Tahiti, i mua o kāna moʻopuna (ʻAiwohikupua), “E piʻi ʻoe i kēia lā e luku aku i oʻu mau kaikuahine,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “a e lawe pū mai iā Lāʻieikawai.”
When Kalahumoku, the man-eating dog from Tahiti, came into the presence of his grandchild (Aiwohikupua), "Go up this very day and destroy my sisters," said Aiwohikupua, "and bring Laieikawai."
Ch.17 p.87 para.3 sent.1
I ia manawa, hanu aʻela ka moʻo ka hoʻokalakupua hoʻi o Paliuli a ʻike akula iā Kalāhūmoku i ke āiwaiwa o Tahiti.
Then the lizard took a sniff, the guardian god of Paliuli, and recognized Kalahumoku, the marvel of Tahiti;
Ch.17 p.87 para.3 sent.2
I ia manawa, wehe aʻela ua moʻo nei i kona a i luna e hoʻouka no ke kaua me Kalāhūmoku.
then the lizard lifted his upper jaw to begin the fight with Kalahumoku.
Ch.17 p.87 para.4 sent.2
I ia manawa, ua lanakila ka moʻo ma luna o Kalāhūmoku a hoʻi akula ka ʻīlio me ke ola māhunehune.
then the lizard was victor over Kalahumoku and the dog just escaped
Ch.17 p.87 para.6 sent.1
Ma ke ahiahi o ua lā hoʻouka kaua nei o nā kupuʻeu, hoʻi mai ana ʻo Kalāhūmoku me ka nāwaliwali; ua pau ke aho.
In the evening of the day of the fight between the two marvelous creatures Kalahumoku came limping back exhausted;
Kalalea (3)
Ch.1 p.5 para.3 sent.1
I kekahi manawa, iā Hulumāniani e kaʻahele ana iā Kauaʻi a puni ma kona ʻano makāula nui no Kauaʻi, a iā ia i hiki ai i luna pono o Kalalea, ʻike maila ʻo ia i ka piʻo a kēia ānuenue i Oʻahu nei.
Just at this time Hulumaniani was making a tour of Kauai in
his character as the great seer of Kauai, and when he reached the summit of Kalalea he beheld the rainbow arching over Oahu;
Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.4
Kaʻapuni hou ka makāula iā Kauaʻi a puni, piʻi hou ʻo ia i luna o Kalalea a ʻike hou nō ʻo ia i kāna mea i ʻike mua ai, aia nō e mau ana e like nō me ma mua, a laila, hoʻi hou kēia a hiki i Anahola.
Again the seer made a tour of Kauai; again he ascended Kalalea and saw again the same sign as before, just the same as at first; then he came back to Anahola.
Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.3
ʻIke akula kēia i ke ānuenue e piʻo ana ma Koʻolau Loa e like me kāna ʻike ʻana i kona mau lā i luna o Kalalea.
and saw the rainbow arching at Koolauloa, as he saw it when he was on Kalalea.
(E like paha me ka ʻike ʻana i ke kalaunu mōʻī o kēlā aliʻi kēia aliʻi ke hiki mai iā kākou nei, pēlā paha ka maopopo ʻana o ko ʻAiwohikupua pūnohu i ike ʻia e ua makāula nei.)
perhaps as we recognize the crown of any chief
Kalaupapa (4)
Ch.2 p.8 para.8 sent.1
I ia hele ʻana, hiki mua kēia i Waiʻalalā ma luna pono aʻe o Kalaupapa.
He went first clear to the top of Waialala, right above Kalaupapa.
Ch.2 p.11 para.1 sent.1
A ma kekahi lā aʻe, i ke kakahiaka nui, loaʻa iā ia ka waʻa e holo ana i Kalaupapa.
The next day, in the morning, he found a canoe sailing to Kalaupapa,
Ch.2 p.11 para.1 sent.3
Iā ia naʻe i hiki aku ai i Waikolu, ua hala mua aku ua makāula nei i Kalaupapa, akā, ʻo ka hana mau a ua wahi kanaka nei ke kūkala hele no Lāʻieikawai.
When he got to Waikolu the seer had already gone to Kalaupapa, but this man only stayed to spread the news of Laieikawai's arrival.
Ch.2 p.11 para.2 sent.1
A hiki kēia i Kalaupapa, aia hoʻi, he ʻaha mokomoko e ʻākoakoa ana.
When he reached Kalaupapa, behold! a company had assembled for boxing;
A hiki kēia i Kaʻamola, ka ʻāina e pili pū lā me Keawanui, kahi hoʻi a Lāʻieikawai mā e kali nei i ka mea waʻa, i ia manawa, ua pōʻeleʻele loa ihola.
He went to Kaamola, the district adjoining Keawanui, where Laieikawai and her companion were awaiting the paddler
Ch.3 p.15 para.5 sent.2
I ia manawa, pūʻiwa koke aʻela ʻo ia me ka lele o kona ʻōʻili me ka maikaʻi ʻole o kona noʻonoʻo ʻana, akā, ua kali lōʻihi nō ʻo ia me ka hoʻomanawanui a maopopo leʻa ka hana a kēlā wahi ʻōnohi.
he grew excited, his pulse beat quickly, but he waited long and patiently to see what the rainbow was doing.
Ch.3 p.19 para.1 sent.2
Oi kali aku mākou a ao ia pō, ʻaʻole i hiki aʻe; ʻo nā manu wale nō kai kani mai.
we waited until morning; she did not come; only the birds sang.
Ch.6 p.35 para.3 sent.3
No laila, ke noi aku nei wau iā ʻoe, e kali kāua a ʻike ʻia mai ka mālie ʻana.
But let us wait until it is pleasant
Ch.6 p.35 para.4 sent.2
Piʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me kona kuhina a hiki i Kūkululaumania ma ke kauhale o nā kamaʻāina, a noho ihola ma laila e kali ana no ka mālie o ka ua.
and Aiwohikupua went up with his counsellor to Kukululaumania to the houses of the natives of the place and stayed there waiting for pleasant weather.
Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.6
I ke kali maila nō wau a puka ka lā, aia nō ke mau lā ke ānuenue.
Hoʻokahi malama ke kali ʻana o Poliʻahu no ko lāua hoʻāo e like me kā lāua hoʻohiki ʻana, akā, ua hala ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma Hilo no ke kiʻi nō iā Lāʻieikawai.
one month she waited for the promised meeting, but Aiwohikupua was at Hilo after Laieikawai.
Kaloakūkahi (1)
Ch.18 p.89 para.2 sent.2
I na la i o Kaloakūkahi, haʻalele ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ia Kauaʻi, holo aku ʻo ia he kanahā kaulua, ʻelua kanahā kaukahi, he iwakalua peleleu.
On the twenty-fourth day of the month Aiwohikupua left Kauai, sailed with 40 double canoes, twice 40 single canoes, and 20 provision boats.
A hiki maila ua moʻo nei, kauoha akula ʻo ia, “E ko mākou akua, e Kihanuilūlūmoku, nānā ʻia ke kupu, ka ʻeu, ke kalohe o kai.
And the lizard came and she commanded him: "O our god, Kihanuilulumoku, see to this lawless one, this mischief-maker, this rogue of the sea;
Ch.22 p.118 para.4 sent.1
A hala akula lāua a hiki i kahi e kokoke aku ana i Keaʻau, i ia manawa, hoʻomaka ʻo Halaaniani e hana i ke kalohe iā Lāʻieikawai, me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E iho mua aku ʻoe o kāua a hiki i kai.
They departed and came to a place just above Keaau; then Halaaniani began to make trouble for Laieikawai, saying, "You go ahead to the coast
Ch.23 p.121 para.4 sent.1
(Ma kēia wahi, e kamaʻilio kākou no Halaaniani, a ma ʻaneʻi kākou e ʻike ai i kona kalohe launa ʻole.)
(At this place we shall tell of Halaaniani, and here we shall see his clever trickery.)
Ch.28 p.149 para.1 sent.5
“ʻO wai ʻoe, e kēia kupu, e kēia kalohe, nāna i komo kuʻu wahi kapu, kahi hiki ʻole i nā mea ʻē aʻe ke komo ma kēia wahi?”
"Who are you, lawless one, mischief-maker, who have entered my taboo house, the place prohibited to any other?"
Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.2
Akā, no ke ake nui o Kaʻōnohiokalā e kaʻawale aku ʻo ia i kahi ʻē, i mea e ʻike ʻole ʻia ai kona kalohe ʻana, no laila, hailona akula ʻo ia i kona mau kaikuahine, a ʻo ka mea e kū ai ka hailona, ʻo ia ke hoʻi i loko o Keʻalohilani.
but because of Kaonohiokala's great desire to get her away so that she would not detect his mischievous doings, therefore he cast lots upon his sisters, and the one upon whom the lot rested must go back to Kealohilani.
Ch.31 p.171 para.1 sent.1
ʻO ke kumu nui o ko Kaʻōnohiokalā manaʻo nui e hoʻokawale iā Kahalaomāpuana i Keʻalohilani, i mea e nalo ai kona kalohe iā Lāʻielohelohe, no ka mea, ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, aia kekahi ʻike iā ia.
The great reason why Kaonohiokala wished to separate Kahalao-
mapuana in Kealohilani was to hide his evil doings with Laielohelohe, for Kahalaomapuana was the only one
He ʻike hiki he hana ʻia kekahi hana ma kahi malū, a he kaikamahine manaʻopaʻa nō, ʻaʻole e hoʻopilimeaʻai, o manaʻo auaneʻi ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, o haʻi ʻia kāna hana kalohe ʻana i mua o Moanalihaikawaokele, no laila ʻo ia i hoʻokaʻawale ai i kona kaikuahine.
who could see things done in secret; and she was a resolute girl, not one to give in. Kaonohiokala thought she might disclose to Moanalihaikawaokele this evil doing;
so he got his sister away,
A laila, kukuli ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a pule akula i kona mau akua penei, “E Lanipipili, Laniʻoaka, Lanikahuliomealani, e Lono, e Hekilikaʻakaʻa a me Nākolowailani, i kēia lā, e ʻike mai ʻoukou iaʻu i kā ʻoukou kama, kā ʻoukou pua i koe ma ke ao nei.
Then Aiwohikupua knelt down and prayed to his gods as follows: "O you Heavens, Lightning, and Rain, O Air, O Thunder and Earthquake! Look upon me this day, the only child of yours left upon this earth.
Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.2
Mai kēia lā, e hāʻawi mai ʻoukou i ka ikaika a pau ma luna o kā ʻoukou kama nei.
Give this day all your strength into your child;
Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.3
E hiki nō iā ʻoukou ke hoʻohala i kāna puʻupuʻu ma kona kuʻi ʻana mai i kā ʻoukou kama, a ke noi aku nei wau e hāʻawi mai i ke poʻo o Ihuanu i kuʻu lima i mea pāʻani na koʻu mau hoe waʻa i ʻike ai kēia ʻaha a pau, ʻo wau ke lanakila ma luna o kēia kanaka i ʻoki poepoe ʻole ʻia.
by your might turn aside his fists from smiting your child, and I beseech you to give me the head of Ihuanu into my hand to be a plaything for my paddlers, that all this assembly may see that I have power over this uncircumcised one.
Ch.27 p.143 para.2 sent.3
A i nīnau aʻe iā ʻoe, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe, he kama ʻoe na lāua.
and when he questions you, then tell him you are a child of theirs,
Ch.27 p.143 para.5 sent.2
Nīnau aʻela ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, “Na wai ke kama ʻo ʻoe?”
Kaeloikamalama asked, "Whose child are you?"
Ch.27 p.143 para.7 sent.1
Nīnau lāua, “He aha ka huakaʻi a kuʻu kama i hiki mai ai?”
The two asked, "On what journey, my child, do you come hither?"
“A hala aʻe ia, a i ka lā ʻo Māhealani, ma ka ʻehu kakahiaka, i ka manawa e keʻehi iho ai nā kukuna o ka lā i ka piko o nā mauna, i ia manawa e ʻike aku ai ko ka ʻāina, he kama kahi ke noho mai ana i loko o ka ʻōnohi o ka lā; he mea like me ke keiki kapu a kuʻu akua.
"When this passes, on the day of full moon, in the dusk of the early morning, at the time when the sun's rays strike the mountain tops, then the earth shall behold a youth sitting within the eye of the sun, one like the taboo child of my god.
Ch.30 p.163 para.2 sent.1
I kēlā wā nō, lohe ʻia akula ka pihe ʻuā a puni ʻo Kauaʻi i ka ʻike ʻana aku i ka hiwahiwa kama kahi a Moanalihaikawaokele lāua ʻo Laukieleʻula, ke aliʻi nui o Kahakaekaea a me Nuʻumealani.
Then the sound of shouting was heard all over Kauai at the sight of the beloved child of Moanalihaikawaokele and Laukieleula, the great high chief of Kahakaekaea and Nuumealani.
A no ka hoʻopuka ʻana o ka mea waʻa i kēia ʻōlelo, a laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “E ke kamaʻāina o māua, e hele loa ana anei ʻoe?
When the canoe man had spoken thus, Laieikawai said, "Our host, shall you be gone long ?
Ch.2 p.10 para.4 sent.1
ʻĪ akula ke kamaʻāina, “E ke kaikamahine, ʻaʻole pēlā.
Said the host, "O daughter, not so;
Ch.2 p.10 para.5 sent.1
A no kēia ʻōlelo a ka mea waʻa, ʻī akula ʻo Waka i ke kamaʻāina o lāua nei, “Inā ʻo ke kumu ia o kou hele ʻana i kauoha honua ai ʻoe i nā mea a pau o kou hale iā māua, a laila, ke ʻī aku nei wau he hiki iā māua ke kōkua iā ʻoe ma ka hoe ʻana.”
And at these words, Waka said to their host, "If that is the reason for your going away, leaving us in charge of everything in your house, then let me say, we can help you paddle."
Ch.4 p.24 para.5 sent.1
A pau ka heʻe nalu ʻana a nā kamaʻāina, a i ka nalu pau loa o ko Hinaikamalama heʻe ʻana, ʻo ka nalu ia i pae, hoʻopololei maila ka heʻe ʻana a ke kaikamahine aliʻi ma ka wai o Kūmaka, kahi hoʻi a ʻAiwohikupua mā e noho mai ana.
When the people of the place had ended surfing and Hinaikamalama rode her last breaker, as she came in. the princess pointed her board straight at the stream of Kumaka where Aiwohikupua and his companion had stopped.
Ch.4 p.24 para.6 sent.4
ʻO ia ihola nō ka waiwai a ke kamaʻāina.
That is the wealth of the people of this place.
Ch.4 p.25 para.5 sent.2
A hiki ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma kahi o ke aliʻi wahine, kau nā ʻiliʻili a paʻa ka papa, nīnau mai ke aliʻi wahine, “He aha ke kumu pili o ka malihini ke make i ke kamaʻāina?”
So Aiwohikupua joined the princess; they placed the pebbles on the board, and the princess asked, "What will the stranger stake if the game is lost to the woman of Hana? "
A hiki lākou i ke awa pae waʻa ma Kauhola, nīnau akula ke aliʻi i ke kumu o ka ʻākoakoa lehulehu ʻana o nā kānaka, a laila, haʻi maila nā kamaʻāina he ʻaha mokomoko ke kumu o ia lehulehu ʻana.
When they had come close in to the landing at Kauhola the chief asked why the crowd was gathering; then a native of the place said they were coming together for a boxing match.
Kamaeʻe (1)
Ch.7 p.37 para.2 sent.1
Ma kēia holo ʻana mai Keaʻau mai a kau i Kamaeʻe ma Hilopalikū, a ma kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele lākou iā laila, hiki lākou i Humuʻula ma ka palena o Hilo me Hāmākua.
On the way from Keaau they rested at Kamaee, on the rocky side of Hilo, and the next day left there, went to Humuula on the boundary between Hilo and Hamakua;
he is a choice branch of the tree that stands upon the steep."
Kamaile (1)
Ch.1 p.5 para.6 sent.2
I ia pō iho, i ka hiki ʻana o ka Hōkūhoʻokelewaʻa, haʻalele lākou iā Kauaʻi, he ʻumikumamālima ko lākou nui, hiki mua maila lākou ma Kamaile i Waiʻanae.
That night when the canoe star rose they left Kauai, 15 strong, and came first to Kamaile in Waianae.
I ke kamaʻilio ʻana i kēia kaʻao, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma Lāʻie, Koʻolau kona wahi i hānau ai, a he mau māhoe lāua: ʻo Kahauokapaka ka makua kāne, ʻo Mālaekahana ka makuahine.
This tale was told at Laie, Koolau; here they were born, and they were twins; Kahauokapaka was the father, Malaekahana the mother.
Ch.1 p.2 para.6 sent.1
Iā Mālaekahana me ke kahuna e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, a laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i kāna ʻōlelo iā Mālaekahana, “E hailona aku au iā ʻoe.
As Malaekahana talked with the priest, he said: "I will show you a sign;
Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.1
A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana no kēia mau mea, hoʻi akula ʻo Mālaekahana a hiki i ka hale.
At the end of this talk, Malaekahana went back to the house,
Ch.2 p.8 para.6 sent.1
Iā lākou e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, lele akula ka makāula ma hope o ka waʻa, a lilo ihola iā ia ka hoʻokele.
As he spoke, the seer sprang to the stern of the canoe, took charge of the steering,
Ch.2 p.9 para.3 sent.1
Iā Lāʻieikawai naʻe e kamaʻilio ana i ke kupuna wahine, hiki ihola ka hihiʻo ma o Waka lā, a ua like me kā ka moʻopuna e ʻōlelo ana.
As Laieikawai was speaking to her grandmother, the same vision came to Waka.
Ch.2 p.10 para.7 sent.1
A pau ke kamaʻilio ʻana a lākou i kēia mau ʻōlelo, haʻalele ihola ka mea waʻa iā lāua nei a hele akula e like me ka ʻōlelo hoʻoholo mua i loko ona.
When they had done speaking the paddler left them and went away as he had vowed.
ʻAʻole naʻe au i ʻike leʻa i ke ʻano o ua kaikamahine lā, akā, i loko o ko māua wā kamaʻilio, hoʻopuka maila ke kaikamahine i kona mau maka mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana.
but I could not see plainly the daughter's face. But while we were talking the girl unveiled her face.
Kamaoha (2)
Ch.1 p.6 para.4 sent.5
Piʻi loa akula ʻo ia a hiki i Kamaoha, a ma laila ʻo ia i moe ai a ao ia pō; ʻaʻole ʻo ia i ʻike i kāna mea i ukali mai ai.
ascended Kamaoha, and there slept over night; but did not see the sign he sought.
Ch.2 p.7 para.1 sent.1
A nele ka makāula i ka ʻike i kāna mea e ukali nei, haʻalele kēia iā Kamaoha, hiki kēia i luna pono o Kaʻala, a ma laila ʻo ia i ʻike ai, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i Molokaʻi.
When the seer failed to see the sign which he was following he left Kamaoha, climbed clear to the top of Kaala, and there saw the rainbow arching over Molokai.
ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu, lohe akula lāua i ka hū a ka makani a me ke kamumu o nā lāʻau e hina ana ma ʻō a ma ʻō, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo lāua i ka ʻōlelo a ke kia manu, “Inā e hū ana ka makani, ʻo ua moʻo lā ia.”
not long after they heard the sighing of the wind and the humming of the trees bending back and forth; then they remembered the bird catcher's words, "If the wind hums, that is from the lizard."
I ka hele ʻana aku nei hoʻi, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi i kana mai a ke ʻano ʻē o ka wahine.
But when I came there I did not get sight of the woman's face;
Ch.13 p.68 para.3 sent.3
I nānā akula ka hana i ka hale o ke aliʻi, ʻaʻole i kana mai o koʻu hilahila.
when I went to see the chief's house, it was very beautiful,
I was ashamed;
Ch.18 p.89 para.2 sent.1
Noho ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a i na la hope o ke kolu o ka malama, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi i kona mau kaukaualiʻi a me na punahele, i na haia wahine hoʻi, na hoa kūpono ke hele pū ma ke kahiko ʻana i ka hanohano aliʻi ke hele ma kana huakaʻi no ka hoʻāo o na aliʻi.
Aiwohikupua waited until the end of the third month; the chief took his underchiefs and his favorites and the women of his household and other companions suitable to go with their renowned lord in all his royal splendor on an expedition for the marriage of chiefs.
Ch.18 p.89 para.4 sent.1
A hiki ka ʻelele i mua o ʻAiwohikupua ma ke kiʻi ʻana ia Poliʻahu, a haʻi maila i kana ʻōlelo maiā Poliʻahu mai, “Eia ke kauoha a ko wahine.
When the messenger returned from Poliahu, he told Poliahu's reply: "Your wife commands that
Ch.31 p.167 para.1 sent.2
A no ka lilo ʻana o Lāʻieikawai i wahine mau ma ka pelika paʻa, no laila, haʻawi ʻia aʻela ia ia kekahi mau hana mana a pau ma ke ʻano akua e like me kana kane, koe naʻe ka mana hiki ʻole ke ʻike i na mea huna a me na hana pohihihi i hana ʻia ma kahi mamao; no kana kane wale nō.
And when she became wife under the marriage bond, all power was given her as a god except that to see hidden things and those obscure deeds which were done at a distance; only her husband had this power.
Ch.31 p.167 para.2 sent.1
Ma mua naʻe o ko lāua haʻalele ʻana ia Kauaʻi a hoʻi aku i luna, ua hana ʻia kekahi ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i loko o ko lākou ʻakoakoa ʻana ma ka ʻahaʻōlelo hoʻoponopono aupuni ʻana, ʻo ia hoʻi, i ka la i kuʻu ʻia mai ai ke alanui anuenue mai Nuʻumealani mai, a kau akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokala a me āʻieikawai ma luna o ke ala anuenue i ʻōlelo ʻia, a waiho maila i kona kauoha hope i kona mau hoa, ka makāula a me Lāʻielohelohe, eia kana ʻōlelo, “E oʻu mau hoa a me ko kakou makua kane makāula, kuʻu kaikaina i ka aʻa hoʻokahi a me ka kaua kane, ke hoʻi nei au ma muli o ka mea a kakou i kūka ai, a ke haʻalele nei wau ia ʻoukou, a hoʻi aku i kahi hiki ʻole ia ʻoukou ke ʻike koke aʻe.
Before they left Kauai to return to the heavens, a certain agreement was made in their assembly at the government council. Lo! on that day, the rainbow pathway was let down from
Nuumealani and Kaonohiokala and Laieikawai mounted upon that way, and she laid her last commands upon her sisters, the seer, and Laielohelohe; these were her words: "My companions and our father the prophet, my sister born with me in the womb and your husband, I return according to our agreement; I leave you and return to that place where you will not soon come to see me;
I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe.
At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow:
Ch.1 p.2 para.6 sent.1
Iā Mālaekahana me ke kahuna e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, a laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i kāna ʻōlelo iā Mālaekahana, “E hailona aku au iā ʻoe.
As Malaekahana talked with the priest, he said: "I will show you a sign;
Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.2
A laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i ka hailona i kū i kāna ʻike, “E hānau hou ana nō ʻoe he kaikamahine, no ka mea, ua hāʻawi mai nei ʻoe i kou lima hema iaʻu me ka huli naʻe o ke alo o ka lima i luna.
The the priest told her the interpretation of the sign: "You will bear another daughter, for you have given me your left hand with the palm upward."
Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.3
”A no kēia ʻōlelo a ke kahuna, kaumaha loa ihola ka naʻau o Mālaekahana, no ka mea, ua kūmākena mau kēlā i ka pepehi mau a kāna kāne i nā keiki mua.
When the priest said this, the heart of Makaekahana was heavy, for she sorrowed over the slaying of the children by her husband;
Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.1
A laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i kāna mau ʻōlelo iā Mālaekahana, “E hoʻi ʻoe a ka hale.
Then the priest counseled Malaekahana, "Go back to the house;
Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.1
A i ka mao ʻana aʻe o ka ʻeha no ka ʻaneʻane hānau, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Mālaekahana i kāna kāne, “E Kahauokapaka ē!
When the pain had quieted, Malaekahana said to her husband, "Listen, Kahauokapaka!
Aia naʻe, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kahi hiki ʻole iā ia ke hele aku, akā, ua noʻonoʻo ka makāula i kekahi manawa i wahi e hiki ai ke ʻike i kāna mea e ukali nei, a waiho aku i kāna kānaenae i hoʻomākaukau mua ai.
Sure enough, there was the rainbow arching where he could not go. Then he considered for some time how to reach the place to see the person he was seeking and offer the sacrifice he had prepared,
Ch.3 p.17 para.1 sent.3
Hoʻi hou akula ka makāula i luna o Kaʻuiki e lawe mai i kāna mau wahi ukana, nā mea āna i hoʻomākaukau ai i kānaenae.
The seer returned up Kauwiki and brought his luggage, the things he had got ready for sacrifice.
Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.4
Eia ka puaʻa, ka moa lawa, ka ʻawa, he makana, he mōhai, he kānaenae i ke aliʻi na kā ʻoukou kauā nei.
Here is a pig, a black cock, awa, a priest, a sacrifice, an offering to the chief from your servant here;
Wae aʻela ke kuhina i nā waʻa kūpono ke holo, he iwakālua kaulua, ʻelua kanahā kaukahi, no nā kaukaualiʻi a me nā pūʻali o ke aliʻi kēia mau waʻa, a he kanahā peleleu, he mau waʻa ʻāʻīpuʻupuʻu no ke aliʻi ia, a ʻo ke aliʻi hoʻi a me kona kuhina, ma luna lāua o nā pūkolu.
The counsellor chose the proper canoes for the trip, twenty double canoes, and twice forty single canoes, these for the chiefs and the bodyguard, and forty provision canoes for the chief's supplies; and as for the chief himself and his counsellor, they were on board of a triple canoe.
Ch.15 p.77 para.5 sent.2
Wae aʻela ke kuhina i nā waʻa kūpono ke holo, he iwakālua kaulua, ʻelua kanahā kaukahi, no nā kaukaualiʻi a me nā pūʻali o ke aliʻi kēia mau waʻa, a he kanahā peleleu, he mau waʻa ʻāʻīpuʻupuʻu no ke aliʻi ia, a ʻo ke aliʻi hoʻi a me kona kuhina, ma luna lāua o nā pūkolu.
The counsellor chose the proper canoes for the trip, twenty double canoes, and twice forty single canoes, these for the chiefs and the bodyguard, and forty provision canoes for the chief's supplies; and as for the chief himself and his counsellor, they were on board of a triple canoe.
Ch.16 p.83 para.5 sent.2
Hoʻouna hou aku nō ke aliʻi hoʻokahi kanahā koa, pau nō i ka make.
The chief again sent a band of forty; all were killed.
Ch.16 p.83 para.5 sent.3
Pēlā mau aku nō ka make ʻana a hiki i ka ʻewalu kanahā o nā kānaka i pau i ka make.
So it went on until eight times forty warriors had disappeared.
Ch.16 p.84 para.4 sent.2
ʻAwalu kanahā i hoʻouna ʻia, ʻaʻole hoʻokahi o lākou i hoʻi aʻe.”
eight times forty men have been sent — not one returned."
Ch.18 p.89 para.2 sent.2
I na la i o Kaloakūkahi, haʻalele ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ia Kauaʻi, holo aku ʻo ia he kanahā kaulua, ʻelua kanahā kaukahi, he iwakalua peleleu.
On the twenty-fourth day of the month Aiwohikupua left Kauai, sailed with 40 double canoes, twice 40 single canoes, and 20 provision boats.
ʻO ka iʻa ponoʻī nō e loaʻa ana ma kona lima, ʻo ia kāu iʻa e ʻono ai, no ka mea, he kanaka puni kaʻalau ʻōhua hoʻi ko kāne i lilo ai kēlā i ka lawaiʻa, ʻike ʻole ia i kou hānau ʻana.
get the fish you desire with his own hand, for your husband is very fond of the young manini afloat in the membrane, and while he is out fishing he will not know about the birth;
Ch.2 p.7 para.4 sent.1
A no kēia mea, kūnou akula ka mea ma hope o ka waʻa i ke kanaka i luna o kua ʻiako e hoʻi hou ka waʻa i hope a hoʻonoho hou i ka makāula i Oʻahu nei, a ua like ka manaʻo o nā mea waʻa ma ia mea e hoʻihoʻi hope ka waʻa; e moe ana naʻe ka makāula i ia manawa.
So the paddler in front signed to the one at the rear to turn the canoe around and take the seer back as he slept.
Ch.2 p.8 para.2 sent.1
I ia manawa, hoʻāla aʻela nā mea waʻa iā ia nei, “E kēia kanaka e moe nei!
Then they awoke him: "O you fellow asleep,
Ch.2 p.8 para.2 sent.4
ʻO ia nō ka moe a nei kanaka lā o uka,” a laila, ala aʻela ua makāula nei; e hoʻoiho ana ka waʻa i Oʻahu nei.
The man sleeps as if he were ashore." When the seer arose, the canoe was making for Oahu.
Ch.2 p.9 para.4 sent.1
Haʻalele lāua i ia wahi, hiki aku lāua ma Keawanui, kahi i kapa ʻia ʻo Kalaeloa, a ma laila lāua i hālāwai ai me ke kanaka e hoʻomākaukau ana i ka waʻa e holo ai i Lānaʻi.
They left the place, went to Keawanui, to the place called Kaleloa, and there they met a man who was getting his canoe ready to sail for Lanai.
Ch.2 p.11 para.1 sent.3
Iā ia naʻe i hiki aku ai i Waikolu, ua hala mua aku ua makāula nei i Kalaupapa, akā, ʻo ka hana mau a ua wahi kanaka nei ke kūkala hele no Lāʻieikawai.
When he got to Waikolu the seer had already gone to Kalaupapa, but this man only stayed to spread the news of Laieikawai's arrival.
I loko o kēia manawa, lohe pono loa akula ke aliʻi nui o Molokaʻi i kēia leo, a laila, hoʻōki aʻela ke aliʻi i ka ʻaha i lohe ʻia aku ai ka ʻōlelo a kēia kanaka malihini e kūhea nei, no ka mea, i loko o ko ke aliʻi ʻike ʻana aku i ua wahi kanaka nei, ua hoʻopiha ʻia kona mau maka i ka ʻoliʻoli me ke ʻano pīhoihoi.
Now the high chief of Molokai heard his voice plainly, so the chief quieted the crowd and listened to what the stranger was shouting about, for as he looked at the man he saw that his face was full of joy and gladness.
I ia manawa i hānau ai, aia naʻe ʻo Kahauokapaka i ka lawaiʻa me nā kānaka.
At the time when she was born, Kahauokapaka was away at the fishing with the men.
Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.3
ʻAkahi wale nō oʻu hānau ʻino ʻana a me ka ʻono oʻu i ka ʻōhua, no laila, e hele koke aku ʻoe me nā kānaka i ka lawaiʻa.”
this is the first time my labor has been hard, and that I have craved the young of the manini; go quickly, therefore, to the fishing."
Ch.1 p.5 para.6 sent.1
Iā Hulumāniani i hālāwai aku ai me Poloʻula, nonoi akula ʻo ia i waʻa e holo ai i Oʻahu nei, a laila, hāʻawi ʻia maila ka waʻa me nā kānaka.
When Hulumaniani met Poloula he begged of him a canoe to go to Oahu. Then the canoe and men were given to him.
Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.1
I ia lā o lākou i hiki ai ma Waiʻanae, kauoha ka makāula i nā kānaka e noho ma laila a hoʻi mai ʻo ia mai ka huakaʻi kaʻapuni ʻana.
On the day when they reached Waianae the seer ordered the
rowers to wait there until he returned from making the circuit of the island.
Ch.3 p.19 para.7 sent.2
A no kēia kumu, hoʻolilo loa aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ua wahi kanaka nei i poʻo kiʻekiʻe ma luna o nā mea a pau, ʻo ko ke aliʻi mau ʻāina a pau a me nā kānaka a pau loa, nā aliʻi a me nā makaʻāinana, ma kona ʻano kuhina nui.
Therefore Aiwohikupua exalted this man to be head over all things, over all the chief's land, over all the men, chiefs, and common people, as his chief counsellor.
Ch.4 p.24 para.2 sent.1
Iā lākou ma Kīpahulu, hoʻoholo aʻela ke aliʻi i ʻōlelo e hele wāwae ma uka a ma nā waʻa nā kānaka.
At Kipahulu the chief said he would go along the coast afoot and the men by boat.
Inā i ʻōlelo ʻia mai he mau wāhine maikaʻi, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi au e hāʻawi i koʻu kino e komo aku ma ke ʻano kolohe, he ʻole loa nō, no ka mea, he kanaka hana pono ʻole ʻia wau e nā wāhine mai koʻu wā ʻōpiopio mai a hiki i koʻu hoʻokanaka makua ʻana.
no matter how beautiful she is reported to be, nor will I get into mischief with a woman, not with anyone at all. For I have been ill-treated by women from my youth up.
Ma hope iho o ko ke aliʻi hoʻopau ʻana no ka inu ʻawa, ʻakahi nō a haʻi aku ke aliʻi i ka loaʻa ʻana o Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane a me ke kumu o kona hoʻomau ʻana i ka inu ʻawa, a haʻi pū akula nō hoʻi ke aliʻi i ke kumu o kona kau ʻana i kānāwai paʻa, no ka mea, walaʻau i loko o kona wā hiamoe.
It was only after he quit awa drinking that he told anyone how Laieikawai had come to him in the dream and why he had drunk the awa and also why he had laid the command upon them not to talk while he slept.
Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.7
ʻO ia ke kānāwai paʻa a ke aliʻi i kau ai no ka poʻe i holo pū me ia i Hawaiʻi.
This was the charge the chief laid upon the men who sailed with him to Hawaii.
A no ka lilo ʻana o Lāʻieikawai i wahine mau ma ka pelika paʻa, no laila, haʻawi ʻia aʻela ia ia kekahi mau hana mana a pau ma ke ʻano akua e like me kana kane, koe naʻe ka mana hiki ʻole ke ʻike i na mea huna a me na hana pohihihi i hana ʻia ma kahi mamao; no kana kane wale nō.
And when she became wife under the marriage bond, all power was given her as a god except that to see hidden things and those obscure deeds which were done at a distance; only her husband had this power.
Ch.31 p.167 para.2 sent.1
Ma mua naʻe o ko lāua haʻalele ʻana ia Kauaʻi a hoʻi aku i luna, ua hana ʻia kekahi ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i loko o ko lākou ʻakoakoa ʻana ma ka ʻahaʻōlelo hoʻoponopono aupuni ʻana, ʻo ia hoʻi, i ka la i kuʻu ʻia mai ai ke alanui anuenue mai Nuʻumealani mai, a kau akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokala a me āʻieikawai ma luna o ke ala anuenue i ʻōlelo ʻia, a waiho maila i kona kauoha hope i kona mau hoa, ka makāula a me Lāʻielohelohe, eia kana ʻōlelo, “E oʻu mau hoa a me ko kakou makua kane makāula, kuʻu kaikaina i ka aʻa hoʻokahi a me ka kaua kane, ke hoʻi nei au ma muli o ka mea a kakou i kūka ai, a ke haʻalele nei wau ia ʻoukou, a hoʻi aku i kahi hiki ʻole ia ʻoukou ke ʻike koke aʻe.
Before they left Kauai to return to the heavens, a certain agreement was made in their assembly at the government council. Lo! on that day, the rainbow pathway was let down from
Nuumealani and Kaonohiokala and Laieikawai mounted upon that way, and she laid her last commands upon her sisters, the seer, and Laielohelohe; these were her words: "My companions and our father the prophet, my sister born with me in the womb and your husband, I return according to our agreement; I leave you and return to that place where you will not soon come to see me;
I ka ʻewalu paha o nā makahiki o ko lāua noho ʻana he kāne a he wahine, hāpai aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana a hānau maila he kaikamahine.
About the eighth year of their living as man and wife, Malaekahana conceived and bore a daughter,
Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.2
E nānā mai ʻoe i kēia ʻōpū oʻu e hāpai nei, no ka mea, ua pauaho aʻe nei hoʻi i ka pau o nā keiki i ka make i ka pākela pepehi a ke kāne.
Look upon this womb of mine which is with child, for I can no longer endure my children's death; the husband is overzealous to keep his vow;
Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.3
”A no kēia ʻōlelo a ke kahuna, kaumaha loa ihola ka naʻau o Mālaekahana, no ka mea, ua kūmākena mau kēlā i ka pepehi mau a kāna kāne i nā keiki mua.
When the priest said this, the heart of Makaekahana was heavy, for she sorrowed over the slaying of the children by her husband;
Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.3
ʻO ka iʻa ponoʻī nō e loaʻa ana ma kona lima, ʻo ia kāu iʻa e ʻono ai, no ka mea, he kanaka puni kaʻalau ʻōhua hoʻi ko kāne i lilo ai kēlā i ka lawaiʻa, ʻike ʻole ia i kou hānau ʻana.
get the fish you desire with his own hand, for your husband is very fond of the young manini afloat in the membrane, and while he is out fishing he will not know about the birth;
Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.1
A i ka mao ʻana aʻe o ka ʻeha no ka ʻaneʻane hānau, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Mālaekahana i kāna kāne, “E Kahauokapaka ē!
When the pain had quieted, Malaekahana said to her husband, "Listen, Kahauokapaka!
Ch.2 p.11 para.2 sent.3
Ua ʻike i nā mea nui, nā mea liʻiliʻi, nā kāne, nā wāhine, nā kaukaualiʻi kāne, nā kaukaualiʻi wahine, ka nīʻaupiʻo, ke ohi.
I have seen the high and the low, men and women; low chiefs, the kaukaualii, men and women; high chiefs, the niaupio, and the ohi;
A pau ke kapu heiau a ua makāula nei ma Kaʻuiki i nā pō ʻo Kāne a me Lono paha, a laila, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula ke kālaʻe ʻana o ka ʻāina a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi, a ua waiho pono mai nā kuahiwi.
At the end of the days of consecration of the temple, while the seer was at Kauwiki, near the night of the gods Kane and Lono, the land of Hawaii cleared and he saw to the summit of the mountains.
A no laila, e ke Aliʻi wahine o ka pali nei, ke makemake nei wau e lawe ʻoe iaʻu i kāne hoʻāo nāu a e noho kanaka lawelawe aku ma lalo ou.
and therefore, O princess of the cliff, I wish you to take me and try me for your husband,
and I will be the servant under you;
Ch.7 p.39 para.3 sent.2
Akā, no ko kāua lawe ʻana iā kāua i kāne hoʻāo ʻoe naʻu, a pēlā hoʻi wau iā ʻoe, no laila, ke hāʻawi lilo aku nei wau i kēia kapa a hiki i kou lā e manaʻo mai ai iaʻu ma nā hoʻohiki a kāua, a laila, loaʻa kou kuleana e ʻimi aʻe ai iaʻu a loaʻa i luna o Mauna Kea, a laila, hōʻike aʻe ʻoe iaʻu, a laila, hui kino kāua.”
but as we are betrothed, you to me and I to you, therefore I give away this mantle until the day when you remember our vows, then you must seek me, and you will find me above on the White Mountain; show it to me there, then we shall be united."
Ch.9 p.49 para.9 sent.1
“Kuʻu ʻia aku paha i ka hilahila,” wahi a kona kuhina, “a i ʻole e loaʻa i nā kaikuahine o kāua, a laila naʻu e kiʻi a loaʻa i loko o ka hale, a ʻōlelo aku wau e lawe iā ʻoe i kāne hoʻāo nāna e like me kou makemake.”
"Let us endure the shame," said his counsellor, "and if our sisters do not succeed, then I will go and enter the house and tell her to take you for her husband as you desire."
A lohe lā ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka hōʻole ʻana mai a Lāʻieikawai no ka makemake ʻole e lawe iā ʻAiwohikupua i kāne male , a laila, he mea ʻē ka hilahila, no ka mea, ua lohe maopopo akula lākou nei i ka hōʻole ʻana mai.
When Aiwohikupua heard Laieikawai's refusal to take Aiwohikupua for her husband, then he was abashed, for they heard her refusal quite plainly.
Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.4
ʻAʻole he ʻoluʻolu e lawe mākou i kāne male , a ʻo ka makemake o ko mākou mau mākua, e noho puʻupaʻa mākou a hiki i ko mākou mau lā hope.
to take no delight in men; and it is their wish that we remain virgin until the end of our days;
Ch.33 p.178 para.1 sent.4
I ia manawa, ʻakahi nō a haʻi aku ʻo ia i ke kamaʻāina, ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā kāna kāne male (hoʻāo).
Then for the first time she told the natives that she was Kekalukaluokewa's married wife.
Mai ka hānau ʻana o Lāʻieikawai me Lāʻielohelohe, ʻo ia ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka hekili e kani i loko o ʻIkuā, pēlā i ʻōlelo ʻia i loko o kēia moʻolelo.
At this time of Laieikawai and Laielohelohe's birth thunder first sounded in October, according to the legend.
Ch.2 p.8 para.4 sent.1
A laila, ʻōlelo maila nā mea waʻa, “Ua uluhua māua no kou hiamoe a me ka ʻalalā mau o ko wahi puaʻa a me ke kani mau a ko wahi moa, no laila, kulikuli.
Then the men said: '"We two wearied of your constant sleeping and the pig's squealing and the cock's crowing; there was such a noise;
Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.2
Inā e kani aku ka leo o ka ʻaʻo, ʻaʻole wau i loko o ia leo.
When rings the note of the oo bird I am not in that sound,
Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.3
A kani aku ka leo o ka ʻalalā, ʻaʻole nō wau i loko o ia leo.
or the alala, I am not in that sound;
Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.4
Inā e kani aku ka leo o ka ʻelepaio, hoʻomākaukau wau no ka iho aku, a i kani akula ka leo o ka ʻapapane, a laila, ua puka wau ma waho o kuʻu hale nei.
when rings the note of the elepaio then am I making ready to descend; when the note of the apapane sounds, then am I without the door of my house;
Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.5
Hoʻolohe mai auaneʻi ʻoe a i kani aku ka leo o ka ʻiʻiwipōlena, a laila, aia wau ma waho o ka hale o ko hānai.
if you hear the note of the iiwipolena, then am I without your ward's house;
I ia manawa, kanikani pihe akula ka ʻaha, “Ka wahine maikaʻi ē!
Then the assembly shouted aloud, "O the beautiful woman!
Kanikapiha (1)
Ch.5 p.29 para.2 sent.6
Aia a lohe aku ʻoukou ua lanakila ʻo Ihuanu, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo ʻoukou i kuʻu puʻupuʻu iā Kanikapiha, ka ʻai a ke kumu i aʻo ʻole ʻia iā ʻoukou, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ʻaʻole e lanakila mai ʻo ia ma luna oʻu, no ka mea, ua kani ka pola o kuʻu malo i kēia lā.”
When you hear that Cold-nose has conquered, then remember my blow called The-end-that-sang , the fruit of the tree which you have never tasted, the master's stroke which you have never learned. By this sign I know that he will never get the better of me, the end of my girdle sang to-day."
He mea kaumaha loa iā Lāʻieikawai no ka make ʻana o kāna kāne, no laila i kanikau ai ʻo ia hoʻokahi anahulu me ʻelua mau lā keu (he ʻumikumamālua lā) no ke aloha iā ia.
Very heavy hearted was Laieikawai at her husband's death, so she mourned ten days and two (twelve days) for love of him.
Ch.23 p.119 para.1 sent.2
I loko o kēia mau lā kanikau o Lāʻieikawai, he mea haʻohaʻo loa ia i kona mau hoa kūkā, no ka mea, ua kauoha mua ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma mua o ko lāua iho ʻana i kai o Keaʻau.
While Laieikawai mourned, her counsellors wondered, for Laieikawai had given them her charge before going to Keaau.
Kanikawī (1)
Ch.19 p.99 para.3 sent.1
A ma ia hope mai, i ke kokoke ʻana i ko Kaʻiliokalauokekoa mau lā hope, waiho akula ʻo ia i ʻōlelo kauoha no ka mālama ʻana iā Kanikawī, kā lāua ʻohe kapu me kāna kāne e like me ke kauoha a Kauakahialiʻi, “E kuʻu kāne, eia ka ʻohe.
Afterwards, when Kailiokalauokekoa's last days drew near, she prayed her husband to guard Kanikawi, their sacred flute, according to Kauakahialii's command: "My husband, here is the flute;
I ia manawa, lālau ihola ʻo Laukieleʻula i kekahi kukuna o ka lā a kāohi ihola.
Then Laukieleula seized hold of one of the sun's rays and held it.
Kaʻohukolokaialea (1)
Ch.28 p.153 para.4 sent.3
E Kaʻohukolokaialea,
O moving cloud of Kaialea,
Kaʻōnohiokala (2)
Ch.31 p.167 para.1 sent.1
Ma hope o ko Lāʻieikawai hoʻāo ʻana me Kaʻōnohiokala me ka hoʻoponopono i ka noho ʻana o kona mau kaikuahine, ka makāula a me Kekalukaluokēwā ma, a pau kēia mau mea i ka hoʻoponopono ʻia, hoʻi akula lāua i luna o ka ʻaina i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo Kahakaekaea, a noho ma ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti.
After the marriage of Laieikawai and Kaonohiokala, when his sisters and the seer and Kekalukaluokewa and his wife were well established, after all this had been set in order, they returned to the country in the heavens called Kahakaekaea and dwelt in the taboo house on the borders of Tahiti.
Ch.31 p.167 para.2 sent.1
Ma mua naʻe o ko lāua haʻalele ʻana ia Kauaʻi a hoʻi aku i luna, ua hana ʻia kekahi ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i loko o ko lākou ʻakoakoa ʻana ma ka ʻahaʻōlelo hoʻoponopono aupuni ʻana, ʻo ia hoʻi, i ka la i kuʻu ʻia mai ai ke alanui anuenue mai Nuʻumealani mai, a kau akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokala a me āʻieikawai ma luna o ke ala anuenue i ʻōlelo ʻia, a waiho maila i kona kauoha hope i kona mau hoa, ka makāula a me Lāʻielohelohe, eia kana ʻōlelo, “E oʻu mau hoa a me ko kakou makua kane makāula, kuʻu kaikaina i ka aʻa hoʻokahi a me ka kaua kane, ke hoʻi nei au ma muli o ka mea a kakou i kūka ai, a ke haʻalele nei wau ia ʻoukou, a hoʻi aku i kahi hiki ʻole ia ʻoukou ke ʻike koke aʻe.
Before they left Kauai to return to the heavens, a certain agreement was made in their assembly at the government council. Lo! on that day, the rainbow pathway was let down from
Nuumealani and Kaonohiokala and Laieikawai mounted upon that way, and she laid her last commands upon her sisters, the seer, and Laielohelohe; these were her words: "My companions and our father the prophet, my sister born with me in the womb and your husband, I return according to our agreement; I leave you and return to that place where you will not soon come to see me;
Kaʻōnohiokalā (88)
Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.5
Ua hoʻoholo aʻe nei mākou i pōmaikaʻi like no kākou, ua ʻae aʻe nei ko kākou kaikaina e kiʻi aku iā Kaʻōnohiokalā i kāne nāu.
We have agreed here to share your fortune; our younger sister has consented to go and get Kaonohiokala for your husband,
Ch.25 p.131 para.5 sent.1
Ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, haʻalele ihola ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kona mau kaikuaʻana, a kau akula ma luna o ua moʻo nui nei (Kihanuilūlūmoku), a kiʻi akula iā Kaʻōnohiokalā.
After saying all this, Kahalaomapuana left her sisters and was borne on the back of the big lizard Kihanuilulumoku and went to fetch Kaonohiokala.
Ch.27 p.141 para.1 sent.1
Ma kēia mokuna, e kamaʻilio kākou no ke kiʻi ʻana o Kahalaomāpuana iā Kaʻōnohiokalā i kāne hoʻopalau na Lāʻieikawai a me kona hoʻi ʻana mai.
In this chapter we will tell how Kahalaomapuana went to get Kaonohiokala, the Eyeball-of-the-Sun, the betrothed husband of Laieikawai, and of her return.
Ch.27 p.141 para.3 sent.1
Iā lāua i hiki aku ai, ʻaʻole lāua i ʻike iā Mokukelekahiki, ke kiaʻi nāna e mālama ko Kaʻōnohiokalā waiwai, kona kuhina nui hoʻi i loko o Keʻalohilani.
When they arrived they did not see Mokukelekahiki, the guard who watches over Kaonohiokala's wealth, his chief counsellor in The Shining Heavens;
Ch.27 p.141 para.5 sent.2
I laila ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, ke kupua nui nāna e pani ka puka o ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti, kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā.
there was Kaeloikamalama, the magician, who closes the door of the taboo house on the borders of Tahiti, where Kaonohiokala was hidden.
Ch.27 p.143 para.10 sent.1
“ʻO Kaʻōnohiokalā,” wahi a Kahalaomāpuana, “ka lani kapu a Kāʻeloikamalama lāua ʻo Mokukelekahiki.”
"Kaonohiokala," replied Kahalaomapuana, "the high taboo one of Kaeloikamalama and Mokukelekahiki."
A hiki ke aliʻi i ka hale, ua wahī ʻia ke kaikamahine i ke kapa keiki; kēnā koke aʻela ʻo Kahauokapaka i ka ilāmuku e pepehi.
The chief went to the house; the baby girl had been wrapped in swaddling clothes; Kahauokapaka at once ordered the executioner to kill it.
Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.4
ʻIke aʻela ʻo Kahauokapaka i ke kaikamahine e hiʻi ʻia mai ana, ua hōʻaʻahu ʻia i ke kapa keiki.
Kahauokapaka saw the baby girl in its mother's arms wrapped in swaddling clothes;
Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.2
Iā lākou e hele ana, hānau aʻela ua keiki nei he kaikamahine, a lilo aʻela iā Waka ka hānai a kapa ihola i ka inoa ʻo Lāʻieikawai.
While they were gone the child was born, a girl, and she was given to Waka, and they named her Laieikawai.
Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.3
Iā lākou nō hoʻi e lawelawe ana i ke keiki mua, hānau hou maila he kaikamahine nō, a lilo aʻela iā Kapūkaʻihaoa a kapa ihola i ka inoa o ka muli ʻo Lāʻielohelohe.
As they were attending to the first child, a second was born, also a girl, and they named her Laielohelohe.
Ch.2 p.9 para.4 sent.1
Haʻalele lāua i ia wahi, hiki aku lāua ma Keawanui, kahi i kapa ʻia ʻo Kalaeloa, a ma laila lāua i hālāwai ai me ke kanaka e hoʻomākaukau ana i ka waʻa e holo ai i Lānaʻi.
They left the place, went to Keawanui, to the place called Kaleloa, and there they met a man who was getting his canoe ready to sail for Lanai.
Ch.2 p.9 para.6 sent.1
I ia manawa a ka mea waʻa i hoʻopuka ai i kēia ʻōlelo “i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa,” wehe aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau maka i uhi ʻia i ka ʻaʻahu kapa ma muli o ka makemake o ke kupuna wahine e hūnā loa i kāna moʻopuna me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia mai e nā mea ʻē aʻe a hiki i ko lāua hiki ʻana i Paliuli, akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ko ka moʻopuna manaʻo.
And as the man spoke this word, "a mate to paddle the canoe," Laieikawai drew aside the veil that covered her face because of her grandmother's wish completely to conceal her grandchild from being seen by anyone as they went on their way to Paliuli; but her grandchild thought otherwise.
Kainoa hoʻi he wehe ko ke kapa, lele iho hoʻi he wai, hoʻokahi hoʻi ka ʻauʻau ʻana o kākou, hoʻi aku he hale a moe, he ʻai nō, he iʻa nō hoʻi a he wahi moe nō hoʻi.
Why not throw off your garment, jump in, and join us, then go to the house and sleep? There is fish and a place to sleep.
Kapaʻau (1)
Ch.4 p.26 para.2 sent.1
I kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele lākou iā Kapakai, holo akula lākou a ma waho pono o Kauhola, nānā akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka ʻākoakoa lehulehu ʻana o nā kānaka ma uka o Kapaʻau.
The next day they left Kapakai and sailed along by Kauhola, and Aiwohikupua saw a crowd of men gathering mountainward of Kapaau.
Kapahiʻelihonua (1)
Ch.27 p.143 para.3 sent.2
I nānā aku ka hana o ua moʻo nei, e kū mai ana ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama me ka lāʻau pālau, ʻo Kapahiʻelihonua ka inoa, he iwakālua anana ka loa, ʻehā kanaka nāna e apo puni.
When the lizard looked, there stood Kaeloikamalama with the digging spade called Kapahaelihonua, [The Knife-that-cuts-the- earth,] twenty fathoms its length, four men to span it.
Kapakai (2)
Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.9
A pau nā kauoha a ʻAiwohikupua iā Hinaikamalama, haʻalele lākou iā Maui, hiki lākou nei i Kapakai ma Kohala.
After laying his commands upon Hinaikamalama, they left Maui and went to Kapakai at Kohala.
Ch.4 p.26 para.2 sent.1
I kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele lākou iā Kapakai, holo akula lākou a ma waho pono o Kauhola, nānā akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka ʻākoakoa lehulehu ʻana o nā kānaka ma uka o Kapaʻau.
The next day they left Kapakai and sailed along by Kauhola, and Aiwohikupua saw a crowd of men gathering mountainward of Kapaau.
I ka pau ʻana o nā lā ʻino a hiki mai ka manawa kūpono no ka holo moana, kauoha aʻela ke kuhina i nā kāpena waʻa o ke aliʻi e hoʻomākaukau i nā wāʻa no ka holo i Hawaiʻi i ia pō iho.
At the close of the rough season and the coming of good weather for sailing, the counsellor ordered the chief's sailing masters to make the double canoe ready to sail for Hawaii that very night;
Kapōhue (1)
Ch.33 p.177 para.2 sent.3
A laila, hoʻomaopopo ʻia maila ka lohe mua o lākou i Honuaʻula, a ma laila aku lākou a kau nā waʻa ma Kapōhue.
There was substantiated the news they heard first at Honuaula, and there they beached the canoe at Kapohue,
A kokoke i nā lā hānau i ka malama ʻo ʻIkuā i nā lā kapu heiau, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana i ke kauoha a ke kahuna.
At the time when the child was to be born, in the month of October, during the taboo season at the temple, Malaekahana remembered the priest's command.
Ch.3 p.15 para.3 sent.1
A pau ke kapu heiau a ua makāula nei ma Kaʻuiki i nā pō ʻo Kāne a me Lono paha, a laila, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula ke kālaʻe ʻana o ka ʻāina a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi, a ua waiho pono mai nā kuahiwi.
At the end of the days of consecration of the temple, while the seer was at Kauwiki, near the night of the gods Kane and Lono, the land of Hawaii cleared and he saw to the summit of the mountains.
Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.3
E nā akua o kuʻu aliʻi, kuʻu milimili, kuʻu ʻihi kapu, ka mea nāna e kālua kēia mau iwi.
O gods of my chief, my beloved, my sacred taboo chief, who will bury these bones!
Iā Kahalaomāpuana i ʻike aku ai i kona kaikunāne, ua like nā maka me ka uila, a ʻo kona ʻili a me kona kino a puni, ua like me ke okooko o ke kapuahi hoʻoheʻeheʻe hao.
When Kahalaomapuana looked upon her brother his eyes were like lightning and his skin all over his body was like the heat of the furnace where iron is melted.
Iā Kekalukaluokēwā me Lāʻieikawai i hoʻomaka ai e hoʻomoe aku i ka nalu, e hopu aku ana ʻo Halaaniani ma nā kapuaʻi o Lāʻieikawai, a lilo maila ma kona lima, lilo akula ka papa heʻe nalu o Lāʻieikawai, pae akula naʻe ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā a kau a kahi maloʻo.
As Kekalukaluokewa and Laieikawai lay resting on the wave, Halaaniani caught Laieikawai by the soles of her feet and got his arm around her, and Laieikawai's surf board was lost. Kekalukaluokewa rode in alone and landed on the dry beach.
Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.4
A hiki i ua lā lā, e moe ana nā luāhine ma nā kapuaʻi o ke keiki mana, me ke noi aku i ola, ʻaʻole e loaʻa, no ka mea, ua hōʻole i ka ʻōlelo a ka makāula nei.”
"When that day comes, the old women will lie down before the soles of the feet of that mighty youth, and plead for life, and not get it, because they have disbelieved the words of the prophet."
Ch.30 p.165 para.8 sent.1
A laila, i ia manawa ʻākoakoa lākou a pau, ka makāula a me nā kaikamāhine ʻelima, e kau mai ana ma ke ala i ʻūlili ʻia, a ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā me Lāʻieikawai ma ke kaʻawale, a he mau kapuaʻi ko lāua me he ahi lā.
Then, as they all crowded together, the seer and the five girls stood on the ladder way, and Kaonohiokala and Laieikawai apart, and the soles of their feet were like fire.
Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.5
A ʻo Kahalaomāpuana hoʻi, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i huhuki mai ma ke kiliʻoʻopu loloa, huhuki maila ʻo ia ma ka mea liʻiliʻi loa, ʻekolu kapuaʻi paha kona loa, a ʻoki aʻela ʻo ia i ka hapalua o kāna, a hoʻi akula, me ka manaʻo, ʻo kāna kiliʻoʻopu ka pōkole.
and Kahalaomapuana did not pull the tall flowers, she pulled a very short one, about three feet long hers was, and she cut off half and came back, thinking her grass stem was the shortest.
Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.9
I ia manawa, alu aʻela māua e peʻe ana, aia naʻe, ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā kēia e hele nei, a laila, ukali akula māua ma ko ia ala mau kapuaʻi a hiki māua ma kahi i kokoke i ka hale o Hinaikamalama.
then we turned aside and hid; it was Kekalukaluokewa coming; then we followed his footsteps until we came close to Hinaikamalama's house;
Kapūkaʻihaoa (25)
Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.3
Iā lākou nō hoʻi e lawelawe ana i ke keiki mua, hānau hou maila he kaikamahine nō, a lilo aʻela iā Kapūkaʻihaoa a kapa ihola i ka inoa o ka muli ʻo Lāʻielohelohe.
As they were attending to the first child, a second was born, also a girl, and they named her Laielohelohe.
Ch.1 p.3 para.5 sent.1
A lilo nā kaikamāhine ma ka lima o Waka a me Kapūkaʻihaoa ma ke kaʻawale, hoʻi maila ʻo Kahauokapaka mai ka lawaiʻa mai, nīnau ihola i ka wahine, “Pehea ʻoe?”
After the girls had been carried away in the arms of Waka and Kapukaihaoa, Kahauokapaka came back from the fishing, and asked his wife, "How are you?"
Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.1
Iā Waka me Kapūkaʻihaoa ma ke kaʻawale me nā hānai a lāua, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, “Pehea lā auaneʻi e nalo ai nā hānai a kāua iā Kahauokapaka?”
When Waka and Kapukaihaoa had taken their foster children away, Waka said to Kapukaihaoa, "How shall we hide our foster children from Kahauokapaka?"
Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.3
”lawe akula ʻo Waka iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi a Kapūkaʻihaoa i kuhikuhi ai, a ma laila ʻo ia i mālama malū ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai a hiki i kona manawa i hoʻomāhuahua iki aʻe ai.
Waka took Laieikawai where Kapukaihaoa had directed, and there she kept Laieikawai hidden until she was come to maturity.
Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.4
Ma hope iho o kēia mau lā, lawe aʻela ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Lāʻielohelohe i uka o Wahiawā ma kahi i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo Kūkaniloko.
Now, Kapukaihaoa took Laielohelohe to the uplands of Wahiawa, to the place called Kukaniloko.
Ch.2 p.8 para.8 sent.3
Aia naʻe ma laila kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia a me kona kupuna wahine e like me ke kauoha mau a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo, no ka mea, i ka makāula e holo mai ana ma ka moana, ua ʻike mua ʻē aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i ka makāula a me kāna mau hana, no laila ʻo ia i ʻōlelo mau ai iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo e ʻāhaʻi mua iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi hiki ʻole ke loaʻa.
there, in truth, was Laieikawai hidden, she and her grandmother, as Kapukaihaoa had commanded Waka in the vision. For as the seer was sailing over the ocean, Kapukaihaoa had fore-knowledge of what the prophet was doing, therefore he told Waka in a vision to carry Laieikawai away where she could not be found.
A no kēlā ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua, pane maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki, “ʻAʻole e loaʻa iā ʻoe, no ka mea, ua ʻike akula wau i ke kapu o ke aliʻi wahine, a kapukapu nō hoʻi me ou mau kaikuahine.
At these words of Aiwohikupua, Hauailiki said, "You will not succeed, for I saw that the princess was taboo, and your sisters also put on reserved airs;
Ke kau mai nei i koʻu mau maka ka ʻōhua palemo, no laila, e holo aku ʻoe i ke kaʻalau ʻōhua, me he mea ala, a loaʻa mai ka ʻōhua palemo, a laila, hemo kuʻu keiki.
the spawn of the manini come before my eyes; go after them, therefore, while they are yet afloat in the membrane; possibly when you bring the manini spawn, I shall be eased of the child;
Ch.2 p.7 para.3 sent.2
Kau akula ʻo ia ma luna o ka waʻa a holo akula a like a like o ka moana, loaʻa ka manaʻo ʻino i nā mea waʻa, no ka mea, ua uluhua lāua i ua makāula nei no ka hiamoe a me ka ʻalalā mau ʻana o kahi puaʻa a ʻoʻoʻō mau nō hoʻi o kahi moa.
He went on board the canoe and had sailed half the distance, when the paddlers grew vexed because the prophet did nothing but sleep, while the pig squealed and the cock crowed.
Ch.2 p.8 para.2 sent.3
Kainoa paha he pono kāu i kau mai ai ma luna o ko māua waʻa, ʻaʻole kā!
We thought perhaps your coming on board would be a good thing for us. Not so!
Ch.2 p.8 para.6 sent.2
Holo akula lākou a kau ma Haleolono i Molokaʻi.
and they sailed and came to Haleolono, on Molokai.
Ch.2 p.9 para.4 sent.2
Iā lāua i hālāwai aku ai me ka mea waʻa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka, “E ʻae anei ʻoe iā māua e kau pū aku me ʻoe ma ko waʻa a holo aku i kāu wahi i manaʻo ai e holo?”
When they met the canoe man, Waka said: "Will you let us get into the canoe with you, and take us to the place where you intend to go?"
Ch.2 p.9 para.5 sent.1
ʻŌlelo maila ka mea waʻa, “Ke ʻae nei wau e kau pū ʻolua me aʻu ma ka waʻa, akā, hoʻokahi nō hewa, ʻo koʻu kōkoʻolua ʻole e hiki ai ka waʻa.”
Said the canoe man: "I will take you both with me in the canoe; the only trouble is I have no mate to paddle the canoe."
ʻO ka iʻa ponoʻī nō e loaʻa ana ma kona lima, ʻo ia kāu iʻa e ʻono ai, no ka mea, he kanaka puni kaʻalau ʻōhua hoʻi ko kāne i lilo ai kēlā i ka lawaiʻa, ʻike ʻole ia i kou hānau ʻana.
get the fish you desire with his own hand, for your husband is very fond of the young manini afloat in the membrane, and while he is out fishing he will not know about the birth;
Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.1
ʻĪ maila ke kahuna, “E pono ʻoe ke hūnā loa i kāu hānai i loko o ke kiʻowai i Waiʻāpuka.
Said the priest, "You had better hide your foster child in the water hole of Waiapuka;
Ch.2 p.8 para.2 sent.3
Kainoa paha he pono kāu i kau mai ai ma luna o ko māua waʻa, ʻaʻole kā!
We thought perhaps your coming on board would be a good thing for us. Not so!
Ch.2 p.8 para.4 sent.4
He moe wale iho nō kā kāu!”
Sleep was the only thing for you!"
Ch.2 p.9 para.4 sent.2
Iā lāua i hālāwai aku ai me ka mea waʻa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka, “E ʻae anei ʻoe iā māua e kau pū aku me ʻoe ma ko waʻa a holo aku i kāu wahi i manaʻo ai e holo?”
When they met the canoe man, Waka said: "Will you let us get into the canoe with you, and take us to the place where you intend to go?"
Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.3
Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokuʻi ʻia mai ka mea waʻa e kona ʻiʻini nui no kāna mea e ʻike nei, a no kēia mea, noi akula ka mea waʻa i ke kupuna wahine me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E kuʻu loa aʻe ʻoe i nā maka o ko moʻopuna mai kona hoʻopūloʻu ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ua ʻoi aku ka maikaʻi o kāu milimili ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a me Lānaʻi.”
And lo! the man was pierced through with longing for the person he had seen. Therefore, the man entreated the grandmother and said: "Unloosen the veil from your grandchild's face, for I see that she is more beautiful than all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai."
I loko o kāu pule ʻana, ua hiki iaʻu ke kuhikuhi e loaʻa nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ʻoe ma waena o Puna a me Hilo i loko o ka ulu lāʻau e noho ana i loko o ka hale i uhi ʻia i nā hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō.
Your prayers have moved me to show you that Laieikawai dwells between Puna and Hilo in the midst of the forest, in a house made of the yellow feathers of the oo bird '";
Aia ma laila kekahi ana i ʻike ʻole ʻia e nā mea a pau, a naʻu nō hoʻi e ʻimi koʻu wahi e mālama ai i kaʻu hānai.
a cave is there which no one knows about, and it will be my business to seek a place of protection for my foster child."
Ch.2 p.11 para.2 sent.4
ʻAʻole wau i ʻike i kekahi ʻoi o lākou e like me kaʻu mea i ʻike ai, a ke ʻōlelo nei au, ʻo ia ka ʻoi ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a puni a me kēia ʻaha nō hoʻi.”
but never have I beheld anyone to compare with this one whom I have seen; and I declare to you that she is more beautiful than any of the daughters of the chiefs on Molokai or even in this assembly."
Ch.3 p.17 para.2 sent.1
I ia manawa a ia nei i hiki ai i ka waʻa, haʻi mua akula ʻo ia i kona manaʻo i nā mea waʻa, “E nā mea waʻa, e haʻi mai ʻoukou i kaʻu hana ma kēia holo ʻana o kākou.
When he reached the shore he first made a bargain with them. "You paddlers, tell me what you expect of me on this trip;
Ch.3 p.19 para.2 sent.2
E like me kaʻu kauoha iā ʻoe i ka pō mua, pēlā nō wau e hiki aku ai.'
as I promised the night before, so will I surely do.'
Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.4
Aia nō kaʻu wahine aʻe ke kiʻi mai no kekahi mau ʻāina ʻē mai.
She shall be my wife who comes hither from other islands,
Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.5
Inā no loko mai o Moaʻulanuiākea kahi o nā wāhine ʻoluʻolu aʻu i lohe ai, a laila, ʻo kaʻu wahine makemake ia, inā i kiʻi ʻia mai wau ma nā ʻano ʻelua.”
even from Moaulanuiakea, a place of kind women, I have heard; so that is the sort of woman I desire to marry."
ʻĪ maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Ua makemake au i ke aliʻi wahine, no ka mea, ke ʻike leʻa nei au i ka ʻoi loa o kona maikaʻi ma mua o kaʻu mau wāhine mua nāna i kūmaka ʻia.
Said Aiwohikupua, "I should like to be her lover, for I see well that she is more beautiful than all the other women who have tempted me;
Kaʻū (2)
Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.4
Kaʻahele au ma Kona, Kaʻū, a hiki au i Keaʻau a ma Puna, a ma laila wau i noho ai, a ma laila wau i hālāwai ai me kekahi wahine maikaʻi i ʻoi aku ma mua o ia nei (Kaʻiliokalauokekoa), a ʻo ka ʻoi nō hoʻi i ia manawa o nā wāhine maikaʻi o kēia mau mokupuni a pau.”
went on to Kona, Kau, and came to Keaau, in Puna, and there I tarried, and there I met another woman surpassingly beautiful, more so than this woman here (Kailiokalauokekoa), more than all the beauties of this whole group of islands."
Ch.25 p.131 para.7 sent.1
Ma kēia huakaʻi kaʻapuni a ke aliʻi, ma Kaʻū mua, ma Kona, a hiki lākou ma Kaiʻōpae i Kohala, ma ka ʻaoʻao ʻākau mai Kawaihae mai, ʻaneʻane ʻelima mile ka lōʻihi mai Kawaihae aʻe, ma laila lākou i noho ai i kekahi mau lā, no ka mea, ua makemake ihola ke aliʻi wahine e hōʻoluʻolu ma laila.
On the princess's journey around Hawaii they went first to Kau, then Kona, until they reached Kaiopae in Kohala, on the right-hand side of Kawaihae, about five miles distant; there they stayed several days for the princess to rest.
Mai manaʻo ʻoukou i kuʻu ʻōlelo ʻana e kau wale ʻoukou ma luna o kuʻu waʻa, e hoʻohaumia aku ana au iā ʻoukou, akā, ʻo koʻu makemake, e lilo ʻoukou i mau kaikamāhine naʻu, me he mau kaikamāhine ponoʻī lā, i lilo ai ʻoukou i mea nāna e hoʻokaulana i koʻu inoa.
Do not suppose I have asked you on board my canoe in order to defile you; but my wish is to take you all as my daughters; such daughters as you can make my name famous,
I ia manawa naʻe a ia nei e kāhea nei, ʻaʻole i lohe pono mai ka ʻaha, no ka mea, ua uhi ʻia kona leo e ka haukamumu leo o ka ʻaha a me ka nēnē no ka hoʻouka kaua.
Now when he shouted, he could not be heard, for his voice was smothered in the clamor of the crowd and the noise of the onset.
Ch.4 p.26 para.4 sent.3
I ia manawa, pili akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma ke kumulāʻau milo e nānā ana no ka hoʻouka kaua.
then Aiwohikupua leaned against the trunk of a milo tree to watch the attack begin.
Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.6
A no laila, e hele ʻoe a i ka malihini, e lūlū lima ʻolua, a e hāʻawi aku i kou aloha nona i aloha pū ai ʻolua me ka ʻike aku o ka ʻaha ua hoʻomoe a pau wale ke kaua.”
So, you go up to the stranger and shake hands, you two, and welcome him, to let the people see that the fight is altogether hushed up."
Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.1
A pau kāna pule ʻana, kū aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i luna me ka maka ikaika a mākaukau no ka hoʻouka kaua a nīnau akula iā Ihuanu, “Ua mākauakau anei ʻoe e kuʻi mai iaʻu?”
At the close of this prayer Aiwohikupua stood up with confident face and asked Cold-nose, "Are you ready yet to strike me?"
Ch.15 p.78 para.4 sent.1
A lohe ke koa kiaʻi nui o ke aliʻi wahine i kēia ʻōlelo a ko lākou kupuna wahine, i ia manawa, kauoha koke aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana iā Kihanuilūlūmoku ko lākou akua e hoʻokokoke mai ma ka hale aliʻi e hoʻomākaukau no ka hoʻouka kaua.
When the princess's head guard heard her grandmother's words, then Kahalaomapuana immediately ordered Kihanuilulumoku, their god, to come near the home of the chief and prepare for battle.
Ch.17 p.87 para.3 sent.2
I ia manawa, wehe aʻela ua moʻo nei i kona a i luna e hoʻouka no ke kaua me Kalāhūmoku.
then the lizard lifted his upper jaw to begin the fight with Kalahumoku.
Eia ka puaʻa, ka moa lawa, ka ʻawa, he makana, he mōhai, he kānaenae i ke aliʻi na kā ʻoukou kauā nei.
Here is a pig, a black cock, awa, a priest, a sacrifice, an offering to the chief from your servant here;
Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.5
E ʻike i kā ʻoukou kauā iā Hulumāniani.
look upon your servant, Hulumaniani,
Ch.6 p.34 para.6 sent.2
Ua mokumokuāhua ka manawa o ke aliʻi i ke aloha i kāna kauā, no ka mea, ua lōʻihi ka manawa o ka nalo ʻana, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi i ike ʻia ka manawa i nalo ai.
and his heart yearned with love toward him, for he had been gone a long while; he could not tell how long it was since he had seen him.
Ch.6 p.34 para.8 sent.2
A ʻo ʻAiwohikupua hoʻi, apo akula ma nā poʻohiwi o kāna kauā a uē helu ihola.
and Aiwohikupua hugged his servant's shoulders and wailed out his virtues.
Ch.6 p.34 para.8 sent.3
A pau ka uē ʻana, nīnau ihola ke aliʻi i kāna kauā, “He aha kou mea i hiki mai ai a noho i ʻaneʻi, a pehea ka lōʻihi o kou hele ʻana?”
After the wailing the chief asked his servant: "Why are you living here, and how long have you been gone?"
Ch.6 p.35 para.1 sent.1
Haʻi akula ke kauā e like me kā kākou heluhelu ʻana ma nā mokuna mua.
The servant, told him all that we have read about in former chapters.
I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe.
At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow:
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.2
I noho aku auaneʻi kāua a i loaʻa kā kāua keiki, a he keiki kāne, a laila, pōmaikaʻi kāua, ola nā iwi i loko o ko kāua mau lā ʻelemakule a hāʻule aku i ka make, nalo nō hoʻi nā wahi huna.
If we two live hereafter and bear a child and it is a son, then it shall be well with us. Our children shall live in the days of our old age, and when we die they will cover our nakedness.
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.3
Na ia keiki e naʻi nā moku e pau ai ke loaʻa hoʻi iā kāua ke keiki mua, a he keiki kāne.
This child shall be the one to portion out the land, if fortune is ours in our first born and it is a boy;
Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.1
Iā Waka me Kapūkaʻihaoa ma ke kaʻawale me nā hānai a lāua, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, “Pehea lā auaneʻi e nalo ai nā hānai a kāua iā Kahauokapaka?”
When Waka and Kapukaihaoa had taken their foster children away, Waka said to Kapukaihaoa, "How shall we hide our foster children from Kahauokapaka?"
Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.4
Haʻi maila ka moʻopuna, “Ua hiki mai ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i oʻu nei ma ka moeʻuhane e ʻōlelo mai ana, e ʻāhaʻi loa ʻoe iaʻu i Hawaiʻi a hoʻonoho ma Paliuli, a ma laila kāua e noho ai.
The grandchild said to her: "Kapukaihaoa has come to me in a dream and said that you should bear me away at once to Hawaii and make our home in Paliuli;
Ch.4 p.23 para.1 sent.1
ʻĪ akula ke kuhina o ke aliʻi ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana o ke mele ʻana, “He mea kupanaha! ʻAʻole hoʻi āu wahine a kāua e noho nei, akā, i loko o kāu mele e heluhelu nei, me he wahine lā kāu.”
Said the counsellor to the chief, after he had ended his singing, "This is strange! You have had no woman since we two have been living here, yet in your song you chanted as if you had a woman here."
ʻĪ maila ke aliʻi, “Ua oki nā ʻōlelo a kāua, no ka mea, ke oki mai nei ka ʻona o ka ʻawa iaʻu.”
Said the chief. "Cut short your talk, for I am cut off by the drink."
Kauaʻi (89)
Ch.1 p.5 para.3 sent.1
I kekahi manawa, iā Hulumāniani e kaʻahele ana iā Kauaʻi a puni ma kona ʻano makāula nui no Kauaʻi, a iā ia i hiki ai i luna pono o Kalalea, ʻike maila ʻo ia i ka piʻo a kēia ānuenue i Oʻahu nei.
Just at this time Hulumaniani was making a tour of Kauai in
his character as the great seer of Kauai, and when he reached the summit of Kalalea he beheld the rainbow arching over Oahu;
Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.4
Kaʻapuni hou ka makāula iā Kauaʻi a puni, piʻi hou ʻo ia i luna o Kalalea a ʻike hou nō ʻo ia i kāna mea i ʻike mua ai, aia nō e mau ana e like nō me ma mua, a laila, hoʻi hou kēia a hiki i Anahola.
Again the seer made a tour of Kauai; again he ascended Kalalea and saw again the same sign as before, just the same as at first; then he came back to Anahola.
Ch.1 p.5 para.6 sent.2
I ia pō iho, i ka hiki ʻana o ka Hōkūhoʻokelewaʻa, haʻalele lākou iā Kauaʻi, he ʻumikumamālima ko lākou nui, hiki mua maila lākou ma Kamaile i Waiʻanae.
That night when the canoe star rose they left Kauai, 15 strong, and came first to Kamaile in Waianae.
Ch.3 p.17 para.8 sent.2
Pono e kamaʻilio no ka hoʻi ʻana o Kauakahialiʻi i Kauaʻi me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa i ʻike ai kākou aia ʻo Lāʻieikawai i Paliuli.)
It will be well to tell of the return of Kauakahialii to Kauai with Kailiokalauokekoa. As we know, Laieikawai is at Paliuli.)
Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.1
Iā Kauakahialiʻi lāua ʻo Kaʻiliokalauokekoa i hoʻi ai i Kauaʻi ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me ka ʻOlali o Paliuli (Lāʻieikawai), a hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma uka o Pihanakalani, kuʻi akula ka lono iā Kauaʻi a puni.
When Kauakahialii and Kailiokalauokekoa returned to Kauai after their meeting with the "beauty of Paliuli"
Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.2
Mai kēia lā aku a hiki i koʻu mau lā hope, ʻaʻole loa ana wau e lawe i kekahi wahine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine male naʻu mai Kauaʻi nei a hala loa i Hawaiʻi.
From this day until my last I will take no woman of all these islands to be my wife, even from Kauai unto Hawaii,
A hiki lākou i Hinakahua i ke kahua mokomoko, i ia manawa, ʻike maila ka ʻaha mokomoko i ke keiki Kauaʻi no ka ʻoi o kona kanaka maikaʻi ma mua o nā keiki kamaʻāina, a lilo ihola ka ʻaha i mea haunaele.
When they came to Hinakahua, where the field was cleared for boxing, the crowd saw that the youth from Kauai surpassed in beauty all the natives of the place, and they raised a tumult.
Kauakahialiʻi (30)
Ch.3 p.17 para.8 sent.2
Pono e kamaʻilio no ka hoʻi ʻana o Kauakahialiʻi i Kauaʻi me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa i ʻike ai kākou aia ʻo Lāʻieikawai i Paliuli.)
It will be well to tell of the return of Kauakahialii to Kauai with Kailiokalauokekoa. As we know, Laieikawai is at Paliuli.)
Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.1
Iā Kauakahialiʻi lāua ʻo Kaʻiliokalauokekoa i hoʻi ai i Kauaʻi ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me ka ʻOlali o Paliuli (Lāʻieikawai), a hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma uka o Pihanakalani, kuʻi akula ka lono iā Kauaʻi a puni.
When Kauakahialii and Kailiokalauokekoa returned to Kauai after their meeting with the "beauty of Paliuli"
Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.4
A pau ka uē ʻana a lākou, nīnau akula nā aliʻi iā Kauakahialiʻi, “Pehea kāu hele ʻana aku nei ma muli o kou hoʻāo ʻia ʻana iā ia nei (Kaʻiliokalauokekoa)?”
After the wailing the chiefs asked Kauakahialii, "How did your journey go after your marriage with Kailiokalauokekoa?"
Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.1
A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi i kona hele ʻana penei, “I koʻu hele ʻana mai ʻaneʻi aku, ma muli o ke aloha o ka wahine, a puni Oʻahu a me Maui, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iaʻu kekahi wahine e like me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa nei.
Then Kauakahialii told of his journey as follows: "Seeking hence after the love of woman, I traversed Oahu and Maui, but found no other woman to compare with this Kailiokalauokekoa here.
Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.5
I loko o kēia ʻōlelo ʻana a Kauakahialiʻi, hoʻomaopopo loa maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka helehelena maikaʻi o ua wahine nei.
During this speech Aiwohikupua seemed to see before him the lovely form of that woman.
Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.1
A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi, “I ka pō mua ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me kuʻu wahi kahu nei, haʻi maila ʻo ia i kona manawa e hiki mai ai i kahi o ko mākou wahi e noho ana, a haʻi maila nō hoʻi ʻo ia i nā hōʻailona o kona hiki ʻana mai, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo aku kuʻu wahi kahu nei i kāne au na ua wahine nei me ke koi aku nō hoʻi e iho pū mai lāua me ua wahi kahu nei oʻu, akā, ua haʻi mai kēlā i kāna ʻōlelo, 'E hoʻi ʻoe a ko hānai, kuʻu kāne hoʻi āu e ʻōlelo mai nei, ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā ia, a kēia pō wau hiki aku.
Then said Kauakahialii: "On the first night that she met my man she told him at what time she would reach the place where we were staying and the signs of her coming, for my man told her I was to be her husband and entreated her to come down with him; but she said: 'Go back to this ward of yours who is to be my husband and tell him this night I will come.
A no kēia ʻōlelo a Kauakahialiʻi i mua o nā aliʻi, ua hoʻokū ʻia mai ko ʻAiwohikupua kino ʻokoʻa e ka ʻiʻini nui me ka nīnau aku, “ʻO wai ka inoa o ia wahine?”
At these words of Kauakahialii to the chiefs, all the body of Aiwohikupua pricked with desire, and he asked, "What was the woman's name?"
Piʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me kona kuhina a hiki i Kūkululaumania ma ke kauhale o nā kamaʻāina, a noho ihola ma laila e kali ana no ka mālie o ka ua.
and Aiwohikupua went up with his counsellor to Kukululaumania to the houses of the natives of the place and stayed there waiting for pleasant weather.
Ch.20 p.102 para.5 sent.1
Iā lāua i hiki aku ai ma kahi kokoke iki e nānā aku ai i kauhale, aia hoʻi, ua hiki mua aku ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā ma kūlana heʻe nalu ma mua o ko lāua hiki ʻana aku.
When she arrived close to the village, lo! Kekalukaluokewa was already out surf riding;
Kauhola (2)
Ch.4 p.26 para.2 sent.1
I kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele lākou iā Kapakai, holo akula lākou a ma waho pono o Kauhola, nānā akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka ʻākoakoa lehulehu ʻana o nā kānaka ma uka o Kapaʻau.
The next day they left Kapakai and sailed along by Kauhola, and Aiwohikupua saw a crowd of men gathering mountainward of Kapaau.
Ch.4 p.26 para.3 sent.1
A hiki lākou i ke awa pae waʻa ma Kauhola, nīnau akula ke aliʻi i ke kumu o ka ʻākoakoa lehulehu ʻana o nā kānaka, a laila, haʻi maila nā kamaʻāina he ʻaha mokomoko ke kumu o ia lehulehu ʻana.
When they had come close in to the landing at Kauhola the chief asked why the crowd was gathering; then a native of the place said they were coming together for a boxing match.
Kaʻuiki (13)
Ch.3 p.15 para.2 sent.2
A haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, hiki kēia i Kaʻuiki, a ma laila ʻo ia i kūkulu ai i wahi heiau kahi hoʻi e hoʻomana ai i kona akua, ka mea hiki ke kuhikuhi i kāna mea e ʻimi nei.
He left the place, went to Kauwiki, and there built a place of worship to call upon his god as the only one to guide him to the person he was seeking.
Ch.3 p.15 para.3 sent.1
A pau ke kapu heiau a ua makāula nei ma Kaʻuiki i nā pō ʻo Kāne a me Lono paha, a laila, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula ke kālaʻe ʻana o ka ʻāina a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi, a ua waiho pono mai nā kuahiwi.
At the end of the days of consecration of the temple, while the seer was at Kauwiki, near the night of the gods Kane and Lono, the land of Hawaii cleared and he saw to the summit of the mountains.
Ch.3 p.15 para.4 sent.1
Ua nui nō nā lā o ka makāula ma Kaʻuiki, ʻaneʻane makahiki a ʻoi aʻe paha, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i ʻike iki i ka hōʻailona mau āna e ukali nei.
Many days the seer remained at Kauwiki, nearly a year or more, but he never saw the sign he had followed thither.
Ch.3 p.17 para.1 sent.1
I ia pō a ao aʻe i ke kakahiaka nui, iā ia ma luna o Kaʻuiki, ʻike akula ʻo ia i ke kīlepalepa a ka peʻa o ka waʻa i lalo o Kaihalulu.
And when it was day, in the early morning, as he was on Kauwiki, he saw the flapping of the sail of a canoe down at Kaihalulu.
Ch.3 p.17 para.1 sent.3
Hoʻi hou akula ka makāula i luna o Kaʻuiki e lawe mai i kāna mau wahi ukana, nā mea āna i hoʻomākaukau ai i kānaenae.
The seer returned up Kauwiki and brought his luggage, the things he had got ready for sacrifice.
Ch.3 p.17 para.5 sent.1
Ua nui loa nā lā ona ma laila o ka noho ʻana, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i ʻike i kāna mea e ʻimi ai, akā, ma kona ʻano makāula, hoʻomau akula ʻo ia i ka pule i ke akua e like me kona mau lā ma Kaʻuiki.
Many days he remained there without seeing the sign he sought; but in his character as seer he continued praying to his god as when he was on Kauwiki,
“E hoʻomākaukau no ka lā e kauila ai ka heiau, a kau aku.”
[make ready for the day of sacrifice and]
Ch.26 p.137 para.9 sent.2
A kokoke i ka lā kauila o ka heiau, lawe aʻela ka makāula iā Lāʻieikawai a me kona mau hoa pū ma luna o nā waʻa.
And near the day of sacrifice at the temple, the seer took Laieikawai and her companions on board of the double canoe.
Ch.26 p.138 para.1 sent.1
I ke kakahiaka nui hoʻi o ka lā e kauila ai ka heiau, kiʻi ʻia akula ke kanaka o ka heiau, a i ke komo ʻana aku o nā luna o ke aliʻi, aia hoʻi, ua paʻa i ka wahī ʻia, lawe ʻia akula a waiho ma loko o ka heiau.
In the very early morning of the day of sacrifice at the temple the man was to be brought for sacrifice, and when the head men of the temple entered the prison, lo! the body was tightly wrapped up, and it was brought and laid within the temple.
Wae aʻela ke kuhina i nā waʻa kūpono ke holo, he iwakālua kaulua, ʻelua kanahā kaukahi, no nā kaukaualiʻi a me nā pūʻali o ke aliʻi kēia mau waʻa, a he kanahā peleleu, he mau waʻa ʻāʻīpuʻupuʻu no ke aliʻi ia, a ʻo ke aliʻi hoʻi a me kona kuhina, ma luna lāua o nā pūkolu.
The counsellor chose the proper canoes for the trip, twenty double canoes, and twice forty single canoes, these for the chiefs and the bodyguard, and forty provision canoes for the chief's supplies; and as for the chief himself and his counsellor, they were on board of a triple canoe.
Ch.18 p.89 para.2 sent.2
I na la i o Kaloakūkahi, haʻalele ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ia Kauaʻi, holo aku ʻo ia he kanahā kaulua, ʻelua kanahā kaukahi, he iwakalua peleleu.
On the twenty-fourth day of the month Aiwohikupua left Kauai, sailed with 40 double canoes, twice 40 single canoes, and 20 provision boats.
Kaukaʻi (1)
Ch.9 p.50 para.1 sent.4
Kaukaʻi aku nei hoʻi ka pono i ko kaikuahine muli loa hoʻi i ʻole ʻae hoʻi iā lākou.
better put off trying the youngest sister and, and, if she is refused,
Eia kāna ʻōlelo, “He nani ia ua maliu ʻole maila ko kākou kaikunāne aliʻi i kā Mailehaʻiwale a me Mailekaluhea i kā lāua ualo aku, e aho e hele nō kākou ma uka a kahi e pae aʻe ai lākou, a laila, na Mailelauliʻi e kaukau aku i ko kākou kaikunāne.
These were her words: "It is clear that our brother chief is not pacified by the entreaties of Mailehaiwale and Mailekaluhea. Let us, better, go by land to their landing place, then it will be Mailelaulii's turn to sing.
Ch.10 p.55 para.2 sent.1
I ia manawa a kona kaikuahine muli loa e hāpai ana i kēia leo kaukau i mua o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, ua hoʻomāʻeʻele ʻia ka naʻau o ko lākou kaikunāne i ke aloha kaumaha no kona kaikuahine, a no ka nui loa o ke aloha o ʻAiwohikupua i ko lākou pōkiʻi, lālau maila a hoʻonoho ihola i luna o kona ʻūhā a uē ihola.
When his youngest sister raised this lamentation to Aiwohikupua, then the brother's heart glowed with love and longing for his sister. And because of his great love for his little sister, he took her in his arms, set her on his lap, and wept.
Ch.11 p.57 para.1 sent.1
I loko o kēia kaukau hope loa a Kahalaomāpuana, ua hoʻopiha ʻia ko ʻAiwohikupua naʻau i ke aloha nui, a kāhea aʻela ʻo ia e hoʻoemi hope nā waʻa, akā, ua hala hope loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i hope no ka ikaika loa o ka holo o nā waʻa.
Dining this very last song of Kahalaomapuana's, Aiwohikupua's heart filled with love, and he called out for the canoe to back up, but Kahalaomapuana had been left far behind, so swiftly were the men paddling,
I ka manawa naʻe a Lāʻieikawai i wehe aʻe ai i kona mau maka, ʻike akula ka mea waʻa i ka ʻoi kelakela o ko Lāʻieikawai helehelena ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi a puni a me Lānaʻi.
Now, as Laieikawai uncovered her face, the canoe man saw that Laieikawai rivaled in beauty all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai.
Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.3
Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokuʻi ʻia mai ka mea waʻa e kona ʻiʻini nui no kāna mea e ʻike nei, a no kēia mea, noi akula ka mea waʻa i ke kupuna wahine me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E kuʻu loa aʻe ʻoe i nā maka o ko moʻopuna mai kona hoʻopūloʻu ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ua ʻoi aku ka maikaʻi o kāu milimili ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a me Lānaʻi.”
And lo! the man was pierced through with longing for the person he had seen. Therefore, the man entreated the grandmother and said: "Unloosen the veil from your grandchild's face, for I see that she is more beautiful than all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai."
Ch.2 p.11 para.2 sent.3
Ua ʻike i nā mea nui, nā mea liʻiliʻi, nā kāne, nā wāhine, nā kaukaualiʻi kāne, nā kaukaualiʻi wahine, ka nīʻaupiʻo, ke ohi.
I have seen the high and the low, men and women; low chiefs, the kaukaualii, men and women; high chiefs, the niaupio, and the ohi;
Ch.2 p.11 para.2 sent.4
ʻAʻole wau i ʻike i kekahi ʻoi o lākou e like me kaʻu mea i ʻike ai, a ke ʻōlelo nei au, ʻo ia ka ʻoi ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a puni a me kēia ʻaha nō hoʻi.”
but never have I beheld anyone to compare with this one whom I have seen; and I declare to you that she is more beautiful than any of the daughters of the chiefs on Molokai or even in this assembly."
Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.2
ʻĀkoakoa maila nā aliʻi, nā kaukaualiʻi a me nā makaʻāinana a pau e ʻike i ka puka malihini ʻana aku o Kaʻiliokalauokekoa mā e like me ka mea mau.
there were gathered together the high chiefs, the low chiefs, and the country aristocracy as well, to see the strangers who came with Kailiokalauokekoa's party.
Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.1
Ma mua aku naʻe o ko ʻAiwohikupua lohe ʻana iā Kauakahialiʻi no Lāʻieikawai, ua hōʻike ʻē ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kona mau kaukaualiʻi a me nā kaikuahine ona a me kona poʻe ʻaialo a pau, a eia kāna ʻōlelo paʻa, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou e koʻu mau kaukaualiʻi a me nā kaikuahine oʻu, koʻu mau ʻaialo a pau.
Even before Aiwohikupua heard from Kauakahialii about Laieikawai he had made a vow before his food companions, his sisters, and before all the men of rank in his household: "Where are you, O chiefs, O my sisters, all my food companions!
No kuʻu manaʻo he wahaheʻe na kuʻu wahi kahu, no laila, kauoha aʻe ana wau i ka ilāmuku e hoʻopaʻa i ke kaula, akā, ua hala ʻē ua wahi kahu nei oʻu i uka o Paliuli e nīnau aku i ua wahine nei i ke kumu o kona hiki ʻole ʻana i kai i ia pō me ka haʻi aku nō hoʻi e make ana ia.
Thinking my man had lied, I ordered the executioner to bind ropes about him; but he had left me for the uplands of Paliuli to ask the woman why she had not come down that night and to tell her he was to die.
Kaʻulaʻailehua (1)
Ch.2 p.11 para.5 sent.1
A lohe ke aliʻi i kēia ʻōlelo, nīnau akula, “Inā ua like kona maikaʻi me kuʻu kaikamahine nei lā, a laila, ua nani ʻiʻo,” a no kēia nīnau a ke aliʻi, noi akula ua wahi kanaka nei e hōʻike ʻia mai ke kaikamahine aliʻi i mua ona, a lawe ʻia maila ʻo Kaʻulaʻailehua, ke kaikamahine a ke aliʻi.
When the chief heard these words he said, "If she is as good looking as my daughter, then she is beautiful indeed." At this saying of the chief, the man begged that the chiefess be
shown to him, and Kaulaailehua, the daughter of the chief, was brought thither.
Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā naʻe i hiki aku ai, e heʻe nalu mai ana nā kāne a me nā wāhine i ka nalu o Pūhele, aia naʻe i laila kekahi kaikamahine aliʻi maikaʻi kaulana o Hāna ʻo Hinaikamalama kona inoa.
When the party reached there the men and women were out surf riding in the waves of Puhele, and among them was one noted princess of Hana, Hinaikamalama by name.
Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.2
ʻAʻole anei ʻoe i hoʻopalau me Hinaikamalama, ke kaikamahine aliʻi kaulana o Hāna?
Are you not betrothed to Hinaikamalama, the famous princess of Hana?
Ch.13 p.69 para.7 sent.3
He ʻoiaʻiʻo! ʻO Hauaʻiliki nō ka ʻoi ma Kauaʻi no ke akamai i ka heʻe nalu, a ʻo ia nō ka ʻoi i loko o kona mau lā, a he keiki kaulana hoʻi ʻo ia ma ke akamai i ka heʻe nalu, a kaulana nō hoʻi no kona uʻi.
the truth is Hauailiki surpassed anyone else on Kauai as an expert in surf riding, he surpassed all others in his day, and he was famous for this skill as well as for his good looks.
Ch.15 p.78 para.1 sent.2
A hiki lākou ma Kohala, i ia manawa, ʻakahi nō a maopopo i ko Kohala poʻe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua kēia, ke kupua kaulana a puni nā moku.
When they came to Kohala, for the first time the Kohala people recognized Aiwohikupua, a magician renowned all over the islands.
Ch.19 p.99 para.2 sent.2
Inā ʻo kāu wahine ia, ola ke kino, a kaulana nō hoʻi.
If you take her for your wife it will be well with you,
Ch.20 p.104 para.3 sent.4
A, ʻo ua Halaaniani nei, ke kaikunāne o Maliʻo, he keiki kaulana ia ma Puna no ke kanaka uʻi; he keiki koaka naʻe.
As to this Halaaniani, he was Malio's brother, a youth famous throughout Puna for his good looks, but a profligate fellow.
A i ka wanaʻao, i ka puka ʻana o ka Hōkūhoʻokelewaʻa, kau akula ke aliʻi a me kona kuhina, nā hoe waʻa he ʻumikumamāono, nā hoʻokele ʻelua, he iwakālua ko lākou nui ma luna o nā kaulua, a holo akula.
And in the early morning at the rising of the canoe-steering star the chief went on board with his counsellor and his sixteen paddlers and two steersmen, twenty of them altogether in the double canoe, and set sail.
Ch.6 p.34 para.4 sent.3
A i ka mao ʻana aʻe, ʻike akula nā mea a pau i kēia kaulua e holo mai ana a pae i ke awa me ka pūloʻuloʻu aliʻi i luna o nā waʻa, a laila, maopopo aʻela ka wānana a ka makāula.
and as soon as it was quiet all saw the double canoe coming to land carrying above it the taboo sign of a chief. Then the seer's prediction was fulfilled.
Ch.15 p.77 para.5 sent.1
Wae aʻela ke kuhina i nā waʻa kūpono ke holo, he iwakālua kaulua, ʻelua kanahā kaukahi, no nā kaukaualiʻi a me nā pūʻali o ke aliʻi kēia mau waʻa, a he kanahā peleleu, he mau waʻa ʻāʻīpuʻupuʻu no ke aliʻi ia, a ʻo ke aliʻi hoʻi a me kona kuhina, ma luna lāua o nā pūkolu.
The counsellor chose the proper canoes for the trip, twenty double canoes, and twice forty single canoes, these for the chiefs and the bodyguard, and forty provision canoes for the chief's supplies; and as for the chief himself and his counsellor, they were on board of a triple canoe.
Ch.18 p.89 para.2 sent.2
I na la i o Kaloakūkahi, haʻalele ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ia Kauaʻi, holo aku ʻo ia he kanahā kaulua, ʻelua kanahā kaukahi, he iwakalua peleleu.
On the twenty-fourth day of the month Aiwohikupua left Kauai, sailed with 40 double canoes, twice 40 single canoes, and 20 provision boats.
Ch.18 p.90 para.3 sent.1
Ma nā waʻa ukali o ke aliʻi, he ʻumi kaulua e hoʻopuni ana i ko ke aliʻi waʻa, a ma luna o nā waʻa ukali o ke aliʻi, he poʻe akamai i ke kāʻeke.
Following the chief and surrounding his canoe came ten double canoes filled with expert dancers.
”A no kēia ʻōlelo a ke kahuna, kaumaha loa ihola ka naʻau o Mālaekahana, no ka mea, ua kūmākena mau kēlā i ka pepehi mau a kāna kāne i nā keiki mua.
When the priest said this, the heart of Makaekahana was heavy, for she sorrowed over the slaying of the children by her husband;
Ch.2 p.10 para.6 sent.1
A ʻike ka mea waʻa he mea kaumaha kēia ʻōlelo a Waka i mua ona, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia i mua o nā malihini, “ʻAʻole oʻu manaʻo e hoʻounauna aku iā ʻolua e kōkua mai iaʻu ma ka hoe pū ʻana i ka waʻa, no ka mea, he mea nui ʻolua naʻu.
The man was displeased at these words of Waka to him. He said to the strangers, "Let me not think of asking you to paddle the canoe; for I hold you to be persons of importance."
Ch.7 p.38 para.7 sent.1
A no kēia ʻōlelo a Poliʻahu, pili pū ihola ko ʻAiwohikupua manaʻo me ke kaumaha nō hoʻi.
At Poliahu's words Aiwohikupua marveled and was abashed:
Ch.10 p.55 para.2 sent.1
I ia manawa a kona kaikuahine muli loa e hāpai ana i kēia leo kaukau i mua o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, ua hoʻomāʻeʻele ʻia ka naʻau o ko lākou kaikunāne i ke aloha kaumaha no kona kaikuahine, a no ka nui loa o ke aloha o ʻAiwohikupua i ko lākou pōkiʻi, lālau maila a hoʻonoho ihola i luna o kona ʻūhā a uē ihola.
When his youngest sister raised this lamentation to Aiwohikupua, then the brother's heart glowed with love and longing for his sister. And because of his great love for his little sister, he took her in his arms, set her on his lap, and wept.
Ch.11 p.57 para.5 sent.1
Iā lākou nō e uē ana, hōʻea mai ana ʻo Kahalaomāpuana ma ka pali mai, a laila, ua kuʻu ʻia ka naʻau kaumaha o kona mau kaikuaʻana.
While they were still mourning Kahalaomapuana appeared by the cliff; then their sorrow was at an end.
Ch.11 p.61 para.3 sent.1
A lohe maila ke aliʻi i kā lāua haukamumu, ala aʻela ʻo ia a hea akula iā Kahalaomāpuana, a laila, ua hoʻopau ʻia ko ke kaikamahine naʻau kaumaha, a komo akula ka malihini e launa me ke aliʻi.
When the princess heard their low voices, she arose and called to Kahalaomapuana; then the girl's distress was at an end, and the stranger entered to visit the princess.
ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “E ke Aliʻi ē, ua pono kāu ʻōlelo, akā, he mea kaumaha noʻu ke noho wau me ʻoe a e loaʻa ana paha iaʻu ka pōmaikaʻi, a ʻo koʻu mau kaikuaʻana, e lilo paha auaneʻi lākou i mea pilikia.”
Said Kahalaomapuana, "O princess, you have spoken well; but it would grieve me to live with you and perhaps gain happiness for myself while my sisters might be suffering."
Kuʻi ʻia i kuʻu piko a pololei i ʻehā kāuna kuʻi!”
strike me right in the stomach, four time four blows!"
Ch.9 p.49 para.8 sent.1
“I hoʻokahi nō hoʻi hōʻole ʻana, ʻo ka pono,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻo ka hele kā ia he kāuna wale aʻe nō koe o ka hōʻole, mākena nō hoʻi ua hilahila iā ʻoe, e ke hoa.”
"One refusal is enough," said Aiwohikupua, "without getting four more! You have brought this shame upon us both, my comrade."
Kaunakakai (1)
Ch.8 p.44 para.1 sent.2
I kekahi lā aʻe, kau i Molokaʻi ma Kaunakakai; ma laila aku a pae i Māla ma Lahaina.
the next day they lay off Molokai at Kaunakakai, from there they went ashore at Mala at Lahaina;
A kokoke i nā lā hānau i ka malama ʻo ʻIkuā i nā lā kapu heiau, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana i ke kauoha a ke kahuna.
At the time when the child was to be born, in the month of October, during the taboo season at the temple, Malaekahana remembered the priest's command.
Ch.1 p.2 para.5 sent.2
Iā ia nei e nahunahu ana, hele akula kēia i mua o ke kahuna me ka ʻōlelo aku, “I hele mai nei au ma ke kauoha a ke kahuna, no ka mea, ke hoʻomaka mai nei ka nahunahu hānau keiki ʻana.
When the pains of childbirth were upon her, she came to the priest and said, "I come at the command of the priest, for the pains of childbirth are upon me;
Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.1
I ia lā o lākou i hiki ai ma Waiʻanae, kauoha ka makāula i nā kānaka e noho ma laila a hoʻi mai ʻo ia mai ka huakaʻi kaʻapuni ʻana.
On the day when they reached Waianae the seer ordered the
rowers to wait there until he returned from making the circuit of the island.
Ch.2 p.8 para.8 sent.3
Aia naʻe ma laila kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia a me kona kupuna wahine e like me ke kauoha mau a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo, no ka mea, i ka makāula e holo mai ana ma ka moana, ua ʻike mua ʻē aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i ka makāula a me kāna mau hana, no laila ʻo ia i ʻōlelo mau ai iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo e ʻāhaʻi mua iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi hiki ʻole ke loaʻa.
there, in truth, was Laieikawai hidden, she and her grandmother, as Kapukaihaoa had commanded Waka in the vision. For as the seer was sailing over the ocean, Kapukaihaoa had fore-knowledge of what the prophet was doing, therefore he told Waka in a vision to carry Laieikawai away where she could not be found.
Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.1
I kēlā lā a ka makāula i hiki ai ma Waikolu, i ia pō iho, hiki mua ke kauoha a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane.
On the day when the seer went to Waikolu, the same night, came the command of Kapukaihaoa to Laieikawai in a dream,
Ch.2 p.10 para.3 sent.2
No ka mea, ke ʻike leʻa nei māua i kou kauoha honua ʻana, me he mea lā, e hele loa ana ʻoe?”
for it looks from your charge as if you were to be away for good."
A no kēia ʻōlelo a ka mea waʻa, ʻī akula ʻo Waka i ke kamaʻāina o lāua nei, “Inā ʻo ke kumu ia o kou hele ʻana i kauoha honua ai ʻoe i nā mea a pau o kou hale iā māua, a laila, ke ʻī aku nei wau he hiki iā māua ke kōkua iā ʻoe ma ka hoe ʻana.”
And at these words, Waka said to their host, "If that is the reason for your going away, leaving us in charge of everything in your house, then let me say, we can help you paddle."
Kaupō (1)
Ch.33 p.177 para.2 sent.2
A no ka lohe ʻana o Lāʻielohelohe i kēia mea, lalelale koke akula lākou a hiki i Kaupō a me Kīpahulu.
When Laielohelohe heard this news, they hurried forward at once and came to Kaupo and Kipahulu.
ʻO ia hele nō o ke ʻala a pā i kaupoku ma loko o ka hale.
the fragrance entered and touched the rafters within the house,
Ch.9 p.48 para.1 sent.3
Mai kaupoku ka hoʻi ʻana iho, loaʻa iā Lāʻieikawai mā.
from the rafters it reached Laieikawai and her companion;
Kawahineokaliʻulā (4)
Ch.34 p.191 para.1 sent.2
E noho malū ʻoe a hiki i kou manawa e make ai, a ma kēia lā aku, ʻaʻole e kapa ʻia kou inoa ʻo Lāʻieikawai, akā, ʻo kou inoa mau ʻo KAWAHINEOKALIʻULĀ, a ma ia inoa ou e kūkulu aku ai kou hanauna iā ʻoe, a ʻo ʻoe nō ke akua o kou mau hanauna.”
and live virgin until your death, and from this time forth your name shall be no longer called Laieikawai, but your name shall be 'The Woman of the Twilight,' and by this name shall all your kin bow down to you and you shall be like a god to them."
Ch.34 p.191 para.3 sent.1
I ia manawa, hoʻoili akula ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā i ke aupuni i ka makāula, ʻo Lāʻieikawai hoʻi ka mea i kapa ʻia ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā, ua noho ʻo ia ma kona ʻano akua, a ma ona lā i kūkulu aku ai ka makāula, a me kona hanauna e like me ka ʻōlelo a Moanalihaikawaokele iā ia.
Then, The Woman of the Twilight placed the government upon the seer; so did Laieikawai, the one called The Woman of the Twilight, and she lived as a god, and to her the seer bowed down and her kindred, according to Moanalihaikawaokele's word to her.
Ch.34 p.191 para.4 sent.2
A mai ia manawa mai a hiki i kēia mau lā, ke hoʻomana ʻia nei nō e kekahi poʻe ma ka inoa ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā (Lāʻieikawai).
And from that time to this she is still worshiped as The Woman of the Twilight.
Kawaihae (6)
Ch.18 p.89 para.3 sent.1
Ma mua o ka pō hoʻāo o na aliʻi, i ka pō i o Huna, hiki lākou i Kawaihae.
Some nights before that set for the marriage, the eleventh night of the month, the night of Huna, they came to Kawaihae;
Ch.18 p.90 para.6 sent.1
Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā e holo aku ana i ka moana mai Kawaihae aku, he mea ʻē ka ʻoliʻoli o Lilinoe i ka hanohano launa ʻole o ke aliʻi kāne.
As Aiwohikupua was sailing from Kawaihae, Lilinoe rejoiced to see the unrivaled splendor of the chief.
Ch.25 p.131 para.7 sent.1
Ma kēia huakaʻi kaʻapuni a ke aliʻi, ma Kaʻū mua, ma Kona, a hiki lākou ma Kaiʻōpae i Kohala, ma ka ʻaoʻao ʻākau mai Kawaihae mai, ʻaneʻane ʻelima mile ka lōʻihi mai Kawaihae aʻe, ma laila lākou i noho ai i kekahi mau lā, no ka mea, ua makemake ihola ke aliʻi wahine e hōʻoluʻolu ma laila.
On the princess's journey around Hawaii they went first to Kau, then Kona, until they reached Kaiopae in Kohala, on the right-hand side of Kawaihae, about five miles distant; there they stayed several days for the princess to rest.
Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.1
I loko o ko lākou mau lā ma laila, ʻike maila ka makāula i ka piʻo a kēia ānuenue i kai, me he mea lā, i Kawaihae ponoʻī lā.
During the days they were there the seer saw the rainbow arching over the sea as if right at Kawaihae.
Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.6
Ma kēia hoʻi ʻana a hiki ma Waimea i ʻOuli, ʻo ia kā ka makāula ʻike ʻana aku i ka piʻo o ke ānuenue i kai o Kawaihae, a no ka māluhiluhi o ua makāula nei, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i wikiwiki mai e ʻike i ke ʻano o ke ānuenue, no laila, hoʻomaha ihola ʻo ia ma laila.
When he reached Waimea, at Ouli, there he saw the rainbow arching over the sea at Kawaihae.
And the seer was so weary he was not quick to recognize the rainbow, but he stayed there,
Kawela (2)
Ch.3 p.13 para.1 sent.1
I ia hele ʻana o ka makāula ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me kahi kanaka, hiki mua kēia i luna o Kawela.
When the seer set out after meeting that man, he went first up Kawela;
Ch.3 p.13 para.2 sent.2
Ua hiki ʻole iā ia ke ʻike aku i ka mea āna i ʻike ai i luna o Kawela, akā, ua moe ka makāula ma laila i ia pō me ka manaʻo i ke kakahiaka e ʻike ai i kāna mea e ʻimi nei.
By this time it was very dark; he could not see the sign he saw from Kawela; but the seer slept there that night, thinking that at daybreak he would see the person he was seeking.
I ke kamaʻilio ʻana i kēia kaʻao, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma Lāʻie, Koʻolau kona wahi i hānau ai, a he mau māhoe lāua: ʻo Kahauokapaka ka makua kāne, ʻo Mālaekahana ka makuahine.
This tale was told at Laie, Koolau; here they were born, and they were twins; Kahauokapaka was the father, Malaekahana the mother.
Ch.1 p.1 para.1 sent.2
ʻO Kahauokapaka naʻe, ʻo ia ke aliʻi nona nā ʻokana ʻelua ʻo Koʻolau Loa a me Koʻolau Poko.
Now Kahauokapaka was chief over two districts, Koolauloa and Koolaupoko,
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.1
I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe.
At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow:
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.3
Na ia keiki e naʻi nā moku e pau ai ke loaʻa hoʻi iā kāua ke keiki mua, a he keiki kāne.
This child shall be the one to portion out the land, if fortune is ours in our first born and it is a boy;
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.4
Akā hoʻi, inā he kaikamahine ke hānau mua mai, a laila, e make, a inā he mau kaikamāhine wale nō kā kāua ke hānau mai, e make nō.
but if the first born is a daughter, then let her die;
however many daughters are born to us, let them die;
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.5
Aia nō ke ola a hānau mai a he keiki kāne, ola nā hānau muli inā he mau kaikamāhine.”
only one thing shall save them, the birth of a son shall save those daughters who come after."
Ua maikaʻi nā helehelena i ka nānā aku, a no ka maikaʻi o nā helehelena o ua kaikamahine nei, manaʻo ihola ka makuahine, ʻo ke kumu lā hoʻi ia e lilo ai ka ʻōlelo paʻa a Kahauokapaka i mea ʻole; ola lā hoʻi ua kaikamahine nei.
who was so beautiful to look upon, the mother thought that Kahauokapaka would disregard his vow; this child he would save.
ʻŌlelo maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole au e ʻaʻa aku e hakakā me ʻoe ma kāu noi ke ʻole ʻoe e kū mai me nā mea ʻē aʻe ma kou aoʻao.
Answered Aiwohikupua, "I will not accept the challenge without others on your side,
Ch.10 p.56 para.1 sent.2
“E ʻAiwohikupua,” wahi a kona kaikuahine, “ʻaʻole wau e ʻae e lawe ʻoe iaʻu ʻo wau wale ke ʻole ʻoe e lawe pū me koʻu mau kaikuaʻana, no ka mea, ua kāhea mua aʻe nō ʻoe iaʻu i ko kākou wā i Paliuli, akā, ʻaʻole wau i ʻae mai no kou lawe iaʻu ʻo wau wale.”
"O Aiwohikupua," said his sister, "I will not let you take me by myself without taking my sisters with me, for you called me to you before when we were at Paliuli, but I would not consent to your taking me alone."
Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.4
Inā i hele mai kekahi mea makemake e ʻike iā ʻoe, inā he kāne a he wahine paha, a inā he aliʻi, ʻaʻole lākou e ʻike iā ʻoe ke ʻole mākou e ʻae aku.
If anyone wishes to see you, be he a man, or maybe a woman, or even a chief, he shall not see you without our approval.
Keaʻau (56)
Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.4
Kaʻahele au ma Kona, Kaʻū, a hiki au i Keaʻau a ma Puna, a ma laila wau i noho ai, a ma laila wau i hālāwai ai me kekahi wahine maikaʻi i ʻoi aku ma mua o ia nei (Kaʻiliokalauokekoa), a ʻo ka ʻoi nō hoʻi i ia manawa o nā wāhine maikaʻi o kēia mau mokupuni a pau.”
went on to Kona, Kau, and came to Keaau, in Puna, and there I tarried, and there I met another woman surpassingly beautiful, more so than this woman here (Kailiokalauokekoa), more than all the beauties of this whole group of islands."
Ch.6 p.35 para.6 sent.3
I ia kakahiaka, haʻalele lākou iā Makahanaloa, holo waho nā waʻa o lākou, ʻo Keaʻau ke awa.
That morning they left Makahanaloa and sailed out to the harbor of Keaau.
Ch.6 p.35 para.7 sent.1
I ia holo ʻana o lākou a ahiahi, pae lākou i Keaʻau.
They sailed until evening, made shore at Keaau
Ch.6 p.35 para.7 sent.4
Noho malihini ihola lākou iā Keaʻau a ahiahi, kauoha mua ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoʻokele a me nā hoe waʻa e noho mālie a hoʻi mai lāua mai kā lāua huakaʻi ʻimi wahine mai, ʻoiai, ʻo lākou wale nō.
The strangers remained at Keaau until evening, then Aiwohikupua ordered the steersmen and rowers to stay quietly until the two of them returned from their search for a wife, only they two alone.
Ch.7 p.37 para.1 sent.1
Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i haʻalele ai iā Paliuli, hoʻi akula lāua a hiki i Keaʻau, hoʻomākaukau nā waʻa, a ma ia wanaʻao, kau ma luna o nā waʻa a hoʻi i Kauaʻi.
When Aiwohikupua and his companion had left Paliuli they returned and came to Keaau, made the canoe ready, and at the approach of day boarded the canoe and returned to Kauai.
Ch.7 p.37 para.2 sent.1
Ma kēia holo ʻana mai Keaʻau mai a kau i Kamaeʻe ma Hilopalikū, a ma kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele lākou iā laila, hiki lākou i Humuʻula ma ka palena o Hilo me Hāmākua.
On the way from Keaau they rested at Kamaee, on the rocky side of Hilo, and the next day left there, went to Humuula on the boundary between Hilo and Hamakua;
ʻAʻole e lilo i kekahi mea ʻē aʻe, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hana iki i kekahi mea pono ʻole e keʻakeʻa ai i kā kāua hoʻohiki.
not to consent to any others, not to do the least thing to disturb our compact;
Kealakaha (1)
Ch.7 p.37 para.2 sent.3
A hala hope ʻo Humuʻula iā lākou, hiki lākou ma waho pono o Kealakaha, ʻike maila lākou nei i kēia wahine e noho ana i ka pali kahakai; e hiamoe ana naʻe ke aliʻi i ia manawa.
After passing Humuula they stopped right off Kealakaha, and while the chief slept they saw a woman sitting on the sea cliff by the shore.
Keʻalohilani (20)
Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.6
He keiki aliʻi e noho lā i Keʻalohilani.
the boy chief [living at Kealohilani]
Ch.27 p.141 para.2 sent.1
A pau ke kauoha a Kahalaomāpuana i kona mau kaikuaʻana, a mākaukau hoʻi kona hele ʻana, ma ka puka ʻana o ka lā, komo aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i loko o Kihanuilūlūmoku, a ʻau akula ma ka moana a hiki i Keʻalohilani.
After Kahalaomapuana had laid her commands upon her sisters and made preparation for the journey, At the rising of the sun Kahalaomapuana entered inside Kihanuilulumoku and swam through the ocean and came to The Shining Heavens;
Ch.27 p.141 para.2 sent.2
ʻEhā malama me ke anahulu, hiki kēia i loko o Keʻalohilani.
in four months and ten days they reached Kealohilani.
Ch.27 p.141 para.3 sent.1
Iā lāua i hiki aku ai, ʻaʻole lāua i ʻike iā Mokukelekahiki, ke kiaʻi nāna e mālama ko Kaʻōnohiokalā waiwai, kona kuhina nui hoʻi i loko o Keʻalohilani.
When they arrived they did not see Mokukelekahiki, the guard who watches over Kaonohiokala's wealth, his chief counsellor in The Shining Heavens;
Ch.28 p.152 para.4 sent.4
Hoʻi ka wela i Keʻalohilani,
The heat returns to Kealohilani.
Ch.28 p.154 para.4 sent.6
Kuʻi pāloʻo hou auaneʻi ka hekili ʻekolu pōhaku, ua hala iaʻu ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti; aia wau i Keʻalohilani.
"When the dry thunder peals again, then ceases, I have left the taboo house at the borders of Tahiti. I am at Kealohilani,
He ʻumikumamākahi malama, me ke anahulu, me ʻehā lā keu, ʻo ia ka lōʻihi o ke kaʻawale ʻana o Kahalaomāpuana, mai ka lā i haʻalele ai iā Lāʻieikawai mā a hiki i ko lāua hoʻi ʻana mai mai Keʻalohilani mai.
Eleven months, ten days, and four days over it was since Kahalaomapuana left Laieikawai and her companions until their return from The-shining-heavens.
Keawanui (2)
Ch.2 p.9 para.4 sent.1
Haʻalele lāua i ia wahi, hiki aku lāua ma Keawanui, kahi i kapa ʻia ʻo Kalaeloa, a ma laila lāua i hālāwai ai me ke kanaka e hoʻomākaukau ana i ka waʻa e holo ai i Lānaʻi.
They left the place, went to Keawanui, to the place called Kaleloa, and there they met a man who was getting his canoe ready to sail for Lanai.
Ch.3 p.13 para.2 sent.1
A hiki kēia i Kaʻamola, ka ʻāina e pili pū lā me Keawanui, kahi hoʻi a Lāʻieikawai mā e kali nei i ka mea waʻa, i ia manawa, ua pōʻeleʻele loa ihola.
He went to Kaamola, the district adjoining Keawanui, where Laieikawai and her companion were awaiting the paddler
Kokoke ʻoe e puka i luna, piʻi nō ʻoe, a i ʻō mai auaneʻi ke kukuna o ka lā, a i keʻehi ka wela iā ʻoe, mai makaʻu ʻoe.
you are almost to the top; keep on up, and if the sun's rays pierce and the heat strikes you, do not fear when you feel the sun's hot breath;
Ch.29 p.158 para.1 sent.1
“A hala aʻe ia, a i ka lā ʻo Māhealani, ma ka ʻehu kakahiaka, i ka manawa e keʻehi iho ai nā kukuna o ka lā i ka piko o nā mauna, i ia manawa e ʻike aku ai ko ka ʻāina, he kama kahi ke noho mai ana i loko o ka ʻōnohi o ka lā; he mea like me ke keiki kapu a kuʻu akua.
"When this passes, on the day of full moon, in the dusk of the early morning, at the time when the sun's rays strike the mountain tops, then the earth shall behold a youth sitting within the eye of the sun, one like the taboo child of my god.
Keʻehia (1)
Ch.32 p.174 para.6 sent.3
Keʻehia kūlana a paʻa, a nānā mai i ka mea nāna i luhi.”
a solid fortune, nothing can shake its foundation; and look to the one who bore the burden."
A hiki aku ua wahi kanaka kamaʻāina nei a hālāwai me Hāunakā, a lohe o Hāunakā i kēia mau ʻōlelo, lūlū ihola ʻo ia i kona mau lima, paʻipaʻi aʻela i ka umauma, keʻekeʻehi nā wāwae a peʻahi maila iā ʻAiwohikupua e helu aku i loko o ka ʻaha.
When the man found Haunaka, and Haunaka heard these words, he clapped his hands, struck his chest, and stamped his feet, and beckoned to Aiwohikupua to come inside the field,
(Ma ka mokuna ʻelima o keia kaʻao, ua ʻike kākou ua hiki aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma Laupāhoehoe.
In Chapter V of this story we have seen how Aiwohikupua got to Laupahoehoe.
Ch.6 p.33 para.1 sent.2
Ma ʻaneʻi, e kamaʻilio iki kākou no Hulumāniani, ka makāula nāna i ukali mai ʻo Lāʻieikawai mai Kauaʻi mai, ka mea i ʻōlelo mua ʻia ma ka helu mua o keia kaʻao.)
Here we shall say a word about Hulumaniani, the seer, who followed Laieikawai hither from Kauai, as described in the first chapter of this story.
I ke kamaʻilio ʻana i kēia kaʻao, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma Lāʻie, Koʻolau kona wahi i hānau ai, a he mau māhoe lāua: ʻo Kahauokapaka ka makua kāne, ʻo Mālaekahana ka makuahine.
This tale was told at Laie, Koolau; here they were born, and they were twins; Kahauokapaka was the father, Malaekahana the mother.
Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.2
ʻO kēia naʻe ke kaikamahine ʻoi aku o ka maikaʻi ma mua o kēlā kaikamahine mua; manaʻo ihola e ola lā hoʻi.
more beautiful than the first; she thought to save it.
Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.2
E nānā mai ʻoe i kēia ʻōpū oʻu e hāpai nei, no ka mea, ua pauaho aʻe nei hoʻi i ka pau o nā keiki i ka make i ka pākela pepehi a ke kāne.
Look upon this womb of mine which is with child, for I can no longer endure my children's death; the husband is overzealous to keep his vow;
Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.4
No laila, e nānā mai ʻoe i kēia ʻōpū oʻu e hāpai nei.
Therefore, look upon this womb of mine, which is with child;
Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.6
Akā hoʻi, inā i ʻike mai hoʻi ʻoe i kēia ʻōpū oʻu e hāpai nei a he keiki kāne, ʻaʻole ana.”
But if you see it is to be a boy, I will not do it."
Ch.1 p.2 para.4 sent.1
A laila, ʻōlelo mai ke kahuna iā Mālaekahana, “O hoʻi a kokoke i ko lā hānau, a laila, hele mai ʻoe i oʻu nei i nānā aku au i kēia hāpai ʻana.”
The the priest said to Malaekahana, "Go home; just before the child is to be born come back to me that I may know what you are carrying."
Iā ia nei e nahunahu ana, hele akula kēia i mua o ke kahuna me ka ʻōlelo aku, “I hele mai nei au ma ke kauoha a ke kahuna, no ka mea, ke hoʻomaka mai nei ka nahunahu hānau keiki ʻana.
When the pains of childbirth were upon her, she came to the priest and said, "I come at the command of the priest, for the pains of childbirth are upon me;
I noho aku auaneʻi kāua a i loaʻa kā kāua keiki, a he keiki kāne, a laila, pōmaikaʻi kāua, ola nā iwi i loko o ko kāua mau lā ʻelemakule a hāʻule aku i ka make, nalo nō hoʻi nā wahi huna.
If we two live hereafter and bear a child and it is a son, then it shall be well with us. Our children shall live in the days of our old age, and when we die they will cover our nakedness.
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.3
Na ia keiki e naʻi nā moku e pau ai ke loaʻa hoʻi iā kāua ke keiki mua, a he keiki kāne.
This child shall be the one to portion out the land, if fortune is ours in our first born and it is a boy;
Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.6
A hiki ke aliʻi i ka hale, ua wahī ʻia ke kaikamahine i ke kapa keiki; kēnā koke aʻela ʻo Kahauokapaka i ka ilāmuku e pepehi.
The chief went to the house; the baby girl had been wrapped in swaddling clothes; Kahauokapaka at once ordered the executioner to kill it.
Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.4
ʻIke aʻela ʻo Kahauokapaka i ke kaikamahine e hiʻi ʻia mai ana, ua hōʻaʻahu ʻia i ke kapa keiki.
Kahauokapaka saw the baby girl in its mother's arms wrapped in swaddling clothes;
Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.1
A i ka hāpai hou ʻana o Mālaekahana i ke keiki, ʻo ka lima ia, a kokoke i nā lā hānau, hele akula kēlā a i mua o ke kahuna a ʻōlelo akula, “ʻĒ, ʻauhea ʻoe.
When for the fifth time Malaekahana conceived a child, near the time of its birth, she went to the priest and said, "Here! Where are you?
Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.2
E nānā mai ʻoe i kēia ʻōpū oʻu e hāpai nei, no ka mea, ua pauaho aʻe nei hoʻi i ka pau o nā keiki i ka make i ka pākela pepehi a ke kāne.
Look upon this womb of mine which is with child, for I can no longer endure my children's death; the husband is overzealous to keep his vow;
I noho aku auaneʻi kāua a i loaʻa kā kāua keiki, a he keiki kāne , a laila, pōmaikaʻi kāua, ola nā iwi i loko o ko kāua mau lā ʻelemakule a hāʻule aku i ka make, nalo nō hoʻi nā wahi huna.
If we two live hereafter and bear a child and it is a son, then it shall be well with us. Our children shall live in the days of our old age, and when we die they will cover our nakedness.
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.3
Na ia keiki e naʻi nā moku e pau ai ke loaʻa hoʻi iā kāua ke keiki mua, a he keiki kāne .
This child shall be the one to portion out the land, if fortune is ours in our first born and it is a boy;
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.5
Aia nō ke ola a hānau mai a he keiki kāne , ola nā hānau muli inā he mau kaikamāhine.”
only one thing shall save them, the birth of a son shall save those daughters who come after."
Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.6
Akā hoʻi, inā i ʻike mai hoʻi ʻoe i kēia ʻōpū oʻu e hāpai nei a he keiki kāne , ʻaʻole ana.”
But if you see it is to be a boy, I will not do it."
Ch.12 p.64 para.1 sent.1
ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “ʻEono mākou ko mākou nui a nā mākua hoʻokahi, ʻo ko mākou ono, he keiki kāne , a ʻelima mākou nā kaikuahine.
Said Kahalaomapuana, ''There are six of us born of the same parents; one of the six is a boy and five of us are his younger sisters,
Ch.12 p.64 para.1 sent.2
ʻO ke keiki kāne nō ko mākou mua, a ʻo wau ko mākou muli loa.
and the boy is the oldest, and I am the youngest born.
Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.4
A inā i paʻakikī loa mai ma kona ʻano keiki kāne ʻana, e hoʻokuke ikaika aku iā ia.
and if he is very persistent, because he is a brother, resist him still more forcibly;
ʻAʻole naʻe i ola iki kekahi o ia mau hānau ʻana o Mālaekahana; ua pau wale nō i ka pepehi ʻia e like me ka ʻōlelo paʻa a ke aliʻi.
but she could not save them from being killed at birth according to the chief's vow.
Ch.1 p.2 para.6 sent.3
”I ia manawa, nonoi akula ke kahuna iā Mālaekahana e hāʻawi mai i kekahi lima i mua o ke alo o ke kahuna e like nō me ka hailona mau o kēia lāhui, ma ka lima nō naʻe āna e makemake ai e hāʻawi aku i mua o ke kahuna.
The the priest asked Malaekahana to give him one of her hands, according to the sign used by this people, whichever hand she wished to give to the priest.
Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.1
I ia manawa a ke kahuna i noi aku ai i kekahi lima, hāʻawi maila ʻo Mālaekahana i ka lima hema me ka hoʻohuli ʻia o ke alo o ka lima i luna.
Now, when the priest asked Makaekahana to give him one of her hands she presented the left, with the palm upward.
Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.2
Aia ma laila kekahi ana i ʻike ʻole ʻia e nā mea a pau, a naʻu nō hoʻi e ʻimi koʻu wahi e mālama ai i kaʻu hānai.
a cave is there which no one knows about, and it will be my business to seek a place of protection for my foster child."
Ch.1 p.5 para.3 sent.1
I kekahi manawa, iā Hulumāniani e kaʻahele ana iā Kauaʻi a puni ma kona ʻano makāula nui no Kauaʻi, a iā ia i hiki ai i luna pono o Kalalea, ʻike maila ʻo ia i ka piʻo a kēia ānuenue i Oʻahu nei.
Just at this time Hulumaniani was making a tour of Kauai in
his character as the great seer of Kauai, and when he reached the summit of Kalalea he beheld the rainbow arching over Oahu;
Ch.2 p.9 para.1 sent.2
Aia naʻe, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kahi hiki ʻole iā ia ke hele aku, akā, ua noʻonoʻo ka makāula i kekahi manawa i wahi e hiki ai ke ʻike i kāna mea e ukali nei, a waiho aku i kāna kānaenae i hoʻomākaukau mua ai.
Sure enough, there was the rainbow arching where he could not go. Then he considered for some time how to reach the place to see the person he was seeking and offer the sacrifice he had prepared,
Na ʻolua nā mea a pau o loko, ʻaʻole kekahi mea e koe o ka hale nei iā ʻolua.
everything within is yours, not a single thing is withholden from you in the house;
Kekalukaluokēwā (125)
Ch.19 p.98 para.5 sent.1
(Aia a hiki aku i ka hiki ʻana aku o Lāʻieikawai i Kauaʻi, ma hope iho o ko Kekalukaluokēwā hoʻāo ʻana aku me Lāʻieikawai, a laila, e hoʻomaka hou ke kamaʻilio no Hinaikamalama.
(When we get to Laieikawai's coming to Kauai after Kekalukaluokewa's marriage with Laieikawai, then we will begin again the story of Hinaikamalama;
Ch.19 p.98 para.6 sent.1
Iā Kauakahialiʻi me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa ma Pihanakalani ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻi ʻana mai Hawaiʻi mai, ʻoiai ua kokoke mai ko lāua mau lā hope, i ia manawa, kauoha aʻela ʻo Kauakahialiʻi i kāna aikāne, iā Kekalukaluokēwā, i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi ma luna ona, a eia nō ia, “E kuʻu aikāne aloha nui, ke waiho aku nei wau i ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi ma luna ou, no ka mea, ke kokoke mai nei koʻu mau lā hope, a hoʻi aku i ka ʻaoʻao mau o ka honua.
After their return from Hawaii, Kauakahialii lived with Kailiokalauokekoa at Pihanakalani. Now the end of their days was near. Then Kauakahialii laid a blessing upon his friend, Kekalukaluokewa, and this it was: "Ah! my friend, greatly beloved, I give you my blessing, for the end of my days is near, and I am going back to the other side of the earth.
Ch.20 p.101 para.1 sent.1
A make akula ʻo Kaʻiliokalauokekoa, lilo aʻela ka noho aliʻi a pau loa iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a hoʻoponopono akula ʻo ia i ka ʻāina a me nā kānaka a pau ma lalo o kona noho aliʻi.
After Kailiokalauokekoa'sdeath, the chief's house and all things else became Kekalukaluokewa's, and he portioned out the land and set up his court.
Ch.20 p.101 para.1 sent.2
Ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana o kāna hoʻoponopono ʻana i ka ʻāina a me kona noho aliʻi ʻana, i ia manawa, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i ke kauoha a kāna aikāne no Lāʻieikawai.
After apportioning the land and setting up his court, Kekalukaluokewa bethought him of his friend's charge concerning Laieikawai.
Ch.20 p.101 para.2 sent.1
Iā Kekalukaluokēwā i manaʻo ai e hoʻokō i ke kauoha a kāna aikāne, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kuhina e hoʻomākaukau i nā waʻa hoʻokahi mano no ka huakaʻi kiʻi wahine a ke aliʻi i Hawaiʻi e like me ke aʻoaʻo mau o ke aliʻi.
Then he commanded his counsellor to make ready 4,000 canoes for the journey to Hawaii after a wife, according to the custom of a chief.
Ch.20 p.102 para.3 sent.1
Iā lākou i hiki aku ai, ua nui nā kamaʻāina i lulumi mai e mākaʻikaʻi iā Kekalukaluokēwā, me ka ʻōlelo mai o nā kamaʻāina, “ʻAkahi nō ka ʻāina kanaka maikaʻi o Kauaʻi!”
When they arrived the people crowded to see Kekalukaluokewa and exclaimed, "Kauai for handsome men!"
ʻO kēia naʻe ke kaikamahine ʻoi aku o ka maikaʻi ma mua o kēlā kaikamahine mua; manaʻo ihola e ola lā hoʻi.
more beautiful than the first; she thought to save it.
Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.1
A i ka hāpai hou ʻana o Mālaekahana i ke keiki, ʻo ka lima ia, a kokoke i nā lā hānau, hele akula kēlā a i mua o ke kahuna a ʻōlelo akula, “ʻĒ, ʻauhea ʻoe.
When for the fifth time Malaekahana conceived a child, near the time of its birth, she went to the priest and said, "Here! Where are you?
Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.3
”A no kēia ʻōlelo a ke kahuna, kaumaha loa ihola ka naʻau o Mālaekahana, no ka mea, ua kūmākena mau kēlā i ka pepehi mau a kāna kāne i nā keiki mua.
When the priest said this, the heart of Makaekahana was heavy, for she sorrowed over the slaying of the children by her husband;
Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.3
ʻO ka iʻa ponoʻī nō e loaʻa ana ma kona lima, ʻo ia kāu iʻa e ʻono ai, no ka mea, he kanaka puni kaʻalau ʻōhua hoʻi ko kāne i lilo ai kēlā i ka lawaiʻa, ʻike ʻole ia i kou hānau ʻana.
get the fish you desire with his own hand, for your husband is very fond of the young manini afloat in the membrane, and while he is out fishing he will not know about the birth;
Ch.1 p.5 para.2 sent.1
I loko o ko Lāʻieikawai mau lā ma Waiʻāpuka, ua hoʻomau ʻia ka piʻo ʻana o ke ānuenue ma kēlā wahi i loko o ka manawa ua a me ka mālie, ʻo ka pō a me ke ao.
All the days that Laieikawai was at Waiapuka a rainbow arch was there constantly, in rain or calm,
I ka manawa naʻe a Lāʻieikawai i wehe aʻe ai i kona mau maka, ʻike akula ka mea waʻa i ka ʻoi kelakela o ko Lāʻieikawai helehelena ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi a puni a me Lānaʻi.
Now, as Laieikawai uncovered her face, the canoe man saw that Laieikawai rivaled in beauty all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai.
Ch.4 p.26 para.5 sent.2
Akā, ʻaʻole e hiki i kekahi mea ke ʻaʻa mai e kū i mua o Ihuanu, no ka mea, ʻo ko Kohala ʻoi kelakela nō ia ma ka ikaika i ke kuʻikuʻi.
But no one dared to come and stand before Cold-nose, for the fellow was the strongest boxer in Kohala.
Ch.13 p.69 para.4 sent.1
Iā Hauaʻiliki mā i hiki aku ai, aia hoʻi, ua nui nā mea i hele mai e nānā no kēia keiki ʻoi kelakela o ka maikaʻi ma mua o Kauakahialiʻi a me ʻAiwohikupua, a he mea mahalo nui loa ia na nā kamaʻāina o Keaʻau.
When Hauailiki's party arrived, behold many persons came to see this youth who rivaled Kauakahialii and Aiwohikupua in beauty, and all the people of Keaau praised him exceedingly.
A hiki ke aliʻi i ka hale, ua wahī ʻia ke kaikamahine i ke kapa keiki; kēnā koke aʻela ʻo Kahauokapaka i ka ilāmuku e pepehi.
The chief went to the house; the baby girl had been wrapped in swaddling clothes; Kahauokapaka at once ordered the executioner to kill it.
Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.5
I ia manawa, kēnā koke aʻela ke aliʻi i ka ilāmuku e pepehi.
then the chief at once ordered the executioner to kill it.
Ch.5 p.31 para.2 sent.2
Inā e kēnā hou mai kēlā, a laila, e hoʻomaka ʻoe e kuʻi me kou ikaika a pau, no ka mea ʻo kona manawa e kēnā mai ai e kuʻi, ʻo ia ihola nō ka hoʻomaka ʻana,” a no laila, ua pono kēia iā Ihuanu.
If he orders you forward again then deliver the strongest blow you can give, for when he gives you the order to strike he himself begins the fight." So Cold- nose was satisfied.
Ch.5 p.32 para.2 sent.1
A no kēia mea, kēnā koke aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hekau nā waʻa, a lele akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kona kuhina aku me nā hoʻokele ʻelua, piʻi akula lākou nei a hiki i ka ʻaha mokomoko.
So Aiwohikupua instantly gave orders to anchor the canoe, and Aiwohikupua landed with his counsellor and the two steersmen, and they went up to the boxing match:
Ch.6 p.34 para.7 sent.1
A pau ka pule ʻana a ua makāula nei, kēnā koke aʻe ana ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kuhina, “E hāʻawi nā makana a ka makāula na nā akua.”
As soon as the prayer was ended, Aiwohikupua commanded his counsellor to "present the seer's gifts to the gods."
Ch.8 p.45 para.5 sent.1
WAKA: “ʻAʻole kēnā he ʻala ʻē, ʻo Mailehaʻiwale akula kēnā o nā kaikuahine ʻaʻala o ʻAiwohikupua i kiʻi maila iā ʻoe i wahine ʻoe, a i kāne ia.
WAKA: "That is no strange fragrance; it is certainly Mailehaiwale, the sweet-smelling sister of Aiwohikupua, who has come to get you for his wife, you for the wife and he for the husband;
Hoʻokahi anahulu me ʻelua lā keu, haʻalele ka mālie o Hilo, ʻike maikaʻi ʻia akula ka ʻāina.
In ten days and two it cleared over Hilo, and the country was plainly visible.
Ch.22 p.115 para.5 sent.1
Ma mua o ko Waka kiʻi ʻana iā Lāʻielohelohe, kauoha ihola ʻo ia iā Kekalukaluokēwā, “Ke holo nei wau ʻekolu anahulu me nā pō keu ʻekolu, a laila, hiki mai wau.
Before Waka went after Laielohelohe she commanded Kekalukaluokewa as follows: "I shall be gone three times ten days and three days over, then I shall return.
Ch.22 p.118 para.3 sent.5
Akā hoʻi, i hala ke anahulu me ka pō keu, a laila, ua pono ʻole māua, a laila, huki aʻe ʻoukou iaʻu.”
but if more than ten days pass, some evil has befallen us; then come to my help."
Ch.23 p.119 para.1 sent.1
He mea kaumaha loa iā Lāʻieikawai no ka make ʻana o kāna kāne, no laila i kanikau ai ʻo ia hoʻokahi anahulu me ʻelua mau lā keu (he ʻumikumamālua lā) no ke aloha iā ia.
Very heavy hearted was Laieikawai at her husband's death, so she mourned ten days and two (twelve days) for love of him.
Ch.28 p.155 para.5 sent.1
He ʻumikumamākahi malama, me ke anahulu, me ʻehā lā keu, ʻo ia ka lōʻihi o ke kaʻawale ʻana o Kahalaomāpuana, mai ka lā i haʻalele ai iā Lāʻieikawai mā a hiki i ko lāua hoʻi ʻana mai mai Keʻalohilani mai.
Eleven months, ten days, and four days over it was since Kahalaomapuana left Laieikawai and her companions until their return from The-shining-heavens.
Inā e lohe ʻoe i ke keʻu a ka ʻalae a me ka leo o ka ʻewaʻewa iki e hoʻonēnē ana, i ia manawa, e puka ʻoe mai ka hale nei aku, a kū ma waho o ke anaina.
until you hear the cry of the alae bird, and the ewaewaiki calling; then come out of the house and stand before the assembly.
I ua mau ʻelele lā i hala aku ai, ʻaʻole i liʻuliʻu, hālāwai maila me lāua kekahi kanaka kia manu mai uka mai o ʻOlaʻa, nīnau maila, “Ma hea kā ʻolua hele?”
Not long after they had left they met another man, a bird catcher from the uplands of Olaa; he asked. "Where are you two going?"
Ch.16 p.84 para.5 sent.1
“Pau akula,” wahi a ke kia manu , “i ka moʻo nui iā Kihanuilūlūmoku, ʻaʻole e pakele mai.”
"They are done for," said the bird catcher, "in the great lizard, Kihanuilulumoku; they have not been spared."
Ch.16 p.84 para.5 sent.3
ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu, lohe akula lāua i ka hū a ka makani a me ke kamumu o nā lāʻau e hina ana ma ʻō a ma ʻō, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo lāua i ka ʻōlelo a ke kia manu , “Inā e hū ana ka makani, ʻo ua moʻo lā ia.”
not long after they heard the sighing of the wind and the humming of the trees bending back and forth; then they remembered the bird catcher's words, "If the wind hums, that is from the lizard."
ʻAʻole naʻe ʻo ia i hoʻokō koke i ia manawa, akā, i mea e pono ai ʻo ia i mua o Kekalukaluokēwā, no laila, waiho akula ʻo ia i mua o Kekalukaluokēwā e pani ma ka hakahaka o Kahalaomāpuana, a ʻo ka makāula nō kona kuhina nui, a hoʻonoho ʻia akula ʻo Mailehaʻiwale i kiaʻāina paha no Kauaʻi, iā Mailekaluhea no Oʻahu, ʻo Mailelauliʻi no Maui a me nā moku ʻē aʻe; iā Mailepākaha no Hawaiʻi.
Not just at that time, but he made things right with Kekalukaluokewa by putting him in Kahalaomapuana's place and the seer as his chief counsellor. Mailehaiwale was made governor on Kauai, Mailekaluhea on Oahu, Mailelaulii on Maui and the other islands, Mailepakaha on Hawaii.
Eia naʻe ka manaʻo nui o kēlā poʻe kaikamāhine e lilo i kiaʻi no ke aliʻi.
Now the girls' main purpose in becoming guardians of Paliuli was,
Ch.14 p.72 para.4 sent.2
Iā lāua i piʻi ai, hālāwai mua lāua me Mailehaʻiwale, ʻo ia ke kiaʻi maka mua o ke aliʻi wahine.
As they went on, they met Mailehaiwale, the princess's first guardian.
Ch.14 p.72 para.4 sent.4
ʻAʻole o ʻolua kuleana e piʻi mai ai i ʻaneʻi, no ka mea, ua hoʻonoho ʻia mai wau ma ʻaneʻi he kiaʻi maka mua no ke aliʻi, a naʻu nō e hoʻokuke aku i nā mea a pau i hiki mai ma ʻaneʻi me ke kuleana ʻole.
you two have no business to come up here, for I am the outpost of the princess's guards and it is my business to drive back all who come here;
Ch.14 p.72 para.7 sent.1
Iā Hauaʻiliki mā i hala aku ai ma hope iho o ko Mailehaʻiwale hoʻokuʻu ʻana aku iā lāua, hālāwai koke akula lāua me Mailekaluhea, ka lua o kā ke aliʻi wahine kiaʻi.
As they went on, after Mailehaiwale let them pass, they soon encountered Mailekaluhea, the second of the princess's guardians.
Ch.14 p.73 para.2 sent.1
“ʻAʻole ʻolua e pono pēlā,” wahi a Mailekaluhea, “no ka mea, ua hoʻonoho ʻia mai mākou he mau kiaʻi e kipaku aku i nā mea a pau i hele mai i kēia wahi, no laila, e hoʻi ʻolua!”
"You two have no such right," said Mailekaluhea, "for we guards are stationed here to drive off everybody who comes to this place: so, you two go back."
A hiki maila kona mau hoa kūkā, kona mau kiaʻi kino hoʻi, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou e oʻu mau hoa.
When the counsellors came, her body guard, Laieikawai said, "Where are you, my comrades?
Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.2
Hele akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, a haʻi akula i mua o Lāʻieikawai, me ka ī aku, “Ua kūkākūkā mākou, kou mau kiaʻi kino , i ka manawa e pono ana ko ʻolua noho ʻana me ko kupuna wahine, a ua lawe aku nei kēlā i ka hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻia maiā ʻoe aku.
Kahalaomapuana came to Laieikawai, and she said: "We became your bodyguard while Waka still protected you; now she has removed her guardianship and left you.
A no kēia kumu, hoʻolilo loa aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ua wahi kanaka nei i poʻo kiʻekiʻe ma luna o nā mea a pau, ʻo ko ke aliʻi mau ʻāina a pau a me nā kānaka a pau loa, nā aliʻi a me nā makaʻāinana, ma kona ʻano kuhina nui.
Therefore Aiwohikupua exalted this man to be head over all things, over all the chief's land, over all the men, chiefs, and common people, as his chief counsellor.
Ch.16 p.84 para.6 sent.2
I ia lele ʻana a kiʻekiʻe lāua nei, i ʻalawa aʻe ka hana, aia ma luna pono o lāua ke a luna e poʻi iho ana iā lāua nei, a no ko lāua nei māmā loa o ka lele ʻana ma ko lāua ʻano kino manu, ua pakele lāua.
They flew high and looked about. There right above them was the upper jaw shutting down upon them, and only by quickness of flight in their bird bodies did they escape.
Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.3
Inā e piʻi ka ʻohu a kū pololei i luna a kiʻekiʻe loa, inā e hina ka ʻohu ma ka lulu, a laila, ua hālāwai wau me Kihanuilūlūmoku, manaʻo aʻe ʻoukou ua hoʻāikāne māua.
When the clouds rise straight up, if they turn leeward then I have met Kihanuilulumoku and you will know that we have made friends.
Ch.18 p.90 para.4 sent.1
Ma ka lā ʻo Kulu ma ke kakahiaka i ka puka ʻana aʻe o ka lā a kiʻekiʻe iki aʻe, ʻike akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka hau e uhi ma luna o ka piko o nā mauna a hiki i kahi o lāua e hoʻāo ai.
On the seventeenth day, the day of Kulu, in the early morning, a little later than sunrise, Aiwohikupua and his party saw the, snow begin to hide the summits of the mountain clear to the place of meeting.
Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.6
Ma ke kiʻekiʻe iki ʻana aʻe o ka lā, aia e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kai o Keaʻau.
a little later in the day the rainbow was at the seacoast of Keaau;
Ch.27 p.146 para.3 sent.4
Mai ia wanaʻao a kiʻekiʻe ka lā, loaʻa ʻo ia i ka wela o ka lā, manaʻo aʻela ʻo ia, ʻo ka hana kēia a kona kaikunāne.
from dawn until the sun was high she was in the heat of the sun, she thought this was her brother's doing.
Mai ia pō a wanaʻao, honi ʻo ia i ke ʻala o ke kiele, manaʻo aʻela kēia ʻo ka makuahine ia.
at night until dawn she smelled the fragrance of the kiele plant; this she thought was her mother's art;
Kihanuilūlūmoku (24)
Ch.15 p.78 para.4 sent.1
A lohe ke koa kiaʻi nui o ke aliʻi wahine i kēia ʻōlelo a ko lākou kupuna wahine, i ia manawa, kauoha koke aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana iā Kihanuilūlūmoku ko lākou akua e hoʻokokoke mai ma ka hale aliʻi e hoʻomākaukau no ka hoʻouka kaua.
When the princess's head guard heard her grandmother's words, then Kahalaomapuana immediately ordered Kihanuilulumoku, their god, to come near the home of the chief and prepare for battle.
Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.6
Inā he hele mai kāna me ka ʻinoʻino, a laila, e kauoha nō wau i ko kākou akua iā Kihanuilūlūmoku nāna nō e luku aku iā ia.”
If he threatens to harm us, then I will command our god, Kihanuilulumoku, who will destroy him."
Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.1
I ia manawa, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia iā Kihanuilūlūmoku ka moʻo nui o Paliuli ke akua o lākou nei.
Then she sent for Kihanuilulumoku, the great lizard of Paliuli, their god.
Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.2
A hiki maila ua moʻo nei, kauoha akula ʻo ia, “E ko mākou akua, e Kihanuilūlūmoku, nānā ʻia ke kupu, ka ʻeu, ke kalohe o kai.
And the lizard came and she commanded him: "O our god, Kihanuilulumoku, see to this lawless one, this mischief-maker, this rogue of the sea;
Ch.16 p.83 para.3 sent.2
I ia manawa, lohe akula lākou i ka hū o ka nahele i ka makani o ke alelo o ua a moʻo nui nei ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku e hanu mai ana iā lākou nei.
Then they heard the humming of the wind in the thicket from the tongue of that great lizard, Kihanuilulumoku, coming for them,
Ch.16 p.84 para.5 sent.1
“Pau akula,” wahi a ke kia manu, “i ka moʻo nui iā Kihanuilūlūmoku, ʻaʻole e pakele mai.”
"They are done for," said the bird catcher, "in the great lizard, Kihanuilulumoku; they have not been spared."
Inā e piʻi ka ʻohu a kū pololei i luna a kiʻekiʻe loa, inā e hina ka ʻohu ma ka lulu, a laila, ua hālāwai wau me Kihanuilūlūmoku, manaʻo aʻe ʻoukou ua hoʻāikāne māua.
When the clouds rise straight up, if they turn leeward then I have met Kihanuilulumoku and you will know that we have made friends.
Haʻi ʻia akula ʻo ia ʻo Lāʻieikawai, a no ka ʻiʻini nui o ʻAiwohikupua i kēia mea a Kauakahialiʻi e ʻōlelo nei, manaʻo ihola ia e kiʻi i wahine male nāna, akā, ua haʻohaʻo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua no kēia wahine.
They told him it was Laieikawai, and such was Aiwohikupua's longing for the woman of whom Kauakahialii spoke that he thought to make her his wife, but he wondered who this woman might be.
Ch.3 p.19 para.6 sent.1
No ka manaʻo o ʻAiwohikupua no Moaʻulanuiākea ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia kona mea i manaʻo ai e kiʻi i wahine nāna, no ka mea, ma mua aku o kona lohe ʻana i kēia mau mea, ua ʻōlelo paʻa ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ʻaʻole e lawe i kekahi wahine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine male nāna.
Since Aiwohikupua thought Laieikawai must be from Moaulanuiakea, he determined to get her for his wife. For before he had heard all this story Aiwohikupua had vowed not to take any woman of these islands to wife;
Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.4
Aia nō kaʻu wahine aʻe ke kiʻi mai no kekahi mau ʻāina ʻē mai.
She shall be my wife who comes hither from other islands,
Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.5
Inā no loko mai o Moaʻulanuiākea kahi o nā wāhine ʻoluʻolu aʻu i lohe ai, a laila, ʻo kaʻu wahine makemake ia, inā i kiʻi ʻia mai wau ma nā ʻano ʻelua.”
even from Moaulanuiakea, a place of kind women, I have heard; so that is the sort of woman I desire to marry."
Ch.4 p.23 para.8 sent.2
I ia wā ka hoʻopuka ʻana o lāua i ʻōlelo hoʻoholo no ke kiʻi iā Lāʻieikawai i wahine male.
At this time they began to talk about getting Laieikawai for a wife.
Ch.6 p.35 para.2 sent.3
E nānā ʻoe i kēlā ānuenue e piʻo maila, aia i laila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ka mea a kāua e kiʻi nei, a ma laila nō kahi i loaʻa ai iaʻu.”
See that rainbow arch? Laieikawai is there, the one whom you want to find, and there
is where I found her.
I ia manawa, kiʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona ʻahuʻula, lawe maila a hoʻouhi akula iā Poliʻahu me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E like me kāu ʻōlelo iaʻu ma mua o kou hāʻawi ʻana mai iaʻu i ke kapa hau, pēlā nō ʻoe e mālama ai a hiki i ko kāua hui ʻana e like me ke kauoha.”
Then Aiwohikupua took out his feather cloak, brought it and threw it over Poliahu with the words, "As you have said to me before giving me the snow mantle, so do you guard this until our promised union."
ʻĪ akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i kona mau kaikuahine, “E hele ʻoukou e ʻuʻu mai i pua kiliʻoʻopu.
Said Kaonohiokala to his sisters, "Go and pull a grass flower;
Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.7
E like me ko hānau ʻana, pēlā ʻoukou e hele ai, a pēlā nō hoʻi ʻoukou ke hoʻi mai, a ʻo ka mea lōʻihi o kāna kiliʻoʻopu, ʻo ia ke hoʻi i Keʻalohilani.”
in the order of your birth, and the one who has the longest grass stem, she shall go to Kealohilani."
Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.2
A ʻo ka lua hoʻi, huhuki maila, a ʻoki aʻela i kāna kiliʻoʻopu, ʻekolu ʻīniha a me ka hapa paha.
and the second one pulled and broke her flower perhaps three inches and a half;
Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.3
A ʻo ke kolu hoʻi, huhuki maila i kāna kiliʻoʻopu, ʻelua ʻīniha paha ka lōʻihi.
and the third, she pulled her grass stem about two inches long;
Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.5
A ʻo Kahalaomāpuana hoʻi, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i huhuki mai ma ke kiliʻoʻopu loloa, huhuki maila ʻo ia ma ka mea liʻiliʻi loa, ʻekolu kapuaʻi paha kona loa, a ʻoki aʻela ʻo ia i ka hapalua o kāna, a hoʻi akula, me ka manaʻo, ʻo kāna kiliʻoʻopu ka pōkole.
and Kahalaomapuana did not pull the tall flowers, she pulled a very short one, about three feet long hers was, and she cut off half and came back, thinking her grass stem was the shortest.
Kū akula ʻo ia ma waho o ka ʻaha a kāhea akula me ka leo nui, “E ka hū, e nā makaʻāinana, e ka lōpā kuakea, lōpā hoʻopili wale, e nā aliʻi, nā kāhuna, nā kilo, nā ʻaialo, ua ʻike au i nā mea a pau ma kēia hele ʻana mai nei aʻu.
he stood outside the crowd and cried with a loud voice: "O ye men of the people, husbandmen, laborers, tillers of the soil; O ye chiefs, priests, soothsayers, all men of rank in the household of the chief! All manner of men have I beheld on my way hither;
Ma mua o ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, kauoha ʻia ka poʻe nānā uli o ke aliʻi a me nā kilokilo e nānā i nā ʻōuli o ke ao a me ka moana inā he hiki i ke aliʻi ke hele, a inā he hiki ʻole e like me ka mea mau.
Before the going down of the sun the steersmen and soothsayers were ordered to observe the look of the clouds and the ocean to see whether the chief could go or not on his journey, according to the signs.
Ch.4 p.23 para.10 sent.2
Akā, ua maopopo i kona poʻe nānā uli a kilokilo hoʻi, he hiki i ke aliʻi ke hele i kāna huakaʻi.
And the steersmen as well as soothsayers saw plainly that he might go on his journey.
Ch.6 p.33 para.2 sent.3
Nānā akula ʻo ia i ke kukū o nā ʻōpua ma ka nānā ʻana i nā ʻōuli o ke ao a like me ka mea mau i ka poʻe kilokilo mai ka wā kahiko mai a hiki i kēia manawa.
he saw long clouds standing against the horizon where the signs in the clouds appear, according to the soothsayers of old days even until now.
I ia pō iho, he pō leʻaleʻa ia no nā aliʻi, he kilu a he kāʻeke nā leʻaleʻa i ia pō.
That night was a festival night, the game of kilu and the dance kaeke being the sports of the night.
Ch.18 p.91 para.5 sent.3
I kilu ka leʻaleʻa i koe.
and play at spin-the-gourd;
Ch.18 p.91 para.5 sent.4
Aia a kilu, a laila, kiʻi aku ʻoe a ʻume mai i ka wahine malihini, ʻo koʻu pili ia o kēia pō.”
when the game begins, then you go up and draw the stranger for my partner to-night."
Ch.18 p.91 para.5 sent.5
Ma ke kauoha a ka mea nona ka pō leʻaleʻa e kilu, ua hoʻopau ʻia ke kāʻeke.
At the request of the one for whom the sports were given the dance was ended.
Ch.18 p.91 para.6 sent.1
Iā Hauaʻiliki e kilu ana me Poliʻahu, a i ka ʻumi o nā hāuna kilu a lāua, i ia manawa, kū maila ka mea ʻume a kaʻapuni aʻela a puni ka ʻaha.
Then Hauailiki played at spin-the-gourd with Poliahu until the gourd had been spun ten times. Then the master of ceremonies arose and made the circuit of the assembly,
Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.1
Ma hope iho naʻe o ka haʻiʻōlelo ʻana a Hinaikamalama, hoʻomaka hou ke kilu; iā ʻAiwohikupua lāua me Makaweli ke kilu i ia manawa.
Soon after Hinaikamalama's speech the games began again; the game was between Aiwohikupua and Makaweli.
A no kēia ʻōlelo a Kauakahialiʻi i mua o nā aliʻi, ua hoʻokū ʻia mai ko ʻAiwohikupua kino ʻokoʻa e ka ʻiʻini nui me ka nīnau aku, “ʻO wai ka inoa o ia wahine?”
At these words of Kauakahialii to the chiefs, all the body of Aiwohikupua pricked with desire, and he asked, "What was the woman's name?"
Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.3
Inā i ʻōlelo ʻia mai he mau wāhine maikaʻi, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi au e hāʻawi i koʻu kino e komo aku ma ke ʻano kolohe, he ʻole loa nō, no ka mea, he kanaka hana pono ʻole ʻia wau e nā wāhine mai koʻu wā ʻōpiopio mai a hiki i koʻu hoʻokanaka makua ʻana.
no matter how beautiful she is reported to be, nor will I get into mischief with a woman, not with anyone at all. For I have been ill-treated by women from my youth up.
Ch.4 p.21 para.9 sent.3
Kau koke maila naʻe i luna o ke aliʻi ka hāliʻaliʻa aloha o Lāʻieikawai, me he mea ala, ua launa kino ma mua.
Then close above the chief rested the beloved image of Laieikawai as if they were already lovers.
Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.2
Hoʻokahi nō kumu pili māmā loa, ʻo ia nā kino nō o kāua.
a still lighter stake would be our persons;
Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.1
A i loko o ko lāua manawa kamaʻilio, hoʻopuka akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona manaʻo i mua o ke aliʻi wahine, “He nani hoʻi ia ua pili aʻe nei koʻu kino me ʻoe, a ua maikaʻi nō, akā, ʻaʻole kāua e launa koke.
During the talk, Aiwohikupua gave to the princess this counsel. "Although I belong to you, and this is well, yet let us not at once become lovers,
Ch.5 p.30 para.3 sent.2
I ia manawa, piʻi aʻela ka ʻula o ʻAiwohikupua a puni ke kino, me he mea lā ua hoʻoluʻu ʻia i ke koko o nā hipa keiki, huli aʻela ʻo ia a kūpono i mua o ka ʻaha a ʻōlelo akula, “ʻO wai kēia kanaka i ʻaʻa mai ai ʻo ia i ke keiki Kauaʻi nei?
Then a flush rose all over his body as if he had been dipped in the blood of a lamb. He turned right to the crowd and said, "Who will dare to defy the Kauai boy,
Akā, no ko kāua lawe ʻana iā kāua i kāne hoʻāo ʻoe naʻu, a pēlā hoʻi wau iā ʻoe, no laila, ke hāʻawi lilo aku nei wau i kēia kapa a hiki i kou lā e manaʻo mai ai iaʻu ma nā hoʻohiki a kāua, a laila, loaʻa kou kuleana e ʻimi aʻe ai iaʻu a loaʻa i luna o Mauna Kea, a laila, hōʻike aʻe ʻoe iaʻu, a laila, hui kino kāua.”
but as we are betrothed, you to me and I to you, therefore I give away this mantle until the day when you remember our vows, then you must seek me, and you will find me above on the White Mountain; show it to me there, then we shall be united."
I ia manawa, kaʻikaʻi aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kanaka me kona lima, a koali aʻela iā Ihuanu i mua o ke anaina, a kiola akula i waho o ka ʻaha a lanakila ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma luna o Ihuanu.
then Aiwohikupua lifted the man on his arm and swung him to and fro before the crowd, and threw him outside the field, and Aiwohikupua overcame Cold-nose,
Ch.5 p.31 para.6 sent.1
I ka lehulehu e lulumi ana no ka make o Ihuanu, ko lākou pūkaua, a e uē ana hoʻi, hele akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a ʻoki aʻela i ke poʻo o Ihuanu a me ka lāʻau pālau a Ihuanu, a kiola akula i kona mau hoʻokele.
As the host were crowding about the dead body of their champion and wailing, Aiwohikupua came and cut off Cold-nose's head with the man's own war club and threw it contemptuously to his followers:
Ch.31 p.170 para.1 sent.1
Akā, i ka hoʻohālike ʻana, kiola akula ka mua i kāna i mua o ko lākou kaikunāne, ʻike akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i ka mua, he mea kāhāhā loa iā ia, no laila, momoku malū aʻela ʻo ia i kāna i loko o kona ʻaʻahu, akā, ua ʻike akula kona kaikunāne i kāna hana, ʻī akula, “E Kahalaomāpuana, mai hana malū ʻoe!
But in comparing them, the oldest laid hers down before her brother. Kahalaomapuana saw it and was much surprised, so she secretly broke hers inside her clothing; but her brother saw her doing it and said, "Kahalaomapuana, no fooling!
Ch.31 p.170 para.2 sent.1
Kiola akula nā mea i koe i kā lākou, akā, ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ʻaʻole i hōʻike mai, ʻī mai naʻe “Ua kū iaʻu ka hailona.”
"The others laid down theirs, but Kahalaomapuana did not show hers; said he, "The lot rests upon you."
ʻĪ maila ke kahuna, “E pono ʻoe ke hūnā loa i kāu hānai i loko o ke kiʻowai i Waiʻāpuka.
Said the priest, "You had better hide your foster child in the water hole of Waiapuka;
Ch.28 p.149 para.6 sent.3
Mai hōʻike ʻoe, aia a lele kēlā i loko o ke kiʻowai a i luʻu i lalo o ka wai, a laila, holo aku ʻoe a lawe mai i ka pāʻū a me ke kapa ona i haumia i kona maʻi.
do not show yourself, and when she jumps into the pool and dives under the water, then run and bring hither her skirt and her polluted clothes;
Ch.28 p.151 para.2 sent.2
Iā ia i hiki aku ai, peʻe ihola ma kahi kokoke i ke kiʻowai, ʻaʻole i ʻupuʻupu iho, hiki ana ka makuahine, a wehe i ke kapa i hoʻohaumia ʻia, a lele akula i loko o ka wai.
When she arrived, she hid close to the water hole; not long after, the mother came, took off her polluted clothes and sprang into the water.
I ua makāula nei e kaʻapuni ana ma nā wahi a pau āna i kipa aku ai, ua kauoha mua aku ka makāula inā e loaʻa kāna mea e ʻimi nei, a laila, e huli aku iā ia ma kahi e loaʻa ai.
Wherever the seer stopped in his journeying he directed the people, if they found the person he was following, to search him out wherever he might be.
Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.5
I kipa mai nei i ou lā e haʻi aku no kēia mau mea iā ʻoe, a no laila, e noho malu ʻoe a hiki i kuʻu hoʻi hou ʻana mai, hoʻokō ʻia ka hoʻohiki.”
I have stopped in here to tell you all this; and therefore, live apart, and on my next
return our vow shall be fulfilled."
Kīpahulu (4)
Ch.4 p.24 para.1 sent.6
A no ka makani ʻino i ia lā, ua noho lākou ma laila a i kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele lākou i ia wahi, hiki lākou i Kīpahulu i ia lā.
and as the wind was unfavorable, remained there, and the next day left that place and went to Kipahulu.
Ch.4 p.24 para.2 sent.1
Iā lākou ma Kīpahulu, hoʻoholo aʻela ke aliʻi i ʻōlelo e hele wāwae ma uka a ma nā waʻa nā kānaka.
At Kipahulu the chief said he would go along the coast afoot and the men by boat.
Ch.4 p.24 para.3 sent.1
Haʻalele lākou iā Kīpahulu, hiki lākou ma Hāna.
They left Kipahulu and went to Hana,
Ch.33 p.177 para.2 sent.2
A no ka lohe ʻana o Lāʻielohelohe i kēia mea, lalelale koke akula lākou a hiki i Kaupō a me Kīpahulu.
When Laielohelohe heard this news, they hurried forward at once and came to Kaupo and Kipahulu.
No ko lākou manaʻo e puka hou ana ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i Paliuli, a laila, he mana ko lākou e kipaku i ko lākou ʻenemi.
if Aiwohikupua should again enter Paliuli, to have power to bar their enemy.
Ch.14 p.72 para.6 sent.1
ʻĪ maila ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, “ʻAʻole wau e ʻae aku i ko ʻolua manaʻo, no ka mea, ʻo koʻu kuleana nō ia i hoʻonoho ʻia ai ma kēia wahi e kipaku aku i ka poʻe hele mai i uka nei e like me ʻolua.”
Said Mailehaiwale, "I will not let you; for I am put here to drive off everybody who comes up here like you two."
Ch.14 p.73 para.2 sent.1
“ʻAʻole ʻolua e pono pēlā,” wahi a Mailekaluhea, “no ka mea, ua hoʻonoho ʻia mai mākou he mau kiaʻi e kipaku aku i nā mea a pau i hele mai i kēia wahi, no laila, e hoʻi ʻolua!”
"You two have no such right," said Mailekaluhea, "for we guards are stationed here to drive off everybody who comes to this place: so, you two go back."
Ch.14 p.74 para.4 sent.1
ʻĪ akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki, “E ke Aliʻi, e honi kāua, no ka mea, iaʻu i piʻi mai ai i uka nei i kēia mau pō aku nei lā, ua hiki mai wau i uka nei me ko ʻike ʻole, akā, ma ka mana o kou mau kiaʻi, ua kipaku ʻia wau.
Hauailiki said, "O Princess, let us kill one another, for a few nights ago I came up and got here without seeing you; we were driven away by the power of your guards,
Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.2
Iā lākou i ʻākoakoa ai, kūkākūkā ihola lākou ma nā mea kūpono iā lākou, a eia kā lākou mau ʻōlelo hoʻoholo ma o ka noʻonoʻo lā o Kahalaomāpuana ke koa kiaʻi nui o ke aliʻi, “ʻO ʻoe, e Mailehaʻiwale, inā e hiki mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a hālāwai ʻolua, e kipaku aku ʻoe iā ia, no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe nō ke kiaʻi mua loa.
When they met and consulted what was best to be done, all agreed to what Kahalaomapuana, the princess's chief guard, proposed, as follows: "You, Mailehaiwale, if Aiwohikupua should come hither, and you two meet, drive him away, for you are the first guard;
Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.5
A inā i nui mai ka paʻakikī, a laila, e hoʻouna aʻe ʻoe i kekahi manu kiaʻi ou i oʻu lā, a laila, e hele mai au e hoʻohui iā kākou ma kahi hoʻokahi, a naʻu ponoʻī e kipaku aku iā ia.
and if he still insists then despatch one of the guardian birds to me, then we will all meet at the same place, and I myself will drive him away.
I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe.
At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow:
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.2
I noho aku auaneʻi kāua a i loaʻa kā kāua keiki, a he keiki kāne, a laila, pōmaikaʻi kāua, ola nā iwi i loko o ko kāua mau lā ʻelemakule a hāʻule aku i ka make, nalo nō hoʻi nā wahi huna.
If we two live hereafter and bear a child and it is a son, then it shall be well with us. Our children shall live in the days of our old age, and when we die they will cover our nakedness.
Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.1
I ka ʻewalu paha o nā makahiki o ko lāua noho ʻana he kāne a he wahine, hāpai aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana a hānau maila he kaikamahine.
About the eighth year of their living as man and wife, Malaekahana conceived and bore a daughter,
Ch.1 p.2 para.4 sent.1
A laila, ʻōlelo mai ke kahuna iā Mālaekahana, “O hoʻi a kokoke i ko lā hānau, a laila, hele mai ʻoe i oʻu nei i nānā aku au i kēia hāpai ʻana.”
The the priest said to Malaekahana, "Go home; just before the child is to be born come back to me that I may know what you are carrying."
Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.3
ʻO ka iʻa ponoʻī nō e loaʻa ana ma kona lima, ʻo ia kāu iʻa e ʻono ai, no ka mea, he kanaka puni kaʻalau ʻōhua hoʻi ko kāne i lilo ai kēlā i ka lawaiʻa, ʻike ʻole ia i kou hānau ʻana.
get the fish you desire with his own hand, for your husband is very fond of the young manini afloat in the membrane, and while he is out fishing he will not know about the birth;
Ch.1 p.5 para.2 sent.1
I loko o ko Lāʻieikawai mau lā ma Waiʻāpuka, ua hoʻomau ʻia ka piʻo ʻana o ke ānuenue ma kēlā wahi i loko o ka manawa ua a me ka mālie, ʻo ka pō a me ke ao.
All the days that Laieikawai was at Waiapuka a rainbow arch was there constantly, in rain or calm,
I ia pō iho, i ka hiki ʻana o ka Hōkūhoʻokelewaʻa, haʻalele lākou iā Kauaʻi, he ʻumikumamālima ko lākou nui, hiki mua maila lākou ma Kamaile i Waiʻanae.
That night when the canoe star rose they left Kauai, 15 strong, and came first to Kamaile in Waianae.
Kainoa ua ʻōlelo ʻoe iaʻu ma mua o ko kākou lā i haʻalele ai iā Kauaʻi ʻo nā kaikuahine wale nō ou ka mea nāna e kiʻi kou makemake, a ua ʻike nō hoʻi ʻoe i ke kō ʻana o kā lākou mau hana.
I thought before we left Kauai you told me that your sisters were the only ones to get
your wish, and you have seen now what one of them can do;
Ch.9 p.50 para.7 sent.6
Iaʻu wale nō e kō ai kāu mau mea a pau.”
I have gained all your wishes."
Ch.15 p.77 para.1 sent.1
ʻĪ ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Pōmaikaʻi wau no kuʻu haʻalele ʻana i nā kaikuahine oʻu i Hawaiʻi, a e kō auaneʻi koʻu makemake, no ka mea, ua lohe aʻe nei wau ua lilo koʻu mau kaikuahine i mau koa kiaʻi no kaʻu mea e manaʻo nei.”
Said Aiwohikupua, How fortunate I am to have left my sisters on Hawaii, and so I shall attain my desire, for I have heard that my sisters are guardians to the one on whom I have set my heart."
Ch.17 p.87 para.6 sent.4
(ʻO ke kolu kēia o ko ʻAiwohikupua hiki ʻana i Paliuli no Lāʻieikawai, ʻaʻole he kō iki o kona makemake.)
(This was the third time that Aiwohikupua had been to Paliuli after Laieikawai without fulfilling his mission.)
Ch.18 p.93 para.2 sent.3
Ke kō nei i ke ʻano o kuʻu manawa,
My heart is afraid.
Ch.19 p.96 para.2 sent.1
Pane akula ʻo Hinaikamalama, “Ua pau kāua, no ka mea, ua pili aʻela nō nā kino o kāua, a ua kō aʻela nō ka hoʻohiki a kāua no ka hoʻopalau ʻana.”
Hinaikamalama answered, "We must part, for we have met and our vow is fulfilled."
I ia manawa, nalu ihola ka makāula i ke kumu o kēia hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa, akā hoʻi, no ko ia nei makemake e ʻike maopopo i ka hana a nā mea waʻa, pule akula ʻo ia i kona akua iā Kūikaʻueke e hoʻoili mai i ka ʻino nui ma luna o ka moana.
Then the seer asked himself the reason. But just to see for himself what the canoe men were doing, he prayed to his god, to Kuikauweke, to bring a great tempest over the ocean.
Ch.2 p.11 para.3 sent.2
A no ko ia nei manaʻo i lohe pono ʻia mai kāna ʻōlelo, oi pono loa akula ia i waena o ke anaina, kū ihola ʻo ia i mua o ka ʻaha, a kuehu aʻela ʻo ia i ka lepo o kona ʻaʻahu, a haʻi hou aʻela i ka ʻōlelo āna i ʻōlelo mua ai.
And wishing his words to be heard aright, he advanced into the
midst of the throng, stood before the assembly, and held up the border of his garment and repeated the words he had just spoken.
Ch.2 p.12 para.1 sent.2
ʻO ia nei lā, ʻehā kīkoʻo i koe o ko ia ala maikaʻi iā ia nei, a laila, like aku me kēlā.”
"Your daughter must be in four points more beautiful than she is to compare with that other."
Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.2
Ke ʻike maopopo leʻa aku nei wau ʻānō i kēia manawa ʻaʻole e lanakila ana ko kākou aoʻao, a ma kuʻu manaʻopaʻa hoʻi, e lanakila ana ka malihini ma luna o kākou, no ka mea, ke ʻike maopopo akula nō ʻoe ua make loa ko kākou kanaka i ka wēlau wale nō o ko ia ala lima.
I see pretty plainly now our side will never get the best of it; I am sure that the stranger will beat us, for you see how our man was killed by just a push from his hand;
Ch.9 p.48 para.9 sent.2
He aha lā auaneʻi ko ia ala hōʻole ʻana aʻela, ʻo ko lāua ʻaʻala nō kai makemake ʻole ʻia aʻela.
what of her refusing! it is only their scent she does not like;
Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.4
No laila, i hele mai nei wau e ʻike i ko ia ala hoʻopunipuni nui iaʻu, no ka mea, hiki aʻe kēlā i Hāna ma Maui, e heʻe nalu ana mākou.
therefore I came here to see how he had lied to me. For that man there came to Hana on Maui while we were surf riding.
ʻElua lā, ʻaʻohe mea nāna i haʻi aku kēia pilikīa iā ʻAiwohikupua mā, a no ka haʻohaʻo o ke aliʻi i ka hoʻi ʻole aku o kona mau koa, a laila, he mea ʻē ka huhū o ke aliʻi.
Two days passed; there was no one to tell of the disaster to Aiwohikupua s party, and because he wondered why they did not return the chief was angry.
Ch.16 p.83 para.4 sent.2
A no kēia mea, wae hou aʻela ke aliʻi he mau kānaka he iwakālua e piʻi e luku i nā kaikuahine, ma ka poʻe ikaika wale nō, a hoʻokohu akula ke kuhina i hope kuhina nona e hele pū me nā koa.
So the chief again chose a party of warriors, twenty of them, from the strongest of his men, to go up and destroy the sisters; and the counsellor appointed an assistant counsellor to go for him with the men.
Ch.16 p.83 para.5 sent.2
Hoʻouna hou aku nō ke aliʻi hoʻokahi kanahā koa, pau nō i ka make.
The chief again sent a band of forty; all were killed.
No laila, ua hoʻoholo mākou i ko mākou manaʻo e hoʻolilo mākou iā mākou ʻelima i mau koa kiaʻi no kou hale aliʻi, a ma o mākou lā e ʻae ʻia ai, a ma o mākou lā e hōʻole ʻia ai.
and all five of us have agreed to become the bodyguard for your house; ours shall be the consent, ours the refusal.
Ch.14 p.75 para.4 sent.1
I loko naʻe o ko Hauaʻiliki manawa e kamaʻilio ana no ka lilo ʻana o nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i mau koa kiaʻi no Lāʻieikawai, a laila, ua manaʻolana hou aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e holo i Hawaiʻi no ke kiʻi nō iā Lāʻieikawai e like nō me kona manaʻo mua.
While Hauailiki was telling how Aiwohikupua's sisters had become guardians to Laieikawai, then Aiwohikupua conceived afresh the hope of sailing to Hawaii to get Laieikawai, as he had before desired.
Ch.15 p.77 para.1 sent.1
ʻĪ ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Pōmaikaʻi wau no kuʻu haʻalele ʻana i nā kaikuahine oʻu i Hawaiʻi, a e kō auaneʻi koʻu makemake, no ka mea, ua lohe aʻe nei wau ua lilo koʻu mau kaikuahine i mau koa kiaʻi no kaʻu mea e manaʻo nei.”
Said Aiwohikupua, How fortunate I am to have left my sisters on Hawaii, and so I shall attain my desire, for I have heard that my sisters are guardians to the one on whom I have set my heart."
Ch.15 p.78 para.4 sent.1
A lohe ke koa kiaʻi nui o ke aliʻi wahine i kēia ʻōlelo a ko lākou kupuna wahine, i ia manawa, kauoha koke aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana iā Kihanuilūlūmoku ko lākou akua e hoʻokokoke mai ma ka hale aliʻi e hoʻomākaukau no ka hoʻouka kaua.
When the princess's head guard heard her grandmother's words, then Kahalaomapuana immediately ordered Kihanuilulumoku, their god, to come near the home of the chief and prepare for battle.
Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.2
Iā lākou i ʻākoakoa ai, kūkākūkā ihola lākou ma nā mea kūpono iā lākou, a eia kā lākou mau ʻōlelo hoʻoholo ma o ka noʻonoʻo lā o Kahalaomāpuana ke koa kiaʻi nui o ke aliʻi, “ʻO ʻoe, e Mailehaʻiwale, inā e hiki mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a hālāwai ʻolua, e kipaku aku ʻoe iā ia, no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe nō ke kiaʻi mua loa.
When they met and consulted what was best to be done, all agreed to what Kahalaomapuana, the princess's chief guard, proposed, as follows: "You, Mailehaiwale, if Aiwohikupua should come hither, and you two meet, drive him away, for you are the first guard;
Koaʻe (4)
Ch.18 p.89 para.1 sent.1
Ma hope iho o ka hoʻopau ʻia ʻana o ʻUlili ma, hoʻouna hou akula ʻo ia ia Koaʻe, kekahi o kana mau ʻelele mama, e like me ka ʻōlelo kauoha i na ʻelele mua.
After the dismissal of Snipe and his fellow, the chief dispatched Frigate-bird, one of his nimble messengers, with the same errand as before.
Ch.18 p.89 para.1 sent.2
A hiki ʻo Koaʻe i o Poliʻahu la, hālāwai akula lāua, haʻi akula ʻo Koaʻe i ke kauoha a ke aliʻi e like me ka mea i haʻi ʻia ma na paukū hope o ka mokuna ʻumikumamahiku o kēia kaʻao.
Frigate-bird went to Poliahu; when they met. Frigate-bird gave the chief's command, according to the words spoken in Chapter XVII of this story.
Ch.18 p.89 para.3 sent.2
I ia manawa, hoʻouna akula ʻo ia ia Koaʻe kona ʻelele e kiʻi ia Poliʻahu e iho mai e hālāwai me ʻAiwohikupua i ka la i kauoha ʻia ai e hoʻāo.
then he sent his messenger. Frigate-bird, to get Poliahu to come thither to meet Aiwohikupua on the day set for the marriage.
I ia manawa, kaʻikaʻi aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kanaka me kona lima, a koali aʻela iā Ihuanu i mua o ke anaina, a kiola akula i waho o ka ʻaha a lanakila ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma luna o Ihuanu.
then Aiwohikupua lifted the man on his arm and swung him to and fro before the crowd, and threw him outside the field, and Aiwohikupua overcame Cold-nose,
Na ʻolua nā mea a pau o loko, ʻaʻole kekahi mea e koe o ka hale nei iā ʻolua.
everything within is yours, not a single thing is withholden from you in the house;
Ch.2 p.12 para.1 sent.2
ʻO ia nei lā, ʻehā kīkoʻo i koe o ko ia ala maikaʻi iā ia nei, a laila, like aku me kēlā.”
"Your daughter must be in four points more beautiful than she is to compare with that other."
Ch.5 p.30 para.1 sent.2
Ua pau kā mākou ʻōlelo; ʻaʻohe hana i koe.
We say no more; there is nothing left to do;
Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.1
A laila, kukuli ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a pule akula i kona mau akua penei, “E Lanipipili, Laniʻoaka, Lanikahuliomealani, e Lono, e Hekilikaʻakaʻa a me Nākolowailani, i kēia lā, e ʻike mai ʻoukou iaʻu i kā ʻoukou kama, kā ʻoukou pua i koe ma ke ao nei.
Then Aiwohikupua knelt down and prayed to his gods as follows: "O you Heavens, Lightning, and Rain, O Air, O Thunder and Earthquake! Look upon me this day, the only child of yours left upon this earth.
Ch.9 p.47 para.2 sent.6
ʻEhā ou mau kaikuahine i koe; malia paha o loaʻa i kekahi o lākou.”
But without her you have four sisters left; it may be one of them will succeed."
Ch.9 p.48 para.11 sent.2
ʻAlua i hala, ʻekolu i koe,” wahi a kona kuhina, “kuʻu ʻia aku paha i pau, he nani ia ua pau nā kaikuahine o kāua i ke kiʻi.
two are out; three remain," said his counsellor. "Let all your sisters take a chance: this will be
best;
“I hoʻokahi nō hoʻi hōʻole ʻana, ʻo ka pono,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻo ka hele kā ia he kāuna wale aʻe nō koe o ka hōʻole, mākena nō hoʻi ua hilahila iā ʻoe, e ke hoa.”
"One refusal is enough," said Aiwohikupua, "without getting four more! You have brought this shame upon us both, my comrade."
Iā lākou naʻe i ʻike aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai, a laila, ua pūʻiwa koke lākou a holo akula me ka haʻalulu ʻeʻehia a pau loa lākou i ka hāʻule i ka honua, koe naʻe ʻo Kahalaomāpuana.
But when they actually saw Laieikawai, then they were filled with dread, and all except Kahalaomapuana ran trembling with fear and fell to the ground.
Ch.25 p.131 para.3 sent.4
Akā, koe naʻe ka maluhia o kona kino a hiki mai māua me ke kaikunāne o kākou.”
but let her body be kept pure until I return with our brother."
Ch.31 p.167 para.1 sent.2
A no ka lilo ʻana o Lāʻieikawai i wahine mau ma ka pelika paʻa, no laila, haʻawi ʻia aʻela ia ia kekahi mau hana mana a pau ma ke ʻano akua e like me kana kane, koe naʻe ka mana hiki ʻole ke ʻike i na mea huna a me na hana pohihihi i hana ʻia ma kahi mamao; no kana kane wale nō.
And when she became wife under the marriage bond, all power was given her as a god except that to see hidden things and those obscure deeds which were done at a distance; only her husband had this power.
Wikiwiki auaneʻi hoʻi paha ʻoe e hoʻi, a hiki kākou i kai o Keaʻau, ʻōlelo kākou no ka loaʻa ʻole, e ʻōlelo aʻe auaneʻi ka poʻe kaikuahine ou i koe,'Inā no iā mākou ka ʻōlelo ʻana mai e kiʻi, inā nō ua ʻae mai ʻo Lāʻieikawai'.
perhaps you are too hasty in going home: when you reach Keaau and say you have not succeeded, your other sisters will say: 'If you had let us try, Laieikawai would have consented;'
A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi, “I ka pō mua ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me kuʻu wahi kahu nei, haʻi maila ʻo ia i kona manawa e hiki mai ai i kahi o ko mākou wahi e noho ana, a haʻi maila nō hoʻi ʻo ia i nā hōʻailona o kona hiki ʻana mai, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo aku kuʻu wahi kahu nei i kāne au na ua wahine nei me ke koi aku nō hoʻi e iho pū mai lāua me ua wahi kahu nei oʻu, akā, ua haʻi mai kēlā i kāna ʻōlelo, 'E hoʻi ʻoe a ko hānai, kuʻu kāne hoʻi āu e ʻōlelo mai nei, ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā ia, a kēia pō wau hiki aku.
Then said Kauakahialii: "On the first night that she met my man she told him at what time she would reach the place where we were staying and the signs of her coming, for my man told her I was to be her husband and entreated her to come down with him; but she said: 'Go back to this ward of yours who is to be my husband and tell him this night I will come.
Ch.6 p.36 para.6 sent.2
A hiki kā hoʻi kāua i ka hale o ko wahine, kā kāua mea i ʻau mai nei i kēia mau kai ʻewalu, a eia kā hoʻi he koi kāu e hoʻi.
after we have reached the woman's house for whom we have swum eight seas, here you are
begging to go back.
Ch.9 p.48 para.13 sent.5
A no ka ikaika loa o ua wahi kuhina nei ona i ke koi, hoʻoholo ke aliʻi i ka ʻae.
And because the counsellor urged so strongly the chief gave his consent.
Ch.9 p.49 para.10 sent.2
No laila i hoʻoholo koke ai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ʻōlelo ʻae ma muli o ke koi a ua wahi kanaka nei.
so Aiwohikupua readily assented to his servant's plea.
Ch.14 p.72 para.6 sent.2
Akā, no ka ʻoi aku o ko lāua nei koi ʻana me ka ʻōlelo ikaika i mua o ia ala, no laila, ua ʻae akula kēia.
But because they urged her with such persuasive words, she did consent.
Ch.26 p.137 para.4 sent.3
No laila, koi ikaika aʻela lākou i ke aliʻi e hoʻopaʻa ʻia i loko o ka hale paehumu (ka hale paʻahao), kahi e hoʻopaʻa ai i ko ke aliʻi poʻe lawehala.
They strongly urged the chief, therefore, to bind him within the
house of detention, the prison house, where the chief's enemies are
wont to be imprisoned.
I loko o kona lā e hele ana ma kona ʻano makāula, iā ia hoʻi i hiki aku ai i Wailua, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻākoakoa ʻia nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa a pau o Kauaʻi ma o ka poʻe kaukaualiʻi me nā kaikamāhine koʻikoʻi, ma muli naʻe o ka ʻōlelo kuahaua a ʻAiwohikupua, a lawe ʻia mai nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa i mua o ke aliʻi.
As he traveled in his character as seer he came to Wailua. Lo! all the virgin daughters of Kauai were gathered together, all of the rank of chief with the girls of well-to-do families, at the command of Aiwohikupua to bring the virgins before the chief,
Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.7
Hele akula ua makāula nei e like me kona manaʻopaʻa, a hele akula ʻo ia i mua o nā aliʻi a me ka poʻe koʻikoʻi ma kahi e ʻākoakoa ai nā aliʻi.
The prophet went away, as he had determined, and he went into the presence of the chiefs and men of position, at the place where the chiefs were assembled;
A hiki ke aliʻi i ka hale, ua wahī ʻia ke kaikamahine i ke kapa keiki; kēnā koke aʻela ʻo Kahauokapaka i ka ilāmuku e pepehi.
The chief went to the house; the baby girl had been wrapped in swaddling clothes; Kahauokapaka at once ordered the executioner to kill it.
Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.5
I ia manawa, kēnā koke aʻela ke aliʻi i ka ilāmuku e pepehi.
then the chief at once ordered the executioner to kill it.
Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.3
ʻAkahi wale nō oʻu hānau ʻino ʻana a me ka ʻono oʻu i ka ʻōhua, no laila, e hele koke aku ʻoe me nā kānaka i ka lawaiʻa.”
this is the first time my labor has been hard, and that I have craved the young of the manini; go quickly, therefore, to the fishing."
Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.1
I ia manawa, puka koke aku ʻo Kahauokapaka a hele akula.
Then Kahauokapaka went out of the house at once and set out.
Ch.2 p.8 para.1 sent.3
Iā ia e pule ana i loko ona iho, hiki koke maila ka ʻino nui ma luna o lākou a pono ʻole ka manaʻo o nā mea waʻa.
As he prayed a great storm came suddenly upon them, and the paddlers were afraid.
Ch.3 p.15 para.5 sent.2
I ia manawa, pūʻiwa koke aʻela ʻo ia me ka lele o kona ʻōʻili me ka maikaʻi ʻole o kona noʻonoʻo ʻana, akā, ua kali lōʻihi nō ʻo ia me ka hoʻomanawanui a maopopo leʻa ka hana a kēlā wahi ʻōnohi.
he grew excited, his pulse beat quickly, but he waited long and patiently to see what the rainbow was doing.
A pau ke kamaʻilio ʻana a nā aliʻi no kēia mau mea a me ka walea ʻana e like me ka mea mau o ka puka malihini ʻana, a ma hope koke iho o ia mau lā, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kahi o Kauakahialiʻi i kanaka lawelawe i mua o kona alo me ka manaʻo o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kēlā wahi kanaka ka mea e loaʻa ai ko ke aliʻi makemake.
The chiefs' reception was ended and the accustomed ceremonies on the arrival of strangers performed. And soon after those days Aiwohikupua took Kauakahialii's man to minister in his presence, thinking that this man would be the means to attain his desire.
I ia manawa, piʻi aʻela ka ʻula o ʻAiwohikupua a puni ke kino, me he mea lā ua hoʻoluʻu ʻia i ke koko o nā hipa keiki, huli aʻela ʻo ia a kūpono i mua o ka ʻaha a ʻōlelo akula, “ʻO wai kēia kanaka i ʻaʻa mai ai ʻo ia i ke keiki Kauaʻi nei?
Then a flush rose all over his body as if he had been dipped in the blood of a lamb. He turned right to the crowd and said, "Who will dare to defy the Kauai boy,
Ch.12 p.65 para.2 sent.1
Iā lākou e hālāwai ana me ke aliʻi wahine, hoʻopuka maila ʻo ia i mua o nā malihini he ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi, penei nō ia, “Ua lohe wau i ko ʻoukou kaikaina he poʻe ʻoukou no ka hanauna hoʻokahi, a he poʻe koko like ʻoukou, a no laila, ke lawe nei au iā ʻoukou ma ke ʻano o ke koko hoʻokahi.
And at this interview with the princess she promised them her protection, as follows: "I have heard from your younger sister that you are all of the same parentage and the same blood; therefore I shall treat you all as one blood with me,
Ch.30 p.163 para.1 sent.2
Ma ke kakahiaka, i nā kukuna o ka lā i haʻalele iho ai i nā mauna, ʻike ʻia akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e noho ana i loko o ka wela kūkanono o ka lā ma waena pono o ka luakālai i hoʻopuni ʻia i nā ānuenue a me ka ua koko.
in the early morning when the rays of the sun rose above the mountain, Kaonohiokala was seen sitting within the smoking heat of the sun, right in the middle of the sun's ring, encircled with rainbows and a red mist.
A ʻike maila ʻo Poliʻahu iā Hinaikamalama, kokoe akula nā maka i ka ʻike i kona ʻenemi, a hala akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki me Hinaikamalama ma kahi kūpono iā lāua e hoʻoluʻolu ai.
When Poliahu saw Hinaikamalama, she frowned at sight of her rival. And Hauailiki and Hinaikamalama withdrew where they could take their pleasure.
A i ka hāpai hou ʻana o Mālaekahana i ke keiki, ʻo ka lima ia, a kokoke i nā lā hānau, hele akula kēlā a i mua o ke kahuna a ʻōlelo akula, “ʻĒ, ʻauhea ʻoe.
When for the fifth time Malaekahana conceived a child, near the time of its birth, she went to the priest and said, "Here! Where are you?
Ch.1 p.2 para.4 sent.1
A laila, ʻōlelo mai ke kahuna iā Mālaekahana, “O hoʻi a kokoke i ko lā hānau, a laila, hele mai ʻoe i oʻu nei i nānā aku au i kēia hāpai ʻana.”
The the priest said to Malaekahana, "Go home; just before the child is to be born come back to me that I may know what you are carrying."
Ch.1 p.2 para.5 sent.1
A kokoke i nā lā hānau i ka malama ʻo ʻIkuā i nā lā kapu heiau, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana i ke kauoha a ke kahuna.
At the time when the child was to be born, in the month of October, during the taboo season at the temple, Malaekahana remembered the priest's command.
Ch.2 p.12 para.4 sent.2
Akā, ua hāʻupu honua aʻe ka makāula, me he mea lā, ʻo kāna mea e ukali nei, a no kēia mea, neʻeneʻe loa akula ka makāula a kokoke, paʻa akula ma ka lima o kahi kanaka a huki malū akula iā ia.
So the seer moved slowly toward him, got near, and seized the man by the arm, and drew him quietly after him.
Ch.5 p.30 para.2 sent.1
Iā Ihuanu naʻe e ʻōlelo kaena ana iā ia iho i mua o kona mau hoa no kona lanakila ma luna o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, oi maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a kokoke iki ma ke alo o Ihuanu, ʻūpoʻipoʻi aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau lima ma ka poʻohiwi, me he moa kāne lā e hoʻomākaukau ana no ke kani ʻana, a ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia iā Ihuanu, “E Ihuanu!
While Cold-nose was boasting to his backers how he would overcome Aiwohikupua, then Aiwohikupua moved up and cocked his eye at Cold-nose, flapped with his arms against his side like a cock getting ready to crow, and said to Cold-nose, "Here, Cold-nose!
Ch.6 p.34 para.4 sent.1
A kokoke ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i ke awa ʻo Laupāhoehoe, i ia manawa ke kuʻi ʻana o nā hekili he iwakālua.
As Aiwohikupua's party drew near to the harbor of Laupahoehoe, 20 peals of thunder sounded,
Piʻi akula lāua i loko o nā ulu lāʻau loloa, i ka hihia paʻa o ka nāhelehele me ka luhi a hiki lāua ma kahi e kokoke ana i Paliuli, lohe lāua i ka leo o ka moa.
They made way with difficulty through high forest trees and thickets of tangled brush, until, at a place close to Paliuli, they heard the crow of a cock.
ʻŌlelo maila ka mea waʻa, “Ke ʻae nei wau e kau pū ʻolua me aʻu ma ka waʻa, akā, hoʻokahi nō hewa, ʻo koʻu kōkoʻolua ʻole e hiki ai ka waʻa.”
Said the canoe man: "I will take you both with me in the canoe; the only trouble is I have no mate to paddle the canoe."
Ch.2 p.9 para.6 sent.1
I ia manawa a ka mea waʻa i hoʻopuka ai i kēia ʻōlelo “i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa,” wehe aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau maka i uhi ʻia i ka ʻaʻahu kapa ma muli o ka makemake o ke kupuna wahine e hūnā loa i kāna moʻopuna me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia mai e nā mea ʻē aʻe a hiki i ko lāua hiki ʻana i Paliuli, akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ko ka moʻopuna manaʻo.
And as the man spoke this word, "a mate to paddle the canoe," Laieikawai drew aside the veil that covered her face because of her grandmother's wish completely to conceal her grandchild from being seen by anyone as they went on their way to Paliuli; but her grandchild thought otherwise.
Ch.2 p.10 para.4 sent.2
ʻAʻole au e haʻalele ana iā ʻolua, akā, i manaʻo aʻe nei au e huli i kōkoʻolua noʻu e hoe aku ai iā ʻolua a pae i Lānaʻi.”
I shall not forsake you; but I must look for a mate to paddle you both to Lanai."
Ch.2 p.10 para.6 sent.2
”Akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ka manaʻo o ka mea waʻa e huli i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa pū me ia, no ka mea, ua hoʻoholo mua ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i loko ona e hele e kūkala aku iā Lāʻieikawai a puni ʻo Molokaʻi.
Now it was not the man's intention to look for a mate to paddle the canoe with him, but as he had already determined, so now he vowed within him to go and spread around Molokai the news about Laieikawai.
Ch.6 p.36 para.5 sent.2
I ia manawa ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ko ʻAiwohikupua kānalua ʻana, a no ke kānalua i loaʻa iā ʻAiwohikupua, ʻōlelo aku ʻo ia i kona kōkoʻolua, “ʻAuhea ʻoe.
and for the first time he felt doubtful of his success. And by reason of this doubt within him he said to his companion, "Where are you?
Ch.12 p.64 para.1 sent.3
A ma ka huakaʻi a ko mākou kaikunāne, ʻo ia ko mākou mea i hiki ai ma ʻaneʻi, a no ka loaʻa ʻole ʻana iā mākou o kona makemake, no laila, ua haʻalele kēlā iā mākou, a ua hoʻi akula ko mākou kaikunāne me kona kōkoʻolua, a ke noho nei mākou me ka makamaka ʻole.”
And we journeyed hither with our brother, and because we failed to gain for him his wish, therefore he has abandoned us and has gone back with his favorite companion, and we live here in distress."
Ch.25 p.134 para.2 sent.2
A no ka ʻike ʻana o ke kahuna nāna i mālama i koʻu kōkoʻolua i ka makāula nāna i ʻike mai mai Kauaʻi mai, no laila, kauoha ai ke kahuna i koʻu kupuna wahine e ʻāhaʻi loa, a ʻo ia koʻu mea i ʻāhaʻi ʻia ai i Paliuli, a hālāwai wale kākou.”
and because the priest who guarded my companion saw the prophet who had come here from Kauai to see us, therefore the priest commanded my grandmother to flee far away: and this was why I was carried away to Paliuli and why we met there."
A no kēia ʻōlelo a ka mea waʻa, ʻī akula ʻo Waka i ke kamaʻāina o lāua nei, “Inā ʻo ke kumu ia o kou hele ʻana i kauoha honua ai ʻoe i nā mea a pau o kou hale iā māua, a laila, ke ʻī aku nei wau he hiki iā māua ke kōkua iā ʻoe ma ka hoe ʻana.”
And at these words, Waka said to their host, "If that is the reason for your going away, leaving us in charge of everything in your house, then let me say, we can help you paddle."
Ch.2 p.10 para.6 sent.1
A ʻike ka mea waʻa he mea kaumaha kēia ʻōlelo a Waka i mua ona, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia i mua o nā malihini, “ʻAʻole oʻu manaʻo e hoʻounauna aku iā ʻolua e kōkua mai iaʻu ma ka hoe pū ʻana i ka waʻa, no ka mea, he mea nui ʻolua naʻu.
The man was displeased at these words of Waka to him. He said to the strangers, "Let me not think of asking you to paddle the canoe; for I hold you to be persons of importance."
Ch.21 p.111 para.2 sent.1
I ia manawa, hoʻomoe koke ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka papa, ʻo ka pae akula nō ia ma ke kōkua aku o Halaaniani.
Then Laieikawai quickly lay down on the board and with Halaaniani's help rode toward the shore.
Inā i ʻōlelo ʻia mai he mau wāhine maikaʻi, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi au e hāʻawi i koʻu kino e komo aku ma ke ʻano kolohe, he ʻole loa nō, no ka mea, he kanaka hana pono ʻole ʻia wau e nā wāhine mai koʻu wā ʻōpiopio mai a hiki i koʻu hoʻokanaka makua ʻana.
no matter how beautiful she is reported to be, nor will I get into mischief with a woman, not with anyone at all. For I have been ill-treated by women from my youth up.
Ch.31 p.168 para.5 sent.2
A i mea e pono ai ko ke aliʻi manaʻo kolohe, hoʻolilo aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau kaikuahine i poʻe kiaʻi no ka ʻāina i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo Keʻalohilani, a na lākou e hoʻoponopono pū me Mokukelekahiki i ka noho ʻana a me nā hana a pau e pili ana i ka ʻāina.
And to carry out his evil purpose, he transferred his sisters to be guards over the land called Kealohilani, and arranged that they should live with Mokukelekahiki and have charge of the land with him.
Hoʻomau akula nō lāua i ka hele ʻana a loaʻa hou ke kolu o ka pahu kapu e like me nā mea mua, no ka mea, ua kūkulu ʻia nō nā pahu kapu e like me ka nui o kona mau kaikuahine.
[They continued on until they reached the third sing, like the ones before,] for one sign was set up for each of the sisters.
Ch.17 p.87 para.6 sent.4
(ʻO ke kolu kēia o ko ʻAiwohikupua hiki ʻana i Paliuli no Lāʻieikawai, ʻaʻole he kō iki o kona makemake.)
(This was the third time that Aiwohikupua had been to Paliuli after Laieikawai without fulfilling his mission.)
Ch.18 p.89 para.2 sent.1
Noho ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a i na la hope o ke kolu o ka malama, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi i kona mau kaukaualiʻi a me na punahele, i na haia wahine hoʻi, na hoa kūpono ke hele pū ma ke kahiko ʻana i ka hanohano aliʻi ke hele ma kana huakaʻi no ka hoʻāo o na aliʻi.
Aiwohikupua waited until the end of the third month; the chief took his underchiefs and his favorites and the women of his household and other companions suitable to go with their renowned lord in all his royal splendor on an expedition for the marriage of chiefs.
Ch.19 p.98 para.3 sent.1
I ke kolu o ka pō leʻaleʻa o Hauaʻiliki, i nā aliʻi e ʻākoakoa ana, a me nā mea ʻē aʻe, ʻo ia ka pō i hui ai ʻo Lilinoe me Poliʻahu, ʻo Waiʻale a me Kahoupokāne, no ka mea, ua ʻimi mai lākou iā Poliʻahu me ka manaʻo, ke pono nei ko ʻAiwohikupua mā noho ʻana me Poliʻahu.
On the third night of Hauailiki's festivities, when the chiefs and others were assembled, that night Lilinoe and Poliahu, Waiale and Kahoupokane met, for the three had come to find Poliahu, thinking that Aiwohikupua was living with her.
Ch.21 p.109 para.12 sent.3
A i ke kolu o ka nalu, ʻo ka nalu ia o kāua e pae ai.
the third wave is ours.
Ch.23 p.120 para.6 sent.5
No laila, hoʻomau hou akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka uē i ke ahiahi o ke kolu o ka lā a pō, mai ia pō a wanaʻao, ʻakahi nō a loaʻa iā ia ka hiamoe.
Then Laieikawai began to wail again until evening of the third day, and this night, at dawn, for the first time she fell asleep.
A hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma Pihanakalani, a ili aʻela ka hoʻoponopono o nā ʻāina a me ke aupuni iā Kapūkaʻihaoa a hoʻolilo ʻia ihola ʻo Waka, ʻo ia ke kolu o ka hoʻoilina o ka noho aliʻi.
and they went to Kauai, to Pihanakalani, and turned over the rule over the land and its divisions to Kapukaihaoa, and Waka was made the third heir to the chief's seat.
A pau ia malama ʻokoʻa i ka hoʻomanawanui ʻia e ia a i kekahi malama aʻe i ka lā ʻo Kūkahi i ke ahiahi ma mua o ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, komo akula ʻo ia i loko o kona wahi heiau kahi i hoʻomākaukau ai no kona akua, a pule akula ʻo ia.
The whole month passed in patient waiting; and in the next month, on the second day of the month, in the evening, before the sun had gone down, he entered the place of worship prepared for his god and prayed.
Ch.3 p.17 para.4 sent.2
A i ke kakahiaka ʻana aʻe, haʻalele ka makāula i nā mea waʻa, piʻi akula ʻo ia a hiki i Lamaloloa a komo akula i Pāhauna ka heiau.
and in the morning the seer left the paddlers, ascended to Lamaloloa, and entered the temple of Pahauna,
Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.3
Inā i ʻōlelo ʻia mai he mau wāhine maikaʻi, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi au e hāʻawi i koʻu kino e komo aku ma ke ʻano kolohe, he ʻole loa nō, no ka mea, he kanaka hana pono ʻole ʻia wau e nā wāhine mai koʻu wā ʻōpiopio mai a hiki i koʻu hoʻokanaka makua ʻana.
no matter how beautiful she is reported to be, nor will I get into mischief with a woman, not with anyone at all. For I have been ill-treated by women from my youth up.
Ch.11 p.58 para.5 sent.2
I loko o ia manawa, ʻakahi nō a komo i loko o Lāʻieikawai ka leʻaleʻa no kēlā leo e kani nei; ʻaʻole naʻe i hoʻouluhua ʻia ke aliʻi wahine.
Then for the first time Laieikawai felt pleasure in the music, but the princess paid no attention to it.
Ch.11 p.61 para.1 sent.3
E kū ʻoe a e komo aku e hālāwai me kuʻu aliʻi e like me kāna kauoha iā ʻoe.”
arise and enter to meet my princess as she has commanded you."
Ch.11 p.61 para.3 sent.1
A lohe maila ke aliʻi i kā lāua haukamumu, ala aʻela ʻo ia a hea akula iā Kahalaomāpuana, a laila, ua hoʻopau ʻia ko ke kaikamahine naʻau kaumaha, a komo akula ka malihini e launa me ke aliʻi.
When the princess heard their low voices, she arose and called to Kahalaomapuana; then the girl's distress was at an end, and the stranger entered to visit the princess.
I ke kamaʻilio ʻana i kēia kaʻao, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma Lāʻie, Koʻolau kona wahi i hānau ai, a he mau māhoe lāua: ʻo Kahauokapaka ka makua kāne, ʻo Mālaekahana ka makuahine.
This tale was told at Laie, Koolau; here they were born, and they were twins; Kahauokapaka was the father, Malaekahana the mother.
Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.3
ʻO ka iʻa ponoʻī nō e loaʻa ana ma kona lima, ʻo ia kāu iʻa e ʻono ai, no ka mea, he kanaka puni kaʻalau ʻōhua hoʻi ko kāne i lilo ai kēlā i ka lawaiʻa, ʻike ʻole ia i kou hānau ʻana.
get the fish you desire with his own hand, for your husband is very fond of the young manini afloat in the membrane, and while he is out fishing he will not know about the birth;
Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.3
”lawe akula ʻo Waka iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi a Kapūkaʻihaoa i kuhikuhi ai, a ma laila ʻo ia i mālama malū ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai a hiki i kona manawa i hoʻomāhuahua iki aʻe ai.
Waka took Laieikawai where Kapukaihaoa had directed, and there she kept Laieikawai hidden until she was come to maturity.
Ch.1 p.5 para.3 sent.1
I kekahi manawa, iā Hulumāniani e kaʻahele ana iā Kauaʻi a puni ma kona ʻano makāula nui no Kauaʻi, a iā ia i hiki ai i luna pono o Kalalea, ʻike maila ʻo ia i ka piʻo a kēia ānuenue i Oʻahu nei.
Just at this time Hulumaniani was making a tour of Kauai in
his character as the great seer of Kauai, and when he reached the summit of Kalalea he beheld the rainbow arching over Oahu;
Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.2
I ia manawa, hoʻoholo aʻela ka makāula i kona manaʻo e holo i Oʻahu i maopopo ai iā ia kāna mea e ʻike nei.
Then the seer made up his mind to go to Oahu to make sure about the sign which he saw.
Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.3
ʻIke akula kēia i ke ānuenue e piʻo ana ma Koʻolau Loa e like me kāna ʻike ʻana i kona mau lā i luna o Kalalea.
and saw the rainbow arching at Koolauloa, as he saw it when he was on Kalalea.
A pau ka ʻauʻau ʻana a lāua, hoʻi akula lāua me ka manaʻo e kau ma luna o nā waʻa a holo aku, akā, ʻike akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke aliʻi wahine e kōnane mai ana a manaʻo ihola ke aliʻi kāne malihini e hele i ke kōnane, akā, ua lilo mua na ke aliʻi wahine ke kāhea e kōnane lāua.
After the bath, they returned to the canoe thinking to go aboard and set out, but Aiwohikupua saw the princess playing konane and the stranger chief thought he would play a game with her; now, the princess had first called them to come and play.
Ch.8 p.41 para.4 sent.2
Ua lilo ʻoe iaʻu i ke kōnane ʻia, a ke waiho nei nō ia hoʻohiki a kāua, a ua noho maluhia wau me ka malu loa a hiki i kou hoʻi ʻana maila.”
you became mine at konane and our vows are spoken, and I have lived apart and undefiled until your return."
Ch.17 p.88 para.6 sent.2
ʻĪ mai nei naʻe ʻo ua Poliʻahu iā māua, 'Ke hoʻomanaʻo lā nō naʻe paha ia i ke kōnane ʻana a māua?'”
Poliahu inquired, 'Does he still remember the game of konane between us?'"
Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.5
Na lāua lā naʻe ka heʻe nalu hope loa, a pau kā lāua lā heʻe nalu ʻana, hoʻi lāua lā, e kōnane ana mākou.
The two of them were the last to surf, and when they were through, they came home to play konane with me.
Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.6
Makemake nō ʻo ia ala i ke kōnane.
He wanted to play konane.
Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.10
Inā e make wau iā ia ala ma ke kōnane ʻana, a laila, lilo wau na ia ala.
I ia manawa, iho akula ka makāula a hiki i kahi āna e ʻike nei i ke ānuenue, a i ka hoʻokokoke ʻana aku o ua makāula nei, ʻike maopopo akula ʻo ia iā Lāʻieikawai e kono mau ana i ka lae kahakai.
Then the seer went away to the place where he had seen the rainbow, and. approaching, he saw Laieikawai plainly, strolling, along the sea beach.
Hō mai he ola, i ola nui, i ola loa, a kau i ka puaaneane, a kani koʻo, a pala lauhala, a haumakaʻiole.
bring to him life, a great life, a long life, to live forever, until the staff rings as he walks, until he is dragged upon a mat, until the eyes are dim.
Ua akāka nō he waʻa nahā i koʻokā ko kāua, ko ke kāne.”
we men must expect to meet such rebuffs; a canoe will break on a coral reef."
Ch.9 p.48 para.13 sent.1
“Kuʻu ʻia aku paha i ka hilahila,” wahi a kona kuhina, “Kainoa ua ʻike nō ʻoe he waʻa nahā i koʻokā ko kāua, ko ke kāne.
"Let us bear the shame," said his counsellor. "You know we men must expect such rebuffs; 'a canoe will break on a coral reef;'
Koʻokoʻolau (1)
Ch.23 p.120 para.1 sent.1
Ua hala kuʻu lehua, aia i Koʻokoʻolau,
Because [my lehua] is gone — my close companion!
Koʻolau (3)
Ch.1 p.1 para.1 sent.1
I ke kamaʻilio ʻana i kēia kaʻao, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma Lāʻie, Koʻolau kona wahi i hānau ai, a he mau māhoe lāua: ʻo Kahauokapaka ka makua kāne, ʻo Mālaekahana ka makuahine.
This tale was told at Laie, Koolau; here they were born, and they were twins; Kahauokapaka was the father, Malaekahana the mother.
Ch.2 p.8 para.7 sent.1
Iā lākou i hiki aku ai ma laila, aia hoʻi, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i Koʻolau e like me kāna ʻike ʻana i kona mau lā ma luna o Kuamoʻokāne.
When they reached there, lo! the rainbow arched over Koolau, as he saw it from Kuamooakane;
Ch.3 p.15 para.5 sent.1
I kekahi lā i ka malama ʻo Kaʻaona i nā Kū i ka manawa kakahiaka nui, ʻike ʻāweʻaweʻa akula ʻo ia he wahi ʻōnohi ma Koʻolau o Hawaiʻi.
One day in June, during the first days of the month, very early in the morning, he caught a glimpse of something like a rainbow at Koolau on Hawaii;
Koʻolau loa (2)
Ch.1 p.1 para.1 sent.2
ʻO Kahauokapaka naʻe, ʻo ia ke aliʻi nona nā ʻokana ʻelua ʻo Koʻolau Loa a me Koʻolau Poko.
Now Kahauokapaka was chief over two districts, Koolauloa and Koolaupoko,
Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.3
ʻIke akula kēia i ke ānuenue e piʻo ana ma Koʻolau Loa e like me kāna ʻike ʻana i kona mau lā i luna o Kalalea.
and saw the rainbow arching at Koolauloa, as he saw it when he was on Kalalea.
Koʻolau poko (2)
Ch.1 p.1 para.1 sent.2
ʻO Kahauokapaka naʻe, ʻo ia ke aliʻi nona nā ʻokana ʻelua ʻo Koʻolau Loa a me Koʻolau Poko.
Now Kahauokapaka was chief over two districts, Koolauloa and Koolaupoko,
Ch.1 p.6 para.4 sent.3
Haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, kaʻapuni kēia iā Oʻahu nei, ma Koʻolau Poko kona hele mua ʻana a ma Kona nei, a mai ʻaneʻi aku, hiki ma ʻEwa.
forsook this place, journeyed about Oahu, first through Koolaupoko; from there to Ewa
Koʻolauloa (1)
Ch.25 p.133 para.10 sent.2
Haʻalele lākou iā Molokaʻi, hiki lākou ma Lāʻie, Koʻolauloa, a ma laila lākou i noho ai i kekahi mau lā.
they left Molokai, went to Laie, Koolauloa, and stayed there some days.
A laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i ka hailona i kū i kāna ʻike, “E hānau hou ana nō ʻoe he kaikamahine, no ka mea, ua hāʻawi mai nei ʻoe i kou lima hema iaʻu me ka huli naʻe o ke alo o ka lima i luna.
The the priest told her the interpretation of the sign: "You will bear another daughter, for you have given me your left hand with the palm upward."
Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.3
ʻO ka iʻa ponoʻī nō e loaʻa ana ma kona lima, ʻo ia kāu iʻa e ʻono ai, no ka mea, he kanaka puni kaʻalau ʻōhua hoʻi ko kāne i lilo ai kēlā i ka lawaiʻa, ʻike ʻole ia i kou hānau ʻana.
get the fish you desire with his own hand, for your husband is very fond of the young manini afloat in the membrane, and while he is out fishing he will not know about the birth;
Ch.2 p.8 para.4 sent.1
A laila, ʻōlelo maila nā mea waʻa, “Ua uluhua māua no kou hiamoe a me ka ʻalalā mau o ko wahi puaʻa a me ke kani mau a ko wahi moa, no laila, kulikuli.
Then the men said: '"We two wearied of your constant sleeping and the pig's squealing and the cock's crowing; there was such a noise;
Ch.2 p.10 para.3 sent.2
No ka mea, ke ʻike leʻa nei māua i kou kauoha honua ʻana, me he mea lā, e hele loa ana ʻoe?”
for it looks from your charge as if you were to be away for good."
Ch.2 p.10 para.5 sent.1
A no kēia ʻōlelo a ka mea waʻa, ʻī akula ʻo Waka i ke kamaʻāina o lāua nei, “Inā ʻo ke kumu ia o kou hele ʻana i kauoha honua ai ʻoe i nā mea a pau o kou hale iā māua, a laila, ke ʻī aku nei wau he hiki iā māua ke kōkua iā ʻoe ma ka hoe ʻana.”
And at these words, Waka said to their host, "If that is the reason for your going away, leaving us in charge of everything in your house, then let me say, we can help you paddle."
Ch.2 p.11 para.3 sent.4
Kāhea ʻia akula ua wahi kanaka nei ma muli o ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, a hele maila i mua o ke aliʻi, a nīnau akula, “He aha kou mea e nui nei kou leo i mua o ka ʻaha me ka maka ʻoliʻoli?”
At the chief's command the man was summoned before the chief and he asked, "What news do you proclaim aloud with glad face before the assembly?"
I ia pō iho, i loko o kona manawa hiamoe, hālāwai maila kona akua me ia ma ka hihiʻo, ʻī maila, “Ua ʻike au i kou luhi a me kou hoʻomanawanui ʻana me ke ake e loaʻa iā ʻoe ka moʻopuna a Waka me kou manaʻo hoʻi e loaʻa kou pōmaikaʻi no kāna moʻopuna mai.
That night, in his sleep, his god came to him in a vision and said; "I have seen the pains and the patience with which you have striven to find Waka's grandchild, thinking to gain honor through her grandchild.
Ke kau mai nei i koʻu mau maka ka ʻōhua palemo, no laila, e holo aku ʻoe i ke kaʻalau ʻōhua, me he mea ala, a loaʻa mai ka ʻōhua palemo, a laila, hemo kuʻu keiki.
the spawn of the manini come before my eyes; go after them, therefore, while they are yet afloat in the membrane; possibly when you bring the manini spawn, I shall be eased of the child;
Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.2
Aia ma laila kekahi ana i ʻike ʻole ʻia e nā mea a pau, a naʻu nō hoʻi e ʻimi koʻu wahi e mālama ai i kaʻu hānai.
a cave is there which no one knows about, and it will be my business to seek a place of protection for my foster child."
Ch.2 p.9 para.5 sent.1
ʻŌlelo maila ka mea waʻa, “Ke ʻae nei wau e kau pū ʻolua me aʻu ma ka waʻa, akā, hoʻokahi nō hewa, ʻo koʻu kōkoʻolua ʻole e hiki ai ka waʻa.”
Said the canoe man: "I will take you both with me in the canoe; the only trouble is I have no mate to paddle the canoe."
Ch.2 p.12 para.3 sent.1
A laila, ʻōlelo akula kahi kanaka i ke aliʻi me ka wiwo ʻole, “No koʻu ʻike i ka maikaʻi, koʻu mea nō ia i ʻōlelo kaena ai.”
Then the man said fearlessly to the chief, "Of my judgment of beauty I can speak with confidence."
Ch.2 p.12 para.5 sent.2
ʻAkahi nō wau a ʻike, a he mea malihini ia i koʻu mau maka.”
this was the very first time; she was a stranger to me."
Ch.3 p.17 para.2 sent.2
Ma kā ʻoukou mea e ʻōlelo mai ai, ma laila wau e hoʻolohe ai, no ka mea, he kanaka wau i hana pono ʻole ʻia e nā mea waʻa i koʻu holo ʻana mai Oʻahu mai, no laila wau e haʻi mua aku nei iā ʻoukou, e nā mea waʻa, malia o like ʻoukou me lāua.”
whatever you demand, I will accede to; for I was not well treated by the men who brought me here from Oahu, so I will first make a bargain with you men, lest you should be like them."
A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi i kona hele ʻana penei, “I koʻu hele ʻana mai ʻaneʻi aku, ma muli o ke aloha o ka wahine, a puni Oʻahu a me Maui, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iaʻu kekahi wahine e like me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa nei.
Then Kauakahialii told of his journey as follows: "Seeking hence after the love of woman, I traversed Oahu and Maui, but found no other woman to compare with this Kailiokalauokekoa here.
Pēlā i hoʻāʻo liʻiliʻi ai nā hōʻailona i loko o nā lā ʻelima, a ʻo ke ono o ka lā, kuʻi ka hekili, ua ka ua, kaikoʻo ka moana, waikahe ka ʻāina, ʻōlapa ka uila, uhi ka noe, piʻo ke ānuenue, ku ka pūnohu i ka moana.
So the signs began little by little during five days, and on the sixth day the thunder cracked, the rain poured down, the ocean billows swelled, the land was flooded, the lightning flashed, the mist closed down, the rainbow arched, the colored cloud rose over the ocean.
A laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i ka hailona i kū i kāna ʻike, “E hānau hou ana nō ʻoe he kaikamahine, no ka mea, ua hāʻawi mai nei ʻoe i kou lima hema iaʻu me ka huli naʻe o ke alo o ka lima i luna.
The the priest told her the interpretation of the sign: "You will bear another daughter, for you have given me your left hand with the palm upward."
Ch.2 p.7 para.2 sent.1
I ka lā a ua makāula nei i haʻalele ai iā Kaʻala, hiki mua aku ʻo ia i luna o Kuamoʻokāne, aia hoʻi, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue o Molokaʻi, e kū ana ka pūnohu i uhi paʻa ʻia e nā ao hekili.
On the day when the seer left Kaala and climbed to the top of
Kuamooakane the rainbow bent again over Molokai, and there rested the end of the rainbow, covered out of sight with thunderclouds.
Ch.2 p.11 para.2 sent.2
Kū akula ʻo ia ma waho o ka ʻaha a kāhea akula me ka leo nui, “E ka hū, e nā makaʻāinana, e ka lōpā kuakea, lōpā hoʻopili wale, e nā aliʻi, nā kāhuna, nā kilo, nā ʻaialo, ua ʻike au i nā mea a pau ma kēia hele ʻana mai nei aʻu.
he stood outside the crowd and cried with a loud voice: "O ye men of the people, husbandmen, laborers, tillers of the soil; O ye chiefs, priests, soothsayers, all men of rank in the household of the chief! All manner of men have I beheld on my way hither;
Ch.2 p.11 para.3 sent.2
A no ko ia nei manaʻo i lohe pono ʻia mai kāna ʻōlelo, oi pono loa akula ia i waena o ke anaina, kū ihola ʻo ia i mua o ka ʻaha, a kuehu aʻela ʻo ia i ka lepo o kona ʻaʻahu, a haʻi hou aʻela i ka ʻōlelo āna i ʻōlelo mua ai.
And wishing his words to be heard aright, he advanced into the
midst of the throng, stood before the assembly, and held up the border of his garment and repeated the words he had just spoken.
Ch.3 p.13 para.4 sent.1
Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i haʻalele ai iā Kalaeloa i ia kakahiaka, ala aʻela ka makāula, e kū ana ka pūnohu i ka moana a me ka uakoko, aia naʻe, ua uhi paʻapū ʻia ka moana e ka noe a me ke ʻawa ma waena o Molokaʻi a me Lānaʻi.
After Laieikawai and her companion had left Kalaeloa, at daybreak, the seer arose and saw that clouds and falling rain obscured the sea between Molokai and Lanai with a thick veil of fog and mist.
Ch.3 p.13 para.4 sent.2
ʻEkolu mau lā o ka uhi paʻapū ʻana o kēia noe i ka moana, a i ka ʻehā o ko ka makāula mau lā ma Kaʻamola i ke kakahiaka nui, ʻike akula ʻo ia, e kū ana ka ʻōnohi i luna pono o Maunalei, akā, ua nui loa ka minamina o ka makāula no ka hālāwai ʻole me kāna mea e ʻimi nei.
Three days the veil of mist hid the sea, and on the fourth day of the seer's stay at Kaamola, in the very early morning, he saw an end of the rainbow standing right above Maunalei. Now the seer regretted deeply not finding the person he was seeking;
I ia manawa, kū hou maila ka mea ʻume a hoʻoili hou i ka maile ma luna o Hauaʻiliki me Hinaikamalama, a kū aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki, a kū maila nō hoʻi ʻo Hinaikamalama.
Then the master of ceremonies stood up and touched Hauailiki
and Hinaikamalama with the wand, and Hauailiki arose and Hinaikamalama also.
Ch.21 p.111 para.1 sent.3
Hoʻomau akula ʻo ia i ka pule a hiki i ka ʻāmama ʻana, kū hou ana ua nalu, ʻo ka lua ia.
he finished the prayer to the amen; again a crest arose, the second this;
Ch.31 p.170 para.2 sent.3
E hailona hou ana, kū hou nō iā Kahalaomāpuana ka hailona.
again they drew lots, again the lot rested upon Kahalaomapuana;
A no kēia mea, kūnou akula ka mea ma hope o ka waʻa i ke kanaka i luna o kua ʻiako e hoʻi hou ka waʻa i hope a hoʻonoho hou i ka makāula i Oʻahu nei, a ua like ka manaʻo o nā mea waʻa ma ia mea e hoʻihoʻi hope ka waʻa; e moe ana naʻe ka makāula i ia manawa.
So the paddler in front signed to the one at the rear to turn the canoe around and take the seer back as he slept.
Ch.2 p.8 para.5 sent.2
Inā ʻo kuʻu noho wale ke kumu o ka hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa o kākou i Oʻahu, a laila, ke ʻōlelo nei au ua hewa ka mea i luna o kua ʻiako , no ka mea, he noho wale iho no kāna, ʻaʻole āna hana.”
if you say the reason for your returning to Oahu was my idleness; for I tell you the trouble was with the man above on the seat, for he sat still and did nothing."
A laila, lālau aʻela ʻo ia i kona ʻaʻahu, a pālulu aʻela i kona mau maka i mua o ke anaina i mea e hūnā ai i kona mānaʻonaʻo i nā makaʻāinana a me ka ʻāina, a lawe ʻia akula ʻo ia ma ke ānuenue i loko o nā ao kaʻalelewa ma ka lani kua kaʻa .
Then she caught hold of her garment and held it up to her eyes before the assembly to hide her feeling for the people and the land. And she was borne by the rainbow to the land above the clouds, to Lanikuakaa, the heavens higher up.
A mao aʻe, a laila, ʻike ʻia aku ʻekolu ʻoukou e kū mai ana ma kua nalu , a laila, e ʻike auaneʻi ʻoe he mana koʻu e uhi aku ma luna o Waka, a ʻike ʻole ʻo ia i kaʻu mea e hana aku ai nou.
when it clears, then you three will appear riding on the crest of the wave, then you shall see that I have power to veil Waka's face from seeing what I am doing for you:
A no ke kumu ʻole o kona manaʻo iā Kaʻōnohiokalā, no laila, hūnā ihola ʻo ia iā ia ma loko o nā hale kuaʻāina hiki ʻole iā ia ke noho, no kona manaʻo, o hiki hou mai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, hana hou ʻia ka hewa me kona makemake ʻole kona peʻe ma nā hale kuaʻāina.
And not wishing to meet Kaonohiokala, she hid inside the country people's houses where he would not come, lest Kaonohiokala should come again and sin with her against her wish; so she fled to the country people's houses,
Ch.32 p.176 para.2 sent.1
A hala ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ka moana, a hiki ma Oʻahu, noho ihola ʻo ia ma nā hale kuaʻāina.
When she sailed, she came to Oahu and stayed in the country people's houses.
Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.7
A no koʻu makemake ʻole, ua hūnā wau iaʻu iho ma nā hale kuaʻāina, a no ia mea nō hoʻi, ua haʻalele wau i kahi aʻu i hoʻonoho ai, a ua ʻimi mai nei wau iā ʻoe.
and because I did not like it, I hid myself in the country people's houses, and for the same reason have I left the seat appointed me, and have sought you;
E kuahaua aku i nā mea a pau e ʻākoakoa mai ma ko ʻolua wahi e hui ai.
summon all the people to assemble at the place where you two shall meet;
Ch.24 p.125 para.5 sent.1
I ke kokoke ʻana aku i ua lā nui nei, iho akula ʻo Waka mai Paliuli aku e hālāwai me Kekalukaluokēwā, a ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka iā Kekalukaluokēwā: “ʻApōpō, i ka puka ʻana o ka lā, e kuahaua ʻoe i nā kānaka a pau a me kou aloaliʻi e hele aku ma kahi āu i hoʻomākaukau ai no ka hoʻokahakahaka.
When the great day drew near, Waka went down from Paliuli to meet Kekalukaluokewa, and Waka said to Kekalukaluokewa: "To- morrow at sunrise call together all the people and the chiefs of the household to the place prepared for the celebration;
Ch.26 p.136 para.4 sent.1
I loko o kona lā e hele ana ma kona ʻano makāula, iā ia hoʻi i hiki aku ai i Wailua, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻākoakoa ʻia nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa a pau o Kauaʻi ma o ka poʻe kaukaualiʻi me nā kaikamāhine koʻikoʻi, ma muli naʻe o ka ʻōlelo kuahaua a ʻAiwohikupua, a lawe ʻia mai nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa i mua o ke aliʻi.
As he traveled in his character as seer he came to Wailua. Lo! all the virgin daughters of Kauai were gathered together, all of the rank of chief with the girls of well-to-do families, at the command of Aiwohikupua to bring the virgins before the chief,
Ch.26 p.136 para.6 sent.1
Haʻi ʻia maila, “Ua kuahaua ʻia nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa a pau ma ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, a ʻo ka mea a ʻAiwohikupua e makemake ai, a laila, e lawe ʻo ia ʻelua mau kaikamāhine i mau wāhine nāna, a ʻo lāua nā mea pani ma ka hakahaka o Poliʻahu a me Hinaikamalama.
He was told, "All the virgins have been summoned by the chief's command, and the two who please Aiwohikupua, these he will take for his wives in place of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama,
A pau ke kapu heiau a ua makāula nei ma Kaʻuiki i nā pō ʻo Kāne a me Lono paha, a laila, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula ke kālaʻe ʻana o ka ʻāina a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi, a ua waiho pono mai nā kuahiwi.
At the end of the days of consecration of the temple, while the seer was at Kauwiki, near the night of the gods Kane and Lono, the land of Hawaii cleared and he saw to the summit of the mountains.
Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.7
Akā hoʻi, i piʻi ka ʻohu i luna a hina i luna o ke kuahiwi, a laila, ua heʻe ka moʻo, ʻo ko kākou lanakila nō hoʻi ia.
but when the clouds ascend and turn toward the mountain top, then the lizard has melted away; we have prevailed.
Ch.24 p.126 para.2 sent.3
I piʻi ka ʻohu a uhi i luna o nā kuahiwi, i ia manawa, e uhi hou ana ka noe e like me ma mua.
where the cloud rises and covers the mountain top, then the mist will fall again as before.
Kū akula ʻo ia ma waho o ka ʻaha a kāhea akula me ka leo nui, “E ka hū, e nā makaʻāinana, e ka lōpā kuakea, lōpā hoʻopili wale, e nā aliʻi, nā kāhuna, nā kilo, nā ʻaialo, ua ʻike au i nā mea a pau ma kēia hele ʻana mai nei aʻu.
he stood outside the crowd and cried with a loud voice: "O ye men of the people, husbandmen, laborers, tillers of the soil; O ye chiefs, priests, soothsayers, all men of rank in the household of the chief! All manner of men have I beheld on my way hither;
Nona kēlā kualau i ka moana a me kēia noe e uhi nei.”
his sign is on the ocean, and his mist covers it."
Ch.29 p.157 para.3 sent.3
Aia a lohe aku kākou i ka hekili kuʻi pāmaloʻo a me ka hekili i loko o ke kuāua, i ia manawa e ʻike ai ko ka ʻāina nei, he ua me ka uila, he kaikoʻo ma ka moana, he waikahe ma ka ʻāina, uhi paʻa ʻia ka ʻāina a me ka moana a puni e ka noe, ke ʻawa, ka ʻohu a me ke kualau.
"When we hear the thunder peal in dry weather and in wet, then we shall see over the earth rain and lightning, billows swell on the ocean, freshets on the land, land and sea covered thick with fog, fine mist and rain, and the beating of the ocean rain.
A ʻo Maliʻo, ke kaikuahine o Halaaniani, ua ʻike ʻia ma kona kuamoʻo moʻolelo, he hiki iā ia ke hana i nā hana mana he nui.
Malio, the sister of Halaaniani, as is seen in the story of her life, can do many marvelous things,
Kuamoʻokāne (3)
Ch.2 p.7 para.2 sent.1
I ka lā a ua makāula nei i haʻalele ai iā Kaʻala, hiki mua aku ʻo ia i luna o Kuamoʻokāne, aia hoʻi, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue o Molokaʻi, e kū ana ka pūnohu i uhi paʻa ʻia e nā ao hekili.
On the day when the seer left Kaala and climbed to the top of
Kuamooakane the rainbow bent again over Molokai, and there rested the end of the rainbow, covered out of sight with thunderclouds.
Ch.2 p.7 para.2 sent.2
ʻEkolu mau lā o ia nei ma Kuamoʻokāne, ua hoʻomau ʻia ka uhi paʻapū a ka ua a me ka noe.
Three days he remained on Kuamooakane, thickly veiled in rain and fog.
Ch.2 p.8 para.7 sent.1
Iā lākou i hiki aku ai ma laila, aia hoʻi, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i Koʻolau e like me kāna ʻike ʻana i kona mau lā ma luna o Kuamoʻokāne.
When they reached there, lo! the rainbow arched over Koolau, as he saw it from Kuamooakane;
A hala akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana a hui me kona mau kaikuaʻana, nīnau maila naʻe kona mau kaikuaʻana i kāna hana a me ke ʻano o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me ke aliʻi, haʻi akula kēlā, “Iaʻu i hiki aku ai a ma ka puka o ka hale o ke aliʻi, wehe akula kahi kuapuʻu nāna i kiʻi mai nei iaʻu, a i kuʻu ʻike ʻana aku nei i ke aliʻi e kau mai ana i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, no ia ʻike ʻana oʻu, ua ʻeʻehia wau me ka makaʻu a hāʻule akula wau i lalo ma ka lepo.
When Kahalaomapuana rejoined her sisters they asked what she had done — what kind of interview she had had with the princess. Answered the girl, "When I reached the door of the palace a hunchback opened the door to receive me, and when I saw the princess resting on the wings of birds, at the sight I trembled with fear and fell down to the earth.
Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.7
Ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka hā o ko Lāʻieikawai mau lā hoʻomalu, ala aʻela ʻo ia a me kona kahu kuapuʻu, a iho akula i Keaʻau.
In the early morning of the fourth day of retirement, she arose and went down with her hunchbacked attendant to Keaau.
Aia a lohe aku kākou i ka hekili kuʻi pāmaloʻo a me ka hekili i loko o ke kuāua, i ia manawa e ʻike ai ko ka ʻāina nei, he ua me ka uila, he kaikoʻo ma ka moana, he waikahe ma ka ʻāina, uhi paʻa ʻia ka ʻāina a me ka moana a puni e ka noe, ke ʻawa, ka ʻohu a me ke kualau.
"When we hear the thunder peal in dry weather and in wet, then we shall see over the earth rain and lightning, billows swell on the ocean, freshets on the land, land and sea covered thick with fog, fine mist and rain, and the beating of the ocean rain.
A no ko ia nei manaʻo i lohe pono ʻia mai kāna ʻōlelo, oi pono loa akula ia i waena o ke anaina, kū ihola ʻo ia i mua o ka ʻaha, a kuehu aʻela ʻo ia i ka lepo o kona ʻaʻahu, a haʻi hou aʻela i ka ʻōlelo āna i ʻōlelo mua ai.
And wishing his words to be heard aright, he advanced into the
midst of the throng, stood before the assembly, and held up the border of his garment and repeated the words he had just spoken.
I loko o kēia manawa, lohe pono loa akula ke aliʻi nui o Molokaʻi i kēia leo, a laila, hoʻōki aʻela ke aliʻi i ka ʻaha i lohe ʻia aku ai ka ʻōlelo a kēia kanaka malihini e kūhea nei, no ka mea, i loko o ko ke aliʻi ʻike ʻana aku i ua wahi kanaka nei, ua hoʻopiha ʻia kona mau maka i ka ʻoliʻoli me ke ʻano pīhoihoi.
Now the high chief of Molokai heard his voice plainly, so the chief quieted the crowd and listened to what the stranger was shouting about, for as he looked at the man he saw that his face was full of joy and gladness.
Kuhi iho nei wau he wahine a lohe mai i ke aʻo, ʻaʻole kā!
I supposed her just an ordinary woman. Not so!
Ch.15 p.79 para.3 sent.1
Kuhi ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, hoʻomāʻakaʻaka, hoʻomāʻauea, hoʻomaka hou akula lāua e hoʻokokoke i o Mailehaʻiwale, kipaku hou maila nō ke kiaʻi.
Aiwohikupua supposed this was in sport; both again began to approach Mailehaiwale; again the guardian told them to go.
Ch.21 p.111 para.3 sent.1
Hoʻi akula lāua mai kā lāua heʻe nalu ʻana, me ka ʻike mai nō ʻo Waka i ko lāua heʻe aku, ua kuhi naʻe ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā ko Lāʻieikawai hoa heʻe nalu.
Waka saw them returning from surf riding and supposed Laieikawai's companion was Kekalukaluokewa.
Ch.22 p.117 para.5 sent.1
A lohe ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kēia mau ʻōlelo, hāʻule ihola nā kulu waimaka no ke aloha i kona mau hoa kūkā, me ka ʻī aku, “Kuhi au e haʻalele ana ʻoukou iaʻu i ka lawe ʻia ʻana o ka pōmaikaʻi mai o kākou aku, ʻaʻole kā!
When Laieikawai heard these words her tears fell for love of her comrades, and she said, "I supposed you would forsake me when fortune was taken from me; not so!
Ch.27 p.145 para.6 sent.3
ʻAʻole e lohe i kāu ʻōlelo, kuhi auaneʻi iā ʻoe he mea ʻē.
he will not listen to you, he will take you for another.
”lawe akula ʻo Waka iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi a Kapūkaʻihaoa i kuhikuhi ai, a ma laila ʻo ia i mālama malū ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai a hiki i kona manawa i hoʻomāhuahua iki aʻe ai.
Waka took Laieikawai where Kapukaihaoa had directed, and there she kept Laieikawai hidden until she was come to maturity.
Ch.2 p.9 para.3 sent.2
I ia manawa, ala naʻe lā lāua i ka wanaʻao a hele akula e like me ke kuhikuhi a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā lāua ma ka moeʻuhane.
Then they both arose at dawn and went as they had both been directed by Kapukaihaoa in a vision.
Ch.3 p.13 para.3 sent.1
I kēlā pō a ka makāula e moe ai i Kaʻamola, aia hoʻi, ua hiki ka ʻōlelo kauoha a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane e like me ke kuhikuhi iā lāua i loko o ko lāua mau lā ma Malelewaʻa.
That night, while the seer was sleeping at Kaamola, then came
the command of Kapukaihaoa to Laieikawai in a dream, just as he had directed them at Malelewaa.
Ch.3 p.15 para.2 sent.2
A haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, hiki kēia i Kaʻuiki, a ma laila ʻo ia i kūkulu ai i wahi heiau kahi hoʻi e hoʻomana ai i kona akua, ka mea hiki ke kuhikuhi i kāna mea e ʻimi nei.
He left the place, went to Kauwiki, and there built a place of worship to call upon his god as the only one to guide him to the person he was seeking.
Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.2
I loko o kāu pule ʻana, ua hiki iaʻu ke kuhikuhi e loaʻa nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ʻoe ma waena o Puna a me Hilo i loko o ka ulu lāʻau e noho ana i loko o ka hale i uhi ʻia i nā hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō.
Your prayers have moved me to show you that Laieikawai dwells between Puna and Hilo in the midst of the forest, in a house made of the yellow feathers of the oo bird '";
Ch.3 p.17 para.5 sent.2
A no ka pule hoʻomau a ua makāula nei, ua loaʻa hou iā ia ke kuhikuhi ʻana e like me kēlā hōʻike iā ia ma Kaʻuiki.
and in answer to the seer's prayer, he had again the same sign that was shown to him on Kauwiki.
A no ka makemake loa o ke aliʻi e loaʻa mau iā ia ka moeʻuhane mau no Lāʻieikawai, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kuhina nui e mama i ʻawa, a no laila, hoʻolale koke aʻela ke kuhina i nā mea mama ʻawa o ke aliʻi e mama i ka ʻawa.
And because of the chief's longing to dream often, he commanded his chief counsellor to chew awa. So the counsellor summoned the chiefs awa chewers
Ch.4 p.21 para.9 sent.2
A mākaukau ko ke aliʻi makemake a lawe ʻia maila, inu ihola ke aliʻi me kona kuhina a oki maila ka ʻona a ka ʻawa.
and made ready what the chief commanded, and he brought it to him, and the chief drank with his counsellor and drunkenness possessed him.
Ch.4 p.23 para.1 sent.1
ʻĪ akula ke kuhina o ke aliʻi ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana o ke mele ʻana, “He mea kupanaha! ʻAʻole hoʻi āu wahine a kāua e noho nei, akā, i loko o kāu mele e heluhelu nei, me he wahine lā kāu.”
Said the counsellor to the chief, after he had ended his singing, "This is strange! You have had no woman since we two have been living here, yet in your song you chanted as if you had a woman here."
Ch.4 p.23 para.9 sent.1
I ka pau ʻana o nā lā ʻino a hiki mai ka manawa kūpono no ka holo moana, kauoha aʻela ke kuhina i nā kāpena waʻa o ke aliʻi e hoʻomākaukau i nā wāʻa no ka holo i Hawaiʻi i ia pō iho.
At the close of the rough season and the coming of good weather for sailing, the counsellor ordered the chief's sailing masters to make the double canoe ready to sail for Hawaii that very night;
Ch.4 p.24 para.1 sent.1
A i ka wanaʻao, i ka puka ʻana o ka Hōkūhoʻokelewaʻa, kau akula ke aliʻi a me kona kuhina, nā hoe waʻa he ʻumikumamāono, nā hoʻokele ʻelua, he iwakālua ko lākou nui ma luna o nā kaulua, a holo akula.
And in the early morning at the rising of the canoe-steering star the chief went on board with his counsellor and his sixteen paddlers and two steersmen, twenty of them altogether in the double canoe, and set sail.
Ch.4 p.24 para.3 sent.2
Ma uka nō ke aliʻi me kona kuhina, ma nā waʻa nō nā kānaka.
the chief and his counsellor by land, the men by canoe.
I loko hoʻi o ko lāua ʻike ʻana i ua kaikamahine aliʻi nei o Hāna, a laila, ua hoʻopuni ʻia ke aliʻi kāne a me kona kuhina e nā kuko, a ʻo ia nō hoʻi ke kumu o ko ʻAiwohikupua mā noho ʻana ma laila i ia lā.
When they saw the princess of Hana, the chief and his counsellor conceived a passion for her; that was the reason why Aiwohikupua stayed there that day.
A no kēia kumu, hoʻolilo loa aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ua wahi kanaka nei i poʻo kiʻekiʻe ma luna o nā mea a pau, ʻo ko ke aliʻi mau ʻāina a pau a me nā kānaka a pau loa, nā aliʻi a me nā makaʻāinana, ma kona ʻano kuhina nui .
Therefore Aiwohikupua exalted this man to be head over all things, over all the chief's land, over all the men, chiefs, and common people, as his chief counsellor.
Ch.4 p.21 para.1 sent.1
Ma hope iho o ka lilo ʻana o ua wahi kanaka nei i mea nui i mua o ke aliʻi me he kuhina nui lā, a ʻo ia ka hoa kūkā mau o ke aliʻi ma nā mea e leʻaleʻa ai ke aliʻi me ka manaʻo aku o ka poʻe ʻē, e kūkā ana ma nā mea pili i ka ʻāina a me nā waiwai e like me ka mea mau i ka noho aliʻi ʻana.
After this man had become great before the chief, even his high counsellor, they consulted constantly together about those matters which pleased the chief, while the people thought they discussed the administration of the land and of the substance which pertained to the chief;
Ch.4 p.22 para.3 sent.1
I loko o ko ʻAiwohikupua lohe ʻana iā Kauakahialiʻi a me ko lāua kūkā mau ʻana me kona kuhina nui no Lāʻieikawai, a laila, manaʻopaʻa aʻela ke aliʻi no Tahiti mai ua wahine lā.
When Aiwohikupua had heard Kauakahialii's story, after conferring long with his high counsellor about Laieikawai, then the chief was convinced that this was the woman from Tahiti.
Ch.4 p.21 para.8 sent.3
Manaʻo lā hoʻi ʻo ia, aia a loaʻa hou aku, a laila, haʻi aku i kona hoa kuhina nui .
thinking when it came again, then he would tell his chief counsellor.
Ch.4 p.21 para.9 sent.1
A no ka makemake loa o ke aliʻi e loaʻa mau iā ia ka moeʻuhane mau no Lāʻieikawai, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kuhina nui e mama i ʻawa, a no laila, hoʻolale koke aʻela ke kuhina i nā mea mama ʻawa o ke aliʻi e mama i ka ʻawa.
And because of the chief's longing to dream often, he commanded his chief counsellor to chew awa. So the counsellor summoned the chiefs awa chewers
Ch.16 p.83 para.2 sent.1
Ma ka pō ʻana iho, piʻi akula nā kānaka he ʻumi a ke aliʻi i wae aʻe e luku i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, a ʻo ka hope kuhina ka ʻumikumamākahi ma muli o ka hoʻokohu a ke kuhina nui i hope nona.
That night the ten men chosen by the chief went up to destroy the sisters of Aiwohikupua, and the assistant counsellor made the eleventh in place of the chief counsellor.
Iā lāua i hiki aku ai, ʻaʻole lāua i ʻike iā Mokukelekahiki, ke kiaʻi nāna e mālama ko Kaʻōnohiokalā waiwai, kona kuhina nui hoʻi i loko o Keʻalohilani.
When they arrived they did not see Mokukelekahiki, the guard who watches over Kaonohiokala's wealth, his chief counsellor in The Shining Heavens;
A no kēia ʻōlelo a Maliʻo, hele akula ʻo Halaaniani e hoʻohālua mau ma waho o ko Lāʻielohelohe hale me kona ʻike ʻole ʻia mai, kokoke ʻalua anahulu kona hoʻohālua ʻana, a laila, ʻike ʻo ia i kā Lāʻielohelohe hana, he kui lehua.
At these words of Malio, Halaaniani went to spy outside of Laielohelohe's house without being seen; almost twice ten days he lay in wait; then he saw Laielohelohe stringing lehua blossoms.
Ch.23 p.121 para.9 sent.2
Hoʻomau pinepine akula ʻo ia a nui nā lā, aia nō ʻo ia e hoʻomau ana i kāna hana he kui lehua.
He came repeatedly many days; there she was stringing lehua blossoms.
Ch.23 p.122 para.2 sent.2
Lālau aʻela kona kaikuahine i ka pū lāʻī, a hele akula me kona kaikunāne a kokoke akula lāua ma kahi a Lāʻielohelohe e kui lehua mau ai.
His sister took a ti-leaf trumpet and went with her brother, and close to the place where Laielohelohe was wont to string lehua blossoms.
Ch.23 p.122 para.4 sent.1
Iā lāua nō e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, ʻuʻina mai ana kahi a ua ʻo Lāʻielohelohe e kui lehua ai.
As they were speaking there was a crackling in the bushes at the place where Laielohelohe strung lehua blossoms,
Ch.23 p.123 para.3 sent.1
Iā lāua i hiki aku ai a noho iho, hiki maila ʻo Lāʻielohelohe ma kona wahi mau e kui lehua ai.
When they had taken their stations, Laielohelohe came as usual to string lehua blossoms.
Ua akāka mua nō naʻe iā Kahauokapaka ka hānau iā lākou i ka moana, no ka mea, ʻelua hekili o ke kuʻi ʻana, manaʻo aʻela nō hoʻi ʻo Kahauokapaka ua hānau ka wahine.
Kahauokapaka already knew of the birth while he was on the ocean, for there came two claps of thunder; then he thought that the wife had given birth.
Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.1
Iā Kauakahialiʻi lāua ʻo Kaʻiliokalauokekoa i hoʻi ai i Kauaʻi ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me ka ʻOlali o Paliuli (Lāʻieikawai), a hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma uka o Pihanakalani, kuʻi akula ka lono iā Kauaʻi a puni.
When Kauakahialii and Kailiokalauokekoa returned to Kauai after their meeting with the "beauty of Paliuli"
Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.3
Ahona a kuʻi maoli aku kēlā, lele liʻiliʻi.
when he gives a real blow the man will fly into bits.
Ch.5 p.30 para.2 sent.2
Kuʻi ʻia i kuʻu piko a pololei i ʻehā kāuna kuʻi!”
strike me right in the stomach, four time four blows!"
Ch.5 p.30 para.2 sent.3
A lohe ʻo Ihuanu i kēia kaena a ʻAiwohikupua e kuʻi, a laila, leha aʻela nā maka o Ihuanu a puni ka ʻaha, ʻike akula ʻo ia e hiʻi ʻia mai ana kekahi keiki ʻōpiopio loa, a laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Ihuanu iā ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole naʻu ʻoe e kuʻi, na kēlā wahi keiki e hiʻi ʻia maila, nāna ʻoe e kuʻi, a ʻo ia kou hoa hakakā.”
When Cold-nose heard Aiwohikupua's boasting challenge to strike, then he glanced around the crowd and saw someone holding a very little child; then said Cold-nose to Aiwohikupua, "I am not the man to strike you; that little youngster there, let him strike you and let him be your opponent."
Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.3
E hiki nō iā ʻoukou ke hoʻohala i kāna puʻupuʻu ma kona kuʻi ʻana mai i kā ʻoukou kama, a ke noi aku nei wau e hāʻawi mai i ke poʻo o Ihuanu i kuʻu lima i mea pāʻani na koʻu mau hoe waʻa i ʻike ai kēia ʻaha a pau, ʻo wau ke lanakila ma luna o kēia kanaka i ʻoki poepoe ʻole ʻia.
by your might turn aside his fists from smiting your child, and I beseech you to give me the head of Ihuanu into my hand to be a plaything for my paddlers, that all this assembly may see that I have power over this uncircumcised one.
A pau kāna pule ʻana, kū aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i luna me ka maka ikaika a mākaukau no ka hoʻouka kaua a nīnau akula iā Ihuanu, “Ua mākauakau anei ʻoe e kuʻi mai iaʻu?”
At the close of this prayer Aiwohikupua stood up with confident face and asked Cold-nose, "Are you ready yet to strike me?"
ʻĪ mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kuhina, “Kāhea ʻia aku nā hoʻokele e hoʻoponopono aʻe nā waʻa a holo pololei aku i ke awa i lohe aku kākou i kēlā lehulehu,” a hoʻokō ʻia ko ke aliʻi makemake, a holo aku lākou a ma lalo o ka pali kahakai, nīnau akula i nā wāhine e kuʻi ʻopihi ana, “He aha kēlā lehulehu o uka?”
Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor, "Call to the steersman to turn the canoe straight ashore to hear what the crowd is for." The chief's wish was obeyed, they went alongside the cliff and asked the women gathering shellfish, "What is that crowd inland for?"
Kūikaʻueke (1)
Ch.2 p.8 para.1 sent.2
I ia manawa, nalu ihola ka makāula i ke kumu o kēia hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa, akā hoʻi, no ko ia nei makemake e ʻike maopopo i ka hana a nā mea waʻa, pule akula ʻo ia i kona akua iā Kūikaʻueke e hoʻoili mai i ka ʻino nui ma luna o ka moana.
Then the seer asked himself the reason. But just to see for himself what the canoe men were doing, he prayed to his god, to Kuikauweke, to bring a great tempest over the ocean.
Akā, ʻaʻole e hiki i kekahi mea ke ʻaʻa mai e kū i mua o Ihuanu, no ka mea, ʻo ko Kohala ʻoi kelakela nō ia ma ka ikaika i ke kuʻikuʻi.
But no one dared to come and stand before Cold-nose, for the fellow was the strongest boxer in Kohala.
Ch.5 p.32 para.1 sent.1
Haʻi maila nā wāhine iā lākou, “He ʻaha hoʻokūkū mokomoko, a ʻo ka mea ʻoi o ka ikaika, a laila, ʻo ia ke hoʻouna ʻia e hele e kuʻikuʻi me ke kanaka Kauaʻi i hakakā mai nei me Ihuanu a make mai nei ua ʻo Ihuanu.
The women answered, "They are standing up to a boxing match, and whoever is the strongest, he will be sent to box with the Kauai man who fought here with Cold-nose and killed Cold-nose;
Ma mua naʻe o ko lāua haʻalele ʻana ia Kauaʻi a hoʻi aku i luna, ua hana ʻia kekahi ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i loko o ko lākou ʻakoakoa ʻana ma ka ʻahaʻōlelo hoʻoponopono aupuni ʻana, ʻo ia hoʻi, i ka la i kuʻu ʻia mai ai ke alanui anuenue mai Nuʻumealani mai, a kau akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokala a me āʻieikawai ma luna o ke ala anuenue i ʻōlelo ʻia, a waiho maila i kona kauoha hope i kona mau hoa, ka makāula a me Lāʻielohelohe, eia kana ʻōlelo, “E oʻu mau hoa a me ko kakou makua kane makāula, kuʻu kaikaina i ka aʻa hoʻokahi a me ka kaua kane, ke hoʻi nei au ma muli o ka mea a kakou i kūka ai, a ke haʻalele nei wau ia ʻoukou, a hoʻi aku i kahi hiki ʻole ia ʻoukou ke ʻike koke aʻe.
Before they left Kauai to return to the heavens, a certain agreement was made in their assembly at the government council. Lo! on that day, the rainbow pathway was let down from
Nuumealani and Kaonohiokala and Laieikawai mounted upon that way, and she laid her last commands upon her sisters, the seer, and Laielohelohe; these were her words: "My companions and our father the prophet, my sister born with me in the womb and your husband, I return according to our agreement; I leave you and return to that place where you will not soon come to see me;
Ma hope iho o ka lilo ʻana o ua wahi kanaka nei i mea nui i mua o ke aliʻi me he kuhina nui lā, a ʻo ia ka hoa kūkā mau o ke aliʻi ma nā mea e leʻaleʻa ai ke aliʻi me ka manaʻo aku o ka poʻe ʻē, e kūkā ana ma nā mea pili i ka ʻāina a me nā waiwai e like me ka mea mau i ka noho aliʻi ʻana.
After this man had become great before the chief, even his high counsellor, they consulted constantly together about those matters which pleased the chief, while the people thought they discussed the administration of the land and of the substance which pertained to the chief;
Ch.4 p.21 para.1 sent.2
Eia kā, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō kā lāua kūkā mau a he ʻuʻuku ke kūkā ma nā mea ʻē aʻe.
but it was about Laieikawai that the two talked and very seldom about anything else.
Ch.4 p.22 para.3 sent.1
I loko o ko ʻAiwohikupua lohe ʻana iā Kauakahialiʻi a me ko lāua kūkā mau ʻana me kona kuhina nui no Lāʻieikawai, a laila, manaʻopaʻa aʻela ke aliʻi no Tahiti mai ua wahine lā.
When Aiwohikupua had heard Kauakahialii's story, after conferring long with his high counsellor about Laieikawai, then the chief was convinced that this was the woman from Tahiti.
Ch.10 p.52 para.1 sent.1
A hala akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā, kūkā ihola nā kaikuahine i ko lākou manaʻo a hoʻoholo ihola lākou e ukali ma hope o ke kaikunāne me ka manaʻo e maliu mai.
When Aiwohikupua and his companion had departed, the sisters conferred together and agreed to follow him, thinking he could be pacified.
Ch.10 p.52 para.5 sent.2
A hala akula lākou lā ma nā waʻa, noho ihola nā kaikuahine, kūkā ihola i manaʻo no lākou.
and the canoe having departed, the sisters sat conferring,
Ch.10 p.54 para.1 sent.1
A hala akula lākou lā, kūkā hou ihola nā kaikuahine i ʻōlelo hou na lākou.
When they had left, the sisters consulted afresh what they should do.
Iā lākou ma Honoliʻi i ia pō, kūkā ihola lākou e moe kekahi poʻe a e ala hoʻokahi, a holo ia mea iā lākou.
At Honolii that night they arranged that the others should sleep and a single one keep watch, and to this all consented.
Kūkahi (1)
Ch.3 p.15 para.5 sent.3
A pau ia malama ʻokoʻa i ka hoʻomanawanui ʻia e ia a i kekahi malama aʻe i ka lā ʻo Kūkahi i ke ahiahi ma mua o ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, komo akula ʻo ia i loko o kona wahi heiau kahi i hoʻomākaukau ai no kona akua, a pule akula ʻo ia.
The whole month passed in patient waiting; and in the next month, on the second day of the month, in the evening, before the sun had gone down, he entered the place of worship prepared for his god and prayed.
A no ia mea, kūkākūkā aʻela lākou i mea e ʻike aku ai lākou iā Lāʻieikawai, a nui nā lā o ko lākou ʻimi ʻana i mea e ʻike aku ai no ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli; ʻaʻole loaʻa.
So they consulted how to get sight of Laieikawai, and after seeking many days after some way to see the princess of Paliuli they found none.
Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.1
Ma ko Kahalaomāpuana ʻano kiaʻi nui no ke aliʻi, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau kaikuaʻana e kūkākūkā lākou ma nā mea e pono ai ke aliʻi.
As the princess's chief guard, she ordered her sisters to consult what would be the best way to act in behalf of the princess.
Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.2
Iā lākou i ʻākoakoa ai, kūkākūkā ihola lākou ma nā mea kūpono iā lākou, a eia kā lākou mau ʻōlelo hoʻoholo ma o ka noʻonoʻo lā o Kahalaomāpuana ke koa kiaʻi nui o ke aliʻi, “ʻO ʻoe, e Mailehaʻiwale, inā e hiki mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a hālāwai ʻolua, e kipaku aku ʻoe iā ia, no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe nō ke kiaʻi mua loa.
When they met and consulted what was best to be done, all agreed to what Kahalaomapuana, the princess's chief guard, proposed, as follows: "You, Mailehaiwale, if Aiwohikupua should come hither, and you two meet, drive him away, for you are the first guard;
Ch.16 p.83 para.6 sent.1
I ia manawa, kūkākūkā aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me kona kuhina i ke kumu o kēia hoʻi ʻole mai o nā kānaka e hoʻouna mau ʻia nei.
Then Aiwohikupua consulted with his counsellor as to the reason for none of the men who had been sent returning.
Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.1
I ka manawa naʻe i lawe aku ai ʻo Waka i ka mana ma luna o Lāʻieikawai, a laila, kūkākūkā aʻela nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i ka mea e pono ai ko lākou noho ʻana, a hoʻoholo aʻela ua mau kaikamāhine nei i kā lākou ʻōlelo e pane aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai.
At the time when Waka took away her supernatural protection from Laieikawai, Aiwohikupua's sisters took counsel as to what they had better do; and they agreed upon what they should say to Laieikawai.
Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.2
Hele akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, a haʻi akula i mua o Lāʻieikawai, me ka ī aku, “Ua kūkākūkā mākou, kou mau kiaʻi kino, i ka manawa e pono ana ko ʻolua noho ʻana me ko kupuna wahine, a ua lawe aku nei kēlā i ka hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻia maiā ʻoe aku.
Kahalaomapuana came to Laieikawai, and she said: "We became your bodyguard while Waka still protected you; now she has removed her guardianship and left you.
Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i hoʻi aku ai mai Keaʻau aku, ma hope iho o kona hoʻohilahila ʻana e Waka, a noho ma ʻOlaʻa, i ia manawa, kūkākūkā aʻela nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i ka mea hiki ke hōʻoluʻolu aku i ka naʻau kaumaha o ke aliʻi (Lāʻieikawai) no kona hilahila i ka ʻōlelo kumakaia a Waka.
When Laieikawai returned from Keaau after Waka had disgraced her, and dwelt at Olaa. Then Aiwohikupua's sisters consulted how to comfort the heavy heart of the princess, Laieikawai, for her shame at Waka's reproaches.
”Akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ka manaʻo o ka mea waʻa e huli i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa pū me ia, no ka mea, ua hoʻoholo mua ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i loko ona e hele e kūkala aku iā Lāʻieikawai a puni ʻo Molokaʻi.
Now it was not the man's intention to look for a mate to paddle the canoe with him, but as he had already determined, so now he vowed within him to go and spread around Molokai the news about Laieikawai.
Ch.2 p.10 para.7 sent.3
A ma kēia hele ʻana a ia nei, ua kūkala aku ʻo ia i ka maikaʻi o Lāʻieikawai e like me kona manaʻo paʻa.
and here and on the way there he proclaimed, as he had vowed, the beauty of Laieikawai.
Ch.2 p.11 para.1 sent.3
Iā ia naʻe i hiki aku ai i Waikolu, ua hala mua aku ua makāula nei i Kalaupapa, akā, ʻo ka hana mau a ua wahi kanaka nei ke kūkala hele no Lāʻieikawai.
When he got to Waikolu the seer had already gone to Kalaupapa, but this man only stayed to spread the news of Laieikawai's arrival.
Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.1
Ma kona ʻano makāula, ua hiki iā ia ke hele aku e kūkala ma Kauaʻi a puni, me ka haʻi aku i kāna mea i ʻike, a no nā mea e hiki mai ana ma hope.
As a prophet it was his privilege to proclaim about Kauai those things which he saw would come to pass.
Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.8
Ma laila ʻo ia i kūkala aku ai e like me kona ʻike.
there he proclaimed what he had seen.
Ch.29 p.159 para.2 sent.1
Pēlā ʻo ia i kūkala hele ai i mua o nā aliʻi a puni ʻo Kauaʻi.
Thus he proclaimed to all the chiefs on Kauai,
Kūkaniloko (3)
Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.4
Ma hope iho o kēia mau lā, lawe aʻela ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Lāʻielohelohe i uka o Wahiawā ma kahi i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo Kūkaniloko.
Now, Kapukaihaoa took Laielohelohe to the uplands of Wahiawa, to the place called Kukaniloko.
Ch.1 p.6 para.4 sent.2
I ia kakahiaka ʻana aʻe, i ka manawa mōlehulehu, ala aʻela ʻo ia, ʻike akula kēlā i ka piʻo a ke ānuenue i uka o Kūkaniloko.
At daybreak, when it was dawn, he arose, saw the sign of the rainbow above Kukaniloko,
Ch.22 p.116 para.1 sent.1
Piʻi akula ʻo Waka a hiki i Kūkaniloko, hoʻokokoke akula ʻo ia ma kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, hahau akula i ka puaʻa i mua o ke kahuna me ka pule ʻana.
Waka went up and reached Kukaniloko; she drew near the place where Laielohelohe was hidden, held the pig out to the priest and prayed,
Ma ke kakahiaka, i nā kukuna o ka lā i haʻalele iho ai i nā mauna, ʻike ʻia akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e noho ana i loko o ka wela kūkanono o ka lā ma waena pono o ka luakālai i hoʻopuni ʻia i nā ānuenue a me ka ua koko.
in the early morning when the rays of the sun rose above the mountain, Kaonohiokala was seen sitting within the smoking heat of the sun, right in the middle of the sun's ring, encircled with rainbows and a red mist.
I loko hoʻi o ko lāua ʻike ʻana i ua kaikamahine aliʻi nei o Hāna, a laila, ua hoʻopuni ʻia ke aliʻi kāne a me kona kuhina e nā kuko, a ʻo ia nō hoʻi ke kumu o ko ʻAiwohikupua mā noho ʻana ma laila i ia lā.
When they saw the princess of Hana, the chief and his counsellor conceived a passion for her; that was the reason why Aiwohikupua stayed there that day.
Ch.4 p.24 para.5 sent.2
I ke kaikamahine aliʻi naʻe e ʻauʻau ana i ka wai o Kūmaka, ua hoʻopūʻiwa ʻia ke aliʻi kāne a me kona kuhina e ke kuko ʻino, a no ia mea, ʻiniki malū akula ke kuhina o ke aliʻi iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokaʻawale iā lāua mai kahi a Hinaikamalama e ʻauʻau ana i ʻole lāua e pilikia ma ka manaʻo.
While the princess was bathing in the water of Kumaka the chief and his counsellor desired her, so the chief's counsellor pinched Aiwohikupua quietly to withdraw from the place where Hinaikamalama was bathing, but their state of mind got them into trouble.
Ch.20 p.104 para.5 sent.3
No laila, ua hoʻokonokono ʻia mai wau e ke kuko e hele pinepine e ʻike i ua wahine nei.
for my passion forced me to go again and again to see this woman.
Ch.22 p.117 para.6 sent.3
I ia manawa, hiki hou ke kuko i loko o Halaaniani.
Then once more longing seized Halaaniani.
Ch.31 p.168 para.2 sent.4
ʻAʻole naʻe i hāʻule ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, i ia manawa, i ka hewa, akā, ua hoʻomaka aʻe kona kuko ʻino e hana i ka mea pono ʻole.
Not at this time, however, did Kaonohiokala fall into sin, but his sinful longing had its beginning.
Ch.31 p.168 para.3 sent.2
Akā, ma kona ʻano keiki akua, hoʻomanawanui akula nō ʻo ia e pale aʻe i kona kuko.
but by his nature as a child of god he persisted in checking his lust;
A ʻike akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā iā Hinaikamalama e hele ana me ka maka kūkona, a laila, ʻī akula, “E Hinaikamalama, e holo ana ʻoe i ke aha me kou maka inaina?
When Kekalukaluokewa saw the anger in Hinaikamalama's eyes as she went, then he said, "O Hinaikamalama, will you run to people with angry eyes?
Nānā akula ʻo ia i ke kukū o nā ʻōpua ma ka nānā ʻana i nā ʻōuli o ke ao a like me ka mea mau i ka poʻe kilokilo mai ka wā kahiko mai a hiki i kēia manawa.
he saw long clouds standing against the horizon where the signs in the clouds appear, according to the soothsayers of old days even until now.
A laila, kukuli ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a pule akula i kona mau akua penei, “E Lanipipili, Laniʻoaka, Lanikahuliomealani, e Lono, e Hekilikaʻakaʻa a me Nākolowailani, i kēia lā, e ʻike mai ʻoukou iaʻu i kā ʻoukou kama, kā ʻoukou pua i koe ma ke ao nei.
Then Aiwohikupua knelt down and prayed to his gods as follows: "O you Heavens, Lightning, and Rain, O Air, O Thunder and Earthquake! Look upon me this day, the only child of yours left upon this earth.
Ch.7 p.39 para.1 sent.1
A no kēia ʻōlelo, kukuli ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a hoʻomaikaʻi akula i mua o Poliʻahu me ke noi aku e lilo ia i kāne hoʻopalau na Poliʻahu me ke noi aku e holo pū i Kauaʻi.
At these words Aiwohikupua knelt and did reverence to Poliahu and begged to become Poliahu's betrothed and asked her to go with him to Kauai.
Ch.23 p.119 para.2 sent.2
Akā, he mea haʻohaʻo naʻe ia i kona mau hoa ka uē ʻana, a ua akāka kāna kauoha “ua pono ʻole lāua” ma ka uē ʻana a Lāʻieikawai a me nā helehelena o ka pōʻino, no ka mea, aia ʻo Lāʻieikawai e kukuli ana i ka honua, a ʻo kekahi lima, ua peʻa aʻela ma ke kua, a ʻo kekahi lima, aia ma ka lae, a uē helu akula ʻo ia penei:
Now her counsellors marveled at her wailing and remembered her saying "some evil has befallen"; at her wailing and at her gestures of distress, for Laieikawai was kneeling on the ground with one hand clapped across her back and the other at her forehead, and she wailed aloud as follows:
Ch.30 p.163 para.5 sent.2
Iā Kaʻōnohiokalā i hiki mai ai, moe kukuli ihola kona mau kaikuahine a me ka makāula i mua o ka hiwahiwa.
When he came, all his sisters bowed down before him, and the prophet before the Beloved.
Ch.30 p.163 para.6 sent.1
A, ʻo Lāʻieikawai kekahi, i ka hiwahiwa i ʻike mai ai iā Lāʻieikawai e hoʻomaka ana e kukuli, kāhea maila ka hiwahiwa, “E kuʻu Haku wahine, e Lāʻieikawai ē!
And Laieikawai was about to do the same; when the Beloved saw Laieikawai about to kneel he cried out, "O my wife and ruler! O Laieikawai!
A haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, hiki kēia i Kaʻuiki, a ma laila ʻo ia i kūkulu ai i wahi heiau kahi hoʻi e hoʻomana ai i kona akua, ka mea hiki ke kuhikuhi i kāna mea e ʻimi nei.
He left the place, went to Kauwiki, and there built a place of worship to call upon his god as the only one to guide him to the person he was seeking.
Ch.3 p.19 para.5 sent.2
No laila, haʻi aku ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o Kauakahialiʻi, “Ke haʻohaʻo nei wau i kēia wahine, no ka mea, ʻo wau ka mea nāna i kaʻapuni kēia mau mokupuni, ʻaʻole wau i ʻike i kekahi wahine e kau mai i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, me he mea lā, no Kūkulu o Tahiti mai ia wahine, no loko o Moaʻulanuiākea.”
Then he said to Kauakahialii: "I marvel what this woman may be, for I am a man who has made the whole circuit of the islands, but I never saw any woman resting on the wings of birds. It may be she is come hither from the borders of Tahiti, from within Moaulanuiakea."
Ch.15 p.78 para.6 sent.6
Hoʻomau akula nō lāua i ka hele ʻana a loaʻa hou ke kolu o ka pahu kapu e like me nā mea mua, no ka mea, ua kūkulu ʻia nō nā pahu kapu e like me ka nui o kona mau kaikuahine.
[They continued on until they reached the third sing, like the ones before,] for one sign was set up for each of the sisters.
Ch.18 p.90 para.2 sent.1
Ma nā waʻa o ke aliʻi i kau ai a holo aku, ua kūkulu ʻia ma luna o nā pola o nā waʻa he ʻanuʻu, he wahi e noho ai ke aliʻi.
On the high seat of the double canoe in which the chief sailed
Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.7
Ua hoʻonoho ʻia ma ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti.
who dwells in the taboo house at the borders of Tahiti,
Ch.27 p.141 para.5 sent.2
I laila ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, ke kupua nui nāna e pani ka puka o ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti, kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā.
there was Kaeloikamalama, the magician, who closes the door of the taboo house on the borders of Tahiti, where Kaonohiokala was hidden.
Kokoke ʻoe e puka i luna, piʻi nō ʻoe, a i ʻō mai auaneʻi ke kukuna o ka lā, a i keʻehi ka wela iā ʻoe, mai makaʻu ʻoe.
you are almost to the top; keep on up, and if the sun's rays pierce and the heat strikes you, do not fear when you feel the sun's hot breath;
Ch.28 p.153 para.3 sent.1
I ia manawa, lālau ihola ʻo Laukieleʻula i kekahi kukuna o ka lā a kāohi ihola.
Then Laukieleula seized hold of one of the sun's rays and held it.
Ch.29 p.158 para.1 sent.1
“A hala aʻe ia, a i ka lā ʻo Māhealani, ma ka ʻehu kakahiaka, i ka manawa e keʻehi iho ai nā kukuna o ka lā i ka piko o nā mauna, i ia manawa e ʻike aku ai ko ka ʻāina, he kama kahi ke noho mai ana i loko o ka ʻōnohi o ka lā; he mea like me ke keiki kapu a kuʻu akua.
"When this passes, on the day of full moon, in the dusk of the early morning, at the time when the sun's rays strike the mountain tops, then the earth shall behold a youth sitting within the eye of the sun, one like the taboo child of my god.
Ch.30 p.163 para.1 sent.2
Ma ke kakahiaka, i nā kukuna o ka lā i haʻalele iho ai i nā mauna, ʻike ʻia akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e noho ana i loko o ka wela kūkanono o ka lā ma waena pono o ka luakālai i hoʻopuni ʻia i nā ānuenue a me ka ua koko.
in the early morning when the rays of the sun rose above the mountain, Kaonohiokala was seen sitting within the smoking heat of the sun, right in the middle of the sun's ring, encircled with rainbows and a red mist.
Ch.30 p.165 para.6 sent.1
A i ke kakahiaka o kekahi lā aʻe, ma ka puka ʻana mai o ka lā, i ka wā i haʻalele iho ai nā kukuna wela o ka lā i nā mauna, i ia manawa ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka hiwahiwa e hoʻopaʻi iā ʻAiwohikupua a me Waka pū.
And in the morning of the next day, at sunrise, when the hot rays of the sun rose over the mountains, Then the Beloved began to punish Aiwohikupua and Waka.
Ch.30 p.165 para.7 sent.1
I ke kakahiaka naʻe, i ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka luku iā ʻAiwohikupua a me Waka, aia hoʻi, ʻo ke anaina i ʻākoakoa ma Pihanakalani, ʻike akula lākou i ke ānuenue i kuʻu ʻia mai ma ka mahina mai, i ʻūlili ʻia i nā kukuna wela o ka lā.
Now in the early morning of the day of Aiwohikupua's and Waka's downfall, Lo! the multitude assembled at Pihanakalani saw a rainbow let down from the moon to earth, trembling in the hot rays of the sun.
Ma muli o ke kauoha o Maliʻo i kona kaikunāne, hoʻi maila ʻo Halaaniani a ma kona hale noho ma kula a hiki i ka manawa i kauoha ʻia nona e hele aku i kahi o kona kaikuahine.
According to Malio's directions to her brother, Halaaniani returned to his house at Kula. He came at the time his sister had commanded.
I nā kamaʻāina e ʻākoakoa ana ma kūlana heʻe nalu, wehe aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki i kona ʻaʻahu kapa, hopu ihola i kona papa heʻe nalu (he olo) a hele akula a ma kahi e kūpono ana iā Lāʻieikawai mā, kū ihola ʻo ia no kekahi mau minuke.
While the people were gathering for surfing, Hauailiki undid his garment, got his surf board, of the kind made out of a thick piece of wili wili wood, went directly to the place where Laieikawai's party sat, and stood there for some minutes;
Ch.14 p.71 para.1 sent.1
A ʻike maopopo aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki ʻaʻole i komo i loko o Lāʻieikawai ka makemake iā Hauaʻiliki ma ia mea, hoʻopau aʻela ʻo ia i ka heʻe nalu ma ka papa; manaʻo aʻela ʻo ia e kaha. Haʻalele ihola ʻo ia i kona papa a ʻau akula i kūlana heʻe nalu.
When Hauailiki saw that Laieikawai still paid no attention to him he made up his mind to come in on the surf without the board.
Ch.20 p.102 para.5 sent.1
Iā lāua i hiki aku ai ma kahi kokoke iki e nānā aku ai i kauhale, aia hoʻi, ua hiki mua aku ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā ma kūlana heʻe nalu ma mua o ko lāua hiki ʻana aku.
When she arrived close to the village, lo! Kekalukaluokewa was already out surf riding;
Ch.20 p.102 para.5 sent.2
ʻEkolu naʻe mau keiki e kū ana ma kūlana heʻe nalu ʻo ke aliʻi a me nā punahele ʻelua.
three youths rose in the surf, the chief and his favorites.
Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.3
Inā i hiki ʻoukou ma kūlana heʻe nalu, a heʻe ʻoukou i ka nalu, mai hoʻopae ʻoe.
When you get on the back of the wave and glide along with the breaker, do not ride —
Ch.21 p.108 para.4 sent.3
A iā lākou ʻekolu ma kūlana heʻe nalu, ʻaʻole kekahi leo i lohe ʻia i waena o lākou.
While they rode the surf not one word was heard between them.
Ch.32 p.174 para.6 sent.3
Keʻehia kūlana a paʻa, a nānā mai i ka mea nāna i luhi.”
a solid fortune, nothing can shake its foundation; and look to the one who bore the burden."
I ia lā nō, i ka puka ʻana o ka lā, aia nā kamaʻāina ma kūlana nalu , nā kāne a me nā wāhine.
That day, at daybreak, the natives of the place, men and women, were out in the breakers.
Ch.13 p.70 para.3 sent.1
A pau ko Hauaʻiliki mau minuke hoʻokahakaha, lele akula ua ʻo Hauaʻiliki me kona papa heʻe nalu i ke kai a ʻau akula a kūlana nalu .
When Hauailiki had showed himself off for some minutes, Hauailiki leaped with his surf board into the sea and swam out into the breakers.
Ch.13 p.70 para.3 sent.2
Iā Hauaʻiliki ma kūlana nalu , kāhea maila kekahi kaikamahine kamaʻāina, “Pae hoʻi kākou.”
When Hauailiki was out in the surf, one of the girls called out, "Land now!"
Ch.14 p.71 para.3 sent.1
Iā Hauaʻiliki ma kūlana nalu i ka nalu i ea mai ai a kākala ma kona kua, i ia manawa, kaha maila ʻo ia i ka nalu.
When Hauailiki got to the breakers, just as the crest rose and broke at his back, he stood on its edge,
Ch.14 p.71 para.4 sent.2
A hala ʻelima nalu, ʻaʻole i loaʻa ka hea mai a Lāʻieikawai iā ia nei, no laila, he mea kaumaha loa ia iā Hauaʻiliki ka maliu ʻole mai o Lāʻieikawai iā ia nei, a he mea hilahila nui loa hoʻi nona, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo kaena mua kēlā iā ʻAiwohikupua e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma nā mokuna ma mua aʻe, a no kēia mea, lana mālie ihola ʻo ia ma kūlana nalu .
until five breakers had come in; no summons came to him from Laieikawai. Then Hauailiki was heavy-hearted because Laieikawai took no notice of him, and he felt ashamed because of his boast to Aiwohikupua, as we have seen in the last chapter. So he floated gently on the waves,
Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.11
Nānā mai ʻoe iā uka nei, e ʻau aku ana ʻo Kumukahi i loko o ka ʻale, a laila, ʻo ke kūlana nalu ia.
look over to the coast where Kumukahi swims in the billows, then this is the place for surfing;
I ia manawa, kuʻi ka hekili, aia ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma kūlana nalu , na Waka ia.
Then the thunder pealed and there was Laieikawai on the crest of the wave. This was Waka's work.
Kūlanihākoʻi (1)
Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.1
A i ka ʻumi o ka lā, kuʻu ʻia maila ua alanui nei i mua o ke anaina a kau akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i luna o ke alanui ʻūlili i hoʻomākaukau ʻia nona, a huli maila me ka naʻau kaumaha, i hoʻopiha ʻia kona mau maka i nakulu wai o Kūlanihākoʻi, me ka ʻī mai, “E nā aliʻi, nā makaʻāinana, ke haʻalele nei wau iā ʻoukou.
And on the tenth day, the pathway was let down again before the assembly, and Kahalaomapuana mounted upon the ladder way prepared for her and turned with heavy heart, her eyes filled with a flood of tears, the water drops of Kulanihakoi, and said: "O chiefs and people, I am leaving you
A hiki kēia i Waiʻāpuka, kahi i mālama ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻike ihola ʻo ia, ʻaʻole he kuleana kūpono o kēlā wahi e noho ʻia ai e nā aliʻi.
He went to Waiapuka, where Laieikawai was being guarded, and saw no place there set off for chiefs to dwell in.
Ch.1 p.6 para.2 sent.3
ʻAʻole hoʻi he makani o kēia luawai e kuleana ai lā hoʻi ka ʻaleʻale ʻana o ka wai, me he mea lā, he mea e ʻauʻau ana a ʻike aʻe nei iaʻu, peʻe iho nei.”
No wind ripples the water on this pool. It is like a person bathing, who has hidden from me."
Ch.6 p.35 para.1 sent.2
I ia manawa a ka makāula i ʻōlelo aku ai i ke aliʻi i nā kumu a me nā kuleana o kona hele ʻana, a pau ia, a laila, na ka makāula ka nīnau hope iā ʻAiwohikupua, akā hoʻi, ma ka pāʻewaʻewa o kā ke aliʻi ʻōlelo ʻana me ka ʻōlelo aku he huakaʻi kaʻapuni kāna.
When the seer had told the business on which he had come and his reason for it, that was enough. Then it was the seer's turn to question Aiwohikupua, but the chief told only half the story, saying that he was on a sight-seeing tour.
Ch.7 p.39 para.3 sent.2
Akā, no ko kāua lawe ʻana iā kāua i kāne hoʻāo ʻoe naʻu, a pēlā hoʻi wau iā ʻoe, no laila, ke hāʻawi lilo aku nei wau i kēia kapa a hiki i kou lā e manaʻo mai ai iaʻu ma nā hoʻohiki a kāua, a laila, loaʻa kou kuleana e ʻimi aʻe ai iaʻu a loaʻa i luna o Mauna Kea, a laila, hōʻike aʻe ʻoe iaʻu, a laila, hui kino kāua.”
but as we are betrothed, you to me and I to you, therefore I give away this mantle until the day when you remember our vows, then you must seek me, and you will find me above on the White Mountain; show it to me there, then we shall be united."
Ch.14 p.72 para.4 sent.4
ʻAʻole o ʻolua kuleana e piʻi mai ai i ʻaneʻi, no ka mea, ua hoʻonoho ʻia mai wau ma ʻaneʻi he kiaʻi maka mua no ke aliʻi, a naʻu nō e hoʻokuke aku i nā mea a pau i hiki mai ma ʻaneʻi me ke kuleana ʻole.
you two have no business to come up here, for I am the outpost of the princess's guards and it is my business to drive back all who come here;
Ch.14 p.72 para.6 sent.1
ʻĪ maila ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, “ʻAʻole wau e ʻae aku i ko ʻolua manaʻo, no ka mea, ʻo koʻu kuleana nō ia i hoʻonoho ʻia ai ma kēia wahi e kipaku aku i ka poʻe hele mai i uka nei e like me ʻolua.”
Said Mailehaiwale, "I will not let you; for I am put here to drive off everybody who comes up here like you two."
A laila, ʻōlelo maila nā mea waʻa, “Ua uluhua māua no kou hiamoe a me ka ʻalalā mau o ko wahi puaʻa a me ke kani mau a ko wahi moa, no laila, kulikuli.
Then the men said: '"We two wearied of your constant sleeping and the pig's squealing and the cock's crowing; there was such a noise;
Ch.2 p.8 para.4 sent.2
Mai ka holo ʻana mai nei nō kā ke kulikuli a hiki i kēia manawa.
from the time we left until now the noise has kept up.
ʻŌlelo akula nā ʻelele i ke aliʻi wahine, “I hoʻouna ʻia mai nei māua e haʻi aku iā ʻoe ma ke kauoha a ko kāne hoʻopalau ʻekolu malama ou e hoʻomākaukau ai no ka hoʻāo o ʻolua, a ma ka hā o ka malama, i ka pō i o Kulu e hiki mai ai ʻo ia a hālāwai ʻolua e like me kā ʻolua hoʻohiki ʻana.”
The messengers said to the princess, "We have been sent hither to tell you the command of your betrothed husband. You have three months to prepare for the marriage, and in February, on the night of the seventeenth, the night of Kulu, he will come to meet you, according to the oath between you."
Ch.18 p.90 para.4 sent.1
Ma ka lā ʻo Kulu ma ke kakahiaka i ka puka ʻana aʻe o ka lā a kiʻekiʻe iki aʻe, ʻike akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka hau e uhi ma luna o ka piko o nā mauna a hiki i kahi o lāua e hoʻāo ai.
On the seventeenth day, the day of Kulu, in the early morning, a little later than sunrise, Aiwohikupua and his party saw the, snow begin to hide the summits of the mountain clear to the place of meeting.
Ch.19 p.96 para.10 sent.6
Ka lā wela kulu kahi o ka Makaliʻi,
The dripping heat of the summer season,
Ch.22 p.117 para.5 sent.1
A lohe ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kēia mau ʻōlelo, hāʻule ihola nā kulu waimaka no ke aloha i kona mau hoa kūkā, me ka ʻī aku, “Kuhi au e haʻalele ana ʻoukou iaʻu i ka lawe ʻia ʻana o ka pōmaikaʻi mai o kākou aku, ʻaʻole kā!
When Laieikawai heard these words her tears fell for love of her comrades, and she said, "I supposed you would forsake me when fortune was taken from me; not so!
Kūlua (1)
Ch.18 p.89 para.4 sent.3
Inā e ʻike aku kakou ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka la ʻo Kūlua e haliʻi ana ka hau mai ka piko o Mauna Kea, Mauna Loa a me Hualālai a hiki i Waiʻulaʻula, a laila, ua hiki lākou i kahi o ʻolua e hoʻāo ai, a laila, hele aku kākou.
When you look out early in the morning of the seventeenth, the day of Kulu, and the snow clothes the summit of Maunakea, Maunaloa, and Hualalai, clear to Waiulaula, then they have reached the place where you are to wed; then set out, so she says."
A pau ka heʻe nalu ʻana a nā kamaʻāina, a i ka nalu pau loa o ko Hinaikamalama heʻe ʻana, ʻo ka nalu ia i pae, hoʻopololei maila ka heʻe ʻana a ke kaikamahine aliʻi ma ka wai o Kūmaka, kahi hoʻi a ʻAiwohikupua mā e noho mai ana.
When the people of the place had ended surfing and Hinaikamalama rode her last breaker, as she came in. the princess pointed her board straight at the stream of Kumaka where Aiwohikupua and his companion had stopped.
Ch.4 p.24 para.5 sent.2
I ke kaikamahine aliʻi naʻe e ʻauʻau ana i ka wai o Kūmaka, ua hoʻopūʻiwa ʻia ke aliʻi kāne a me kona kuhina e ke kuko ʻino, a no ia mea, ʻiniki malū akula ke kuhina o ke aliʻi iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokaʻawale iā lāua mai kahi a Hinaikamalama e ʻauʻau ana i ʻole lāua e pilikia ma ka manaʻo.
While the princess was bathing in the water of Kumaka the chief and his counsellor desired her, so the chief's counsellor pinched Aiwohikupua quietly to withdraw from the place where Hinaikamalama was bathing, but their state of mind got them into trouble.
Ch.4 p.25 para.2 sent.1
ʻĪ maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Ua makemake au i ke aliʻi wahine, no ka mea, ke ʻike leʻa nei au i ka ʻoi loa o kona maikaʻi ma mua o kaʻu mau wāhine mua nāna i kūmaka ʻia.
Said Aiwohikupua, "I should like to be her lover, for I see well that she is more beautiful than all the other women who have tempted me;
Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i hoʻi aku ai mai Keaʻau aku, ma hope iho o kona hoʻohilahila ʻana e Waka, a noho ma ʻOlaʻa, i ia manawa, kūkākūkā aʻela nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i ka mea hiki ke hōʻoluʻolu aku i ka naʻau kaumaha o ke aliʻi (Lāʻieikawai) no kona hilahila i ka ʻōlelo kumakaia a Waka.
When Laieikawai returned from Keaau after Waka had disgraced her, and dwelt at Olaa. Then Aiwohikupua's sisters consulted how to comfort the heavy heart of the princess, Laieikawai, for her shame at Waka's reproaches.
Ua maikaʻi nā helehelena i ka nānā aku, a no ka maikaʻi o nā helehelena o ua kaikamahine nei, manaʻo ihola ka makuahine, ʻo ke kumu lā hoʻi ia e lilo ai ka ʻōlelo paʻa a Kahauokapaka i mea ʻole; ola lā hoʻi ua kaikamahine nei.
who was so beautiful to look upon, the mother thought that Kahauokapaka would disregard his vow; this child he would save.
Ch.1 p.5 para.3 sent.2
Noho ihola ʻo ia ma laila he iwakālua lā i kumu e ʻike maopopo ʻia ai ʻo ke ʻano o kāna mea e ʻike nei.
there he remained 20 days in order to be sure of the nature of the sign which he saw.
Ch.2 p.8 para.1 sent.2
I ia manawa, nalu ihola ka makāula i ke kumu o kēia hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa, akā hoʻi, no ko ia nei makemake e ʻike maopopo i ka hana a nā mea waʻa, pule akula ʻo ia i kona akua iā Kūikaʻueke e hoʻoili mai i ka ʻino nui ma luna o ka moana.
Then the seer asked himself the reason. But just to see for himself what the canoe men were doing, he prayed to his god, to Kuikauweke, to bring a great tempest over the ocean.
Ch.2 p.8 para.5 sent.2
Inā ʻo kuʻu noho wale ke kumu o ka hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa o kākou i Oʻahu, a laila, ke ʻōlelo nei au ua hewa ka mea i luna o kua ʻiako, no ka mea, he noho wale iho no kāna, ʻaʻole āna hana.”
if you say the reason for your returning to Oahu was my idleness; for I tell you the trouble was with the man above on the seat, for he sat still and did nothing."
Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.3
A ala aʻela, nīnau akula ke kupuna wahine i kāna moʻopuna i ke kumu o ka hoʻāla ʻana.
and the grandmother awoke and asked her grandchild why she had roused her.
Ch.2 p.10 para.5 sent.1
A no kēia ʻōlelo a ka mea waʻa, ʻī akula ʻo Waka i ke kamaʻāina o lāua nei, “Inā ʻo ke kumu ia o kou hele ʻana i kauoha honua ai ʻoe i nā mea a pau o kou hale iā māua, a laila, ke ʻī aku nei wau he hiki iā māua ke kōkua iā ʻoe ma ka hoe ʻana.”
And at these words, Waka said to their host, "If that is the reason for your going away, leaving us in charge of everything in your house, then let me say, we can help you paddle."
A laila haʻi maila kēlā i ke kumu o kona kāhea ʻana a me kona ʻoliʻoli i mua o ke aliʻi, “Ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka lā i nehinei, e lawelawe ana wau i ka waʻa no ka manaʻo e holo i Lānaʻi, hōʻea mai ana kēia wahine me ke kaikamahine.
Then the man told why he shouted and why his face was glad in the presence of the chief: ''In the early morning yesterday, while I was working over the canoe, intending to sail to Lanai, a certain woman came with her daughter,
A hiki ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma kahi o ke aliʻi wahine, kau nā ʻiliʻili a paʻa ka papa, nīnau mai ke aliʻi wahine, “He aha ke kumu pili o ka malihini ke make i ke kamaʻāina?”
So Aiwohikupua joined the princess; they placed the pebbles on the board, and the princess asked, "What will the stranger stake if the game is lost to the woman of Hana? "
Ch.4 p.25 para.6 sent.1
ʻĪ aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “He mau waʻa kaulua koʻu kumu pili , aia ke lana maila i loko o ke kai.
Said Aiwohikupua, "I will stake my double canoe afloat here on the sea,
Ch.4 p.25 para.6 sent.2
ʻO ia koʻu kumu pili me ʻoe.”
that is my wager with you."
Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.1
ʻĪ maila ke aliʻi wahine, “ʻAʻole he maikaʻi o kou kumu pili , e ka malihini.
Said the princess, "Your wager, stranger, is not well —
Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.2
Hoʻokahi nō kumu pili māmā loa, ʻo ia nā kino nō o kāua.
a still lighter stake would be our persons;
Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.6
A hoʻi mai au mai kuʻu huakaʻi mākaʻikaʻi mai, a laila, e hoʻokō ʻia ke kumu pili o ka wahine aliʻi.
and when I return from sight-seeing, then the princess's stake shall be paid.
ʻAʻole nō i hiki i ka manawa e hoʻokō ʻia ai ia hoʻohiki a kāua, no ka mea, ua haʻi mua aku wau iā ʻoe, aia a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi iaʻu, a laila, hoʻokō ʻia kou kumu pili , e ke Aliʻi wahine.
but the time has not come for its fulfillment, for I said to you. * When I have sailed about Hawaii then the princess's bet shall be paid:
I ia wā lākou e kū ana me Lāʻieikawai, lulu ka makani, malu ka lā, kaikoʻo ke kai, pualena ka moana, hoʻi ka waikahe o nā kahawai a paʻa i nā kumu wai , ʻaʻole he puka wai i kai.
As they stood there with Laieikawai, the wind blew, the sun was darkened, the sea grew rough, the ocean was reddened, the streams went back and stopped at their sources, no water flowed into the sea.
Ch.28 p.152 para.4 sent.6
Maloʻo nā kumu wai o Nuʻumealani.
The stream-heads are dry of Nuumealani.
Kumukahi (2)
Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.11
Nānā mai ʻoe iā uka nei, e ʻau aku ana ʻo Kumukahi i loko o ka ʻale, a laila, ʻo ke kūlana nalu ia.
look over to the coast where Kumukahi swims in the billows, then this is the place for surfing;
Ch.21 p.109 para.11 sent.1
Pane aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ua nalo ka ʻāina, ua hele mai nei ʻo Kumukahi a ʻoniʻoni i ka ʻale.”
Laieikawai replied, "The land has vanished, Kumukahi comes bobbing on the wave."
A no kēia mea, kūnou akula ka mea ma hope o ka waʻa i ke kanaka i luna o kua ʻiako e hoʻi hou ka waʻa i hope a hoʻonoho hou i ka makāula i Oʻahu nei, a ua like ka manaʻo o nā mea waʻa ma ia mea e hoʻihoʻi hope ka waʻa; e moe ana naʻe ka makāula i ia manawa.
So the paddler in front signed to the one at the rear to turn the canoe around and take the seer back as he slept.
Ch.18 p.91 para.7 sent.1
I ia manawa a Hinaikamalama i kū mai ai, nonoi akula ʻo ia i ka mea ʻume e ʻōlelo aʻe a kūnou maila ka mea ʻume.
As she stood there she requested the master of the sports to let her speak, and he nodded.
Ch.30 p.163 para.3 sent.2
Ua paʻa ka leo, ʻo ke kuhikuhi wale iho nō a ka lima, ʻaʻohe leo, me ke kūnou ʻana o ke poʻo, no ka mea, ua paʻa ka leo i ka ʻuā iā Kaʻōnohiokalā.
until they were hoarse and could only point with their hands and nod their heads, for they were hoarse with shouting for Kaonohiokala.
ʻŌlelo ihola ka makāula i loko ona, “He mea kupanaha!
Then he said to himself: "This is a strange thing.
Ch.4 p.23 para.1 sent.1
ʻĪ akula ke kuhina o ke aliʻi ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana o ke mele ʻana, “He mea kupanaha! ʻAʻole hoʻi āu wahine a kāua e noho nei, akā, i loko o kāu mele e heluhelu nei, me he wahine lā kāu.”
Said the counsellor to the chief, after he had ended his singing, "This is strange! You have had no woman since we two have been living here, yet in your song you chanted as if you had a woman here."
Ch.6 p.36 para.6 sent.1
ʻĪ maila kona kuhina, “He mea kupanaha!
Said his counsellor, "This is strange,
Ch.8 p.41 para.2 sent.1
Hele mai ʻo Hinaikamalama a ma kahi a ʻAiwohikupua mā e lana ana, ʻī akula ka wahine, “He mea kupanaha!
Hinaikamalama came thither where Aiwohikupua and his men floated. Said the woman. "This is strange!
Ch.9 p.47 para.2 sent.1
ʻĪ maila kona kuhina, “He mea kupanaha loa iā ʻoe.
Said the counsellor. "This is very strange!
Ch.11 p.59 para.5 sent.5
A no ka ʻike ʻana aku o Kahalaomāpuana i kēia mau mea, a he mea kupanaha ia i mua o ke kaikamahine malihini, hāʻule akula ʻo ia i ka honua me ka naʻau ʻeʻehia.
And when Kahalaomapuana saw this, then it seemed marvelous to the stranger girl, and she fell to the ground with trembling heart.
A lohe ka makāula i kēia mea ma kahi kaʻawale aku, a ma ia pō iho, lawe akula ʻo ia hoʻokahi pū maiʻa, ua wahī ʻia i ke kapa, me he kupapaʻu lā, a hoʻokomo ʻia i loko o kahi i hoʻopaʻa ʻia ai ua makāula nei, a hoʻi akula a hui me kāna mau kaikamāhine, a haʻi akula i kēia mau mea a me kona pilikia ʻana.
Now the seer heard this command from some distance away, and in the night he took a banana plant covered with tapa like a human figure and put it inside the place where he had been imprisoned, and went back and joined his daughters and told them all about his troubles.
Ch.26 p.138 para.2 sent.1
ʻĪ aku ke aliʻi i kona mau luna, “E wehe i ke kapa o ke kupapaʻu, a kau aku i luna o ka lele i hoʻomākaukau ʻia nona.”
Said the chief to his head men, "Unwrap the tapa from the body and place it upon the altar prepared for it."
A hiki kēia i Waiʻāpuka, kahi i mālama ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻike ihola ʻo ia, ʻaʻole he kuleana kūpono o kēlā wahi e noho ʻia ai e nā aliʻi.
He went to Waiapuka, where Laieikawai was being guarded, and saw no place there set off for chiefs to dwell in.
Ch.4 p.23 para.9 sent.2
I ia manawa ke koho ʻana a ke aliʻi i nā hoe waʻa kūpono ke holo pū, ko ke aliʻi mau iwikuamoʻo ponoʻī.
and at the same time he appointed the best paddlers out of the chief's personal attendants.
Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.4
Ma kāu hana e ʻōlelo mai ai, ma laila wau e hoʻolohe ai a e hoʻokō ai hoʻi, ma ka mea kūpono naʻe o ka hoʻokō aku.
and will do whatever you tell me just as we have agreed,
Ch.5 p.30 para.3 sent.2
I ia manawa, piʻi aʻela ka ʻula o ʻAiwohikupua a puni ke kino, me he mea lā ua hoʻoluʻu ʻia i ke koko o nā hipa keiki, huli aʻela ʻo ia a kūpono i mua o ka ʻaha a ʻōlelo akula, “ʻO wai kēia kanaka i ʻaʻa mai ai ʻo ia i ke keiki Kauaʻi nei?
Then a flush rose all over his body as if he had been dipped in the blood of a lamb. He turned right to the crowd and said, "Who will dare to defy the Kauai boy,
Ch.9 p.49 para.1 sent.1
Hele akula ʻo Mailelauliʻi a kūpono i ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, kuʻu aku ana ʻo ia i kona ʻaʻala e like me nā mea mua.
Mailelaulii went right to the door of the chief-house; she gave out her perfume as the others had done:
Ch.9 p.50 para.2 sent.1
“ʻŌlelo ʻia ana,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “a i ʻike aku au he kūpono i ka ʻae, a laila ʻae aku.
''Advise away," said Aiwohikupua, "If it seems good, I will consent;
I nā kamaʻāina e ʻākoakoa ana ma kūlana heʻe nalu, wehe aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki i kona ʻaʻahu kapa, hopu ihola i kona papa heʻe nalu (he olo) a hele akula a ma kahi e kūpono ana iā Lāʻieikawai mā, kū ihola ʻo ia no kekahi mau minuke.
While the people were gathering for surfing, Hauailiki undid his garment, got his surf board, of the kind made out of a thick piece of wili wili wood, went directly to the place where Laieikawai's party sat, and stood there for some minutes;
A hiki kēia ma kahi o ka ipu, ka mea i kapa ʻia, “Kaipuokaʻike,” wehe aʻela kēia i ke poʻi o ka ipu, a kūpou ihola kona poʻo ma ka waha o ua ipu nei, a kāhea ihola ma ka inoa o ua ipu nei.
When she came to the gourd, the one called "the gourd of wisdom," she lifted the cover from the gourd and bent her head to the mouth of the gourd, and she called the name of the gourd,
Noʻu iho nō koʻu ʻike,” wahi a ke aliʻi wahine, “no ka mea, ua hānau kupua ʻia mai wau e like me ʻoe, a ua loaʻa nō iaʻu ka ʻike mai ke akua mai o koʻu mau kūpuna a hoʻoili iaʻu e like me ʻoe.
I knew them for myself," said the princess; "for I was born, like you, with godlike powers, and, like you. my knowledge comes to me from the gods of my fathers, who inspire me;
Ch.8 p.44 para.3 sent.2
Ma ko Poliʻahu ʻano kupua kēia ʻike ʻana, a no ia mea, waiho wale nō i loko o ka wahine kona manaʻo, aia a hālāwai lāua, a laila, hōʻike aku i kāna mea e ʻike nei no kā ʻAiwohikupua mau hana.
through her supernatural power she saw it all; so the woman laid it up in her mind until they should meet, then she showed what she saw Aiwohikupua doing.
Ch.15 p.78 para.1 sent.2
A hiki lākou ma Kohala, i ia manawa, ʻakahi nō a maopopo i ko Kohala poʻe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua kēia, ke kupua kaulana a puni nā moku.
When they came to Kohala, for the first time the Kohala people recognized Aiwohikupua, a magician renowned all over the islands.
Ch.27 p.141 para.5 sent.2
I laila ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, ke kupua nui nāna e pani ka puka o ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti, kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā.
there was Kaeloikamalama, the magician, who closes the door of the taboo house on the borders of Tahiti, where Kaonohiokala was hidden.
Ch.27 p.143 para.6 sent.1
ʻĪ akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “Na Mokukelekahiki, na Kāʻeloikamalama, nā kupua nāna e mālama ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti.”
Said Kahalaomapuana, "The child of Mokukelekahiki, of Kaeloikamalama, of the magicians who guard the taboo house on the borders of Tahiti."
Noʻu iho nō koʻu ʻike,” wahi a ke aliʻi wahine, “no ka mea, ua hānau kupua ʻia mai wau e like me ʻoe, a ua loaʻa nō iaʻu ka ʻike mai ke akua mai o koʻu mau kūpuna a hoʻoili iaʻu e like me ʻoe.
I knew them for myself," said the princess; "for I was born, like you, with godlike powers, and, like you. my knowledge comes to me from the gods of my fathers, who inspire me;
Aia naʻe ma laila kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia a me kona kupuna wahine e like me ke kauoha mau a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo, no ka mea, i ka makāula e holo mai ana ma ka moana, ua ʻike mua ʻē aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i ka makāula a me kāna mau hana, no laila ʻo ia i ʻōlelo mau ai iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo e ʻāhaʻi mua iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi hiki ʻole ke loaʻa.
there, in truth, was Laieikawai hidden, she and her grandmother, as Kapukaihaoa had commanded Waka in the vision. For as the seer was sailing over the ocean, Kapukaihaoa had fore-knowledge of what the prophet was doing, therefore he told Waka in a vision to carry Laieikawai away where she could not be found.
Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.2
A puoho aʻela ʻo ia, he moeʻuhane, a laila, hoʻāla akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona kupuna wahine .
and when she awoke, it was a dream. Then Laieikawai roused her grandmother,
Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.3
A ala aʻela, nīnau akula ke kupuna wahine i kāna moʻopuna i ke kumu o ka hoʻāla ʻana.
and the grandmother awoke and asked her grandchild why she had roused her.
Ch.2 p.9 para.3 sent.1
Iā Lāʻieikawai naʻe e kamaʻilio ana i ke kupuna wahine , hiki ihola ka hihiʻo ma o Waka lā, a ua like me kā ka moʻopuna e ʻōlelo ana.
As Laieikawai was speaking to her grandmother, the same vision came to Waka.
Ch.2 p.9 para.6 sent.1
I ia manawa a ka mea waʻa i hoʻopuka ai i kēia ʻōlelo “i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa,” wehe aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau maka i uhi ʻia i ka ʻaʻahu kapa ma muli o ka makemake o ke kupuna wahine e hūnā loa i kāna moʻopuna me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia mai e nā mea ʻē aʻe a hiki i ko lāua hiki ʻana i Paliuli, akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ko ka moʻopuna manaʻo.
And as the man spoke this word, "a mate to paddle the canoe," Laieikawai drew aside the veil that covered her face because of her grandmother's wish completely to conceal her grandchild from being seen by anyone as they went on their way to Paliuli; but her grandchild thought otherwise.
Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.1
I ka manawa naʻe a Lāʻieikawai i hōʻike ai i kona mau maka mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana e kona kupuna wahine , luliluli aʻela ke poʻo o ke kupuna wahine ʻaʻole e hōʻike kāna moʻopuna iā ia iho, no ka mea, e lilo auaneʻi ka nani o kāna moʻopuna i mea pākūā wale.
When Laieikawai uncovered her face which her grandmother had concealed, the grandmother shook her head at her grandchild to forbid her showing it, lest the grandchild's beauty become thereafter nothing but a common thing.
Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokuʻi ʻia mai ka mea waʻa e kona ʻiʻini nui no kāna mea e ʻike nei, a no kēia mea, noi akula ka mea waʻa i ke kupuna wahine me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E kuʻu loa aʻe ʻoe i nā maka o ko moʻopuna mai kona hoʻopūloʻu ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ua ʻoi aku ka maikaʻi o kāu milimili ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a me Lānaʻi.”
And lo! the man was pierced through with longing for the person he had seen. Therefore, the man entreated the grandmother and said: "Unloosen the veil from your grandchild's face, for I see that she is more beautiful than all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai."
I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe.
At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow:
Ch.1 p.2 para.5 sent.3
No laila, ʻānō ʻoe, e nānā mai ʻoe i kuʻu keiki e hāpai nei.”
look and see, then, what kind of child I am carrying."
Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.2
Ke kau mai nei i koʻu mau maka ka ʻōhua palemo, no laila, e holo aku ʻoe i ke kaʻalau ʻōhua, me he mea ala, a loaʻa mai ka ʻōhua palemo, a laila, hemo kuʻu keiki.
the spawn of the manini come before my eyes; go after them, therefore, while they are yet afloat in the membrane; possibly when you bring the manini spawn, I shall be eased of the child;
Ch.2 p.8 para.3 sent.2
A he aha kuʻu hewa?”
What have I done?"
Ch.2 p.8 para.5 sent.1
ʻĪ akula ka makāula, “Ua hewa ʻolua i kuʻu manaʻo.
The seer said: "You two are wrong, I think,
Ch.2 p.8 para.5 sent.2
Inā ʻo kuʻu noho wale ke kumu o ka hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa o kākou i Oʻahu, a laila, ke ʻōlelo nei au ua hewa ka mea i luna o kua ʻiako, no ka mea, he noho wale iho no kāna, ʻaʻole āna hana.”
if you say the reason for your returning to Oahu was my idleness; for I tell you the trouble was with the man above on the seat, for he sat still and did nothing."
Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokuʻi ʻia mai ka mea waʻa e kona ʻiʻini nui no kāna mea e ʻike nei, a no kēia mea, noi akula ka mea waʻa i ke kupuna wahine me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E kuʻu loa aʻe ʻoe i nā maka o ko moʻopuna mai kona hoʻopūloʻu ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ua ʻoi aku ka maikaʻi o kāu milimili ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a me Lānaʻi.”
And lo! the man was pierced through with longing for the person he had seen. Therefore, the man entreated the grandmother and said: "Unloosen the veil from your grandchild's face, for I see that she is more beautiful than all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai."
I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe.
At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow:
Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.7
Inā he aliʻi ʻai ahupuaʻa, e pau ia, a inā he konohiki a lōpā paha ka mea nāna i hahaʻi kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa, a laila, ʻo ka make ka uku.”
if he is chief over part of a district, he shall lose his chiefship; and if a tenant fanner break my command, death is the penalty."
Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.3
Ke haʻi aku nei wau i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa.
I charge you,
Ch.25 p.133 para.9 sent.2
Mai manaʻo ʻoukou i kuʻu ʻōlelo ʻana e kau wale ʻoukou ma luna o kuʻu waʻa, e hoʻohaumia aku ana au iā ʻoukou, akā, ʻo koʻu makemake, e lilo ʻoukou i mau kaikamāhine naʻu, me he mau kaikamāhine ponoʻī lā, i lilo ai ʻoukou i mea nāna e hoʻokaulana i koʻu inoa.
Do not suppose I have asked you on board my canoe in order to defile you; but my wish is to take you all as my daughters; such daughters as you can make my name famous,